Oster 6239 Manual de usuario

Oster
Marca
Oster
Modelo
6239
Categoría
Hornos
Tipo
Manual de usuario
–––
F
OLD
–––
English-1 English-5English-4 English-6
English-7 Español-2 Español-3Español-1
English-3English-2
–––
F
OLD
––– –––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
––––––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
For product questions contact:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
USA : 1.800.334.0759
Canada : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
OSTER
®
is a registered trademark of Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distributed by Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431
Pour les questions de produit:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
États-Unis : 1.800.334.0759
Canada : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Tous droits réservés.
OSTER
®
est une marque déposée de Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distribué par Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida 33431
Para preguntas sobre los productos llame:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
EE.UU. : 1.800.334.0759
Canadá : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Todos los derechos reservados.
OSTER
®
es una marca registrada de Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distruibido por Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431
Printed in China Imprimé en Chine Impreso en China
IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS
When using electrical appliances, basic safety precautions should always be followed
including the following:
READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE
• Do not touch hot surface. Use oven handles or knobs. Always use oven mitts when handling
hot materials and allow metal parts to cool before cleaning. Allow the unit to cool thoroughly
before putting in or taking off parts.
• When the unit is not in use and before cleaning, unplug the toaster oven from the wall outlet.
N
OTE
: Make sure the oven is turned off before unplugging.
• To protect against electric shock, do not immerse cord, plug or any parts of the oven in water
or other liquids.
• Close supervision is necessary when this or any appliance is used near children. This appliance
is not for use by children.
• Do not operate this or any appliance with a frayed or damaged cord or plug or after the
appliance malfunctions or is dropped or has been damaged in any manner.
• Do not use attachments not recommended by the manufacturer; they may cause fire, electric
shock or personal injury.
• Do not use outdoors or for commercial purposes.
• Do not use this appliance for other than its intended use.
• Do not let cord dangle over the edge of a tabletop or countertop or to touch hot surfaces.
• Do not place appliance on or near a hot gas or electric burner, or in a heated oven or in a
microwave oven.
• Extreme caution should be used when using containers constructed of other than metal or glass.
• A fire may occur if the oven is covered or touching flammable materials, including curtains,
draperies, walls, and the like, when in operation. Do not store any item on the top of the oven
during operation.
• Do not store any materials, other than manufacturer’s recommended accessories, in this oven
when not in use.
• Do not place any flammable materials in the oven, such as paper, cardboard, plastic, or any
materials that may catch fire or melt.
• Do not cover the oven with metal foil. This will cause overheating of the appliance.
• Oversized foods or metal utensils must not be inserted in the appliance, as they may create
a fire or risk of electric shock.
• Do not clean with metal scouring pads. Pieces can break off the pad and touch electrical parts
involving a risk of electric shock.
• When broiling, use extreme caution when removing tray or disposing of hot grease or other
hot liquids.
• To turn this appliance off, return all controls to the “OFF” position.
• When operating the oven keep at least four inches of space on all sides of oven to allow for
adequate air circulation.
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS
T
HIS
U
NIT
I
S FOR
H
OUSEHOLD
U
SE
O
NLY
To reduce the risk of electrical shock, this appliance has a polarized plug (one blade is wider
than the other). This plug fits a polarized outlet only one way; if the plug does not fit fully into
the outlet, reverse the plug. If it still does not fit, contact a qualified electrician. Do not attempt
to defeat this safety feature.
W
ELCOME
Congratulations on your purchase of an OSTER
®
6-Slice Toaster Oven! To learn more
about OSTER
®
products, please visit us at www.oster.com.
L
EARNING ABOUT YOUR TOASTER OVEN
1. Digital Control Panel
1a. LCD Display
1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm
Buttons and Indicator Lights
1c. Toast Shade Setting Indicator
1d. Start Button and Indicator Light
1e. Stop Button and Indicator Light
1f. Timer and Temperature Setting
Button and Indicator Lights
2. Viewing Window
3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls
4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray
5. Auto Advance Rack
6. Two Rack Positions
7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks
8. Removable Crumb Tray
TOASTER OVEN FEATURE BENEFITS
1. Digital Control Panel
1a. LCD Display – For easy viewing of temperature and time
settings
1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator
Light – Buttons are easy to read and easy to use. The
indicator light will show what option (bake, broil, toast or
keep warm) has been selected.
1c.
Toast Shade Setting Indicator Light – Allows you to visually see
the toaster shade setting selected.
1d. Start Button and Indicator Light – Press this button to begin
all functions and the according indicator light will illuminate.
1e. Stop Button – Allows you to stop the baking, broiling,
toasting or keep warm function at any time.
1f. Timer and Temperature Setting Button – Allows you to toggle between the temperature
and timer setting. The buttons allow you to set the time and temperature you desire.
The “
▲” button allows you to increase the temperature or time and the “▼” button
to decrease the temperature or time.
2. Viewing Window – Allows you to see food cooking.
3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls – Allows food to dissipate off for easy cleaning.
4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray – Makes all of your baking and broiling needs easy.
5. Auto Advance Rack – For easy and safe removal of cooked foods.
6. Two Rack Positions – To accommodate a wide variety of foods from pizza to tall roasts.
7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks – To accommodate multiple foods and sizes.
8. Removable Crumb Tray – Allows for easy cleaning of crumbs and fallen food particles.
PREPARING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
If you are using your toaster oven for the first time, please be sure to:
• Remove any stickers from the surface of the oven.
• Open oven door and remove all printed documents and paper from inside the toaster oven.
• Clean the racks, tray, and pan with hot water, a small amount of dishwashing liquid and
a non-abrasive sponge or cleaning pad. DO NOT IMMERSE THE BODY OF THE UNIT
IN WATER.
• Dry the unit thoroughly before using.
• Select a location for the toaster oven. The location should be in an open area on a flat counter
where the plug will reach an outlet.
• Insert bottom rack over hooks on glass door so rack moves with door.
• Plug the toaster oven into an electrical outlet.
USING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Plug the unit in, “- - -” will appear in the LCD. The indicator lights will not illuminate.
Every time that you press a button, your oven will make a confirmation beep.
N
OTE
: You will need to press one of the menu buttons “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”,
or “toast” for the unit to start. Then you can set the Time and Temperature.
MENU BUTTONS
If you press one of the buttons from the four menus, “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, “toast”,
the corresponding indicator light will illuminate and the LCD will display the default time setting.
You will then be able to toggle between Time and Temperature with the Time/Temp button.
Time: Press the “
▲
” button to increase the time or press the “
▼
” button to decrease time.
Temperature: Press the “
▲
” button to increase the temperature or press the “
▼
” button
to decrease temperature.
The maximum cooking time is 120 minutes (2 hours), the time will appear in the LCD display.
START BUTTON
Press this button to begin all functions and the corresponding indicator light will illuminate.
If you do not press the “start” button within 30 seconds of choosing your menu selection,
the LCD display will go back to “- - -” and all indicator lights will turn off.
STOP BUTTON
Press this button to turn off the power. The display will revert to “- - -”. When the operation
is finished or you press the “stop” button, the unit will turn off, “- - -” will appear in the
LCD and all of the indicator lights will turn off.
S
E
L
E
C
T
T
o
a
s
t
C
o
l
o
r
T
i
m
e
T
e
m
p
K
e
e
p
W
a
r
m
B
a
k
e
B
r
o
i
l
T
o
a
s
t
S
T
A
R
T
S
T
O
P
1
2
8
4
7
5
6
3
B
EEPER FUNCTION
(1) When you plug the unit in, the beeper sounds once and “ - - - ”appears in the LCD.
(2) When you press one of the four menu buttons the beeper will sound one time.
(3) When you press the adjustable button, every time you press the button, the beeper
will sound once. If you press the button continually, the beeper only sounds one time.
(4) When you press the start button the beeper will sound once, and “:” will flash, that means
the unit is in operation. Once the unit has begun the cooking cycle, the menu selection,
time or temperature cannot be changed. The unit must be stopped and reset.
(5) When the unit is in operation, press the stop button, the beeper will sound once and the unit
will stop operation.
(6) At the end of pre-set time, the unit will sound a long beep to remind you the work is done.
USING THE BAKE FUNCTION
• The bake function may be used to bake cake, cookies, poultry, beef and pork.
• When you select the bake function, the bake indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 450°F.
• Both Time and Temperature are adjustable.
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and the
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
” in 5
minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute
increments when you press “
▼
” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...).
• Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle
between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD display.
Press
the
“
▲
” button
to increase the temperature and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the temperature.
Temperature changes in 25
°
increments each time you press
“
▲
” or “
▼
”.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing
and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up.
• When the baking cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “---“ will appear on the display and the “Bake” indicator light will turn off.
U
SING THE
BROIL FUNCTION
• The broil function may be used to broil steak, fillets, poultry and other favorite foods
according to package or recipe instructions.
• When broiling, always use baking/broiling tray with the broiling insert.
• Close the door to the first notch, leaving approximately a 3-inch gap at the top.
• When you select the broil function, the broil indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 450
°
F. The temperature cannot be adjusted.
• The Time is adjustable. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is
reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “
▼
”
(4 minutes, 3 minutes...).
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time.
N
OTE
:
During broiling, only top heating element will heat up.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing
and the time starts counting down.
• When the broiling cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “---” will appear on the display and the “Broil” indicator light will turn off.
USING THE
KEEP WARM FUNCTION
• The keep warm function is for defrosting foods or keeping food warm.
N
OTE
: For best results, do not set the timer more than 60 minutes because the food will
no longer warm but overcook.
• When you select the Keep Warm function, the Keep Warm indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 150°F and is NOT adjustable.
• Time is adjustable and can be set at a maximum of 120 minutes. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
”
in 5 minute increments.
Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in
one minute increments when you press “
▼
” (4 minutes, 3 minutes . . . ).
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time.
• Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will
toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins
flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up.
• When the Keep Warm cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “ – – – ” will appear on the display and the “Key Warm” indicator light
will turn off.
USING THE TOAST FUNCTION
• The toast function may be used to toast bread, muffins and waffles or your favorite recipe
according to package or recipe instructions.
• When you select the Toast function, the toast indicator light will illuminate.
• The default temperature is 450°F. The temperature is not adjustable.
• Set the Toast Shade Setting: (See Figure 1) The default setting is
the lightest toast shade option. Press the
“
▲
” or “
▼
”
buttons
on either side of the Toast button. Press the
“
▲
” button
to
increase the toast shade and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the toast
shade. The toast shade indicator lights above the LCD panel
will illuminate. (See Figure 2)
NOTE: No default time or temperature will appear when the
Time/Temperature button is pressed. The Toast Shade setting
can only be adjusted with the toast
“
▲
” or toast “
▼
” button.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the
setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts
counting down. After the temperature appears on LCD for
30 seconds, the LCD will go back to show time automatically.
• When the toasting cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long
beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “
–––
” will appear
on the display and the “Toast” indicator light will turn off.
POSITIONING
RACKS
To accommodate a wide variety of foods the oven has two reversible racks and two rack
positions. The racks can be inserted in the oven in the up position or down position. The racks
will fit into either of the rack guides inside of the toaster oven (see Figure).
Before removing the racks allow the unit to cool.
To remove a rack, open the oven door and pull the rack towards the front of the oven. The rack
will slide on the rack guides on the inside of the oven.
Positioning of the rack will depend on the size of the food and desired browning.
N
OTE
: Lower rack will not auto advance unless the rack is inside hooks on the glass door.
T
IPS
:
Adjust rack downward to prevent top browning and upward to prevent bottom burning.
For best toasting results, position the rack in the up position on the lower rack guide.
When broiling, position the rack in the up position on the upper rack guide.
To replace the rack in the oven, align rack in rack guide and slide toward the back of the oven.
N
OTE
: Heating elements may cycle ON and OFF to maintain the desired temperature.
CLEANING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Before cleaning your OSTER
®
Toaster Oven, unplug it and allow it to cool. To clean, wipe with
damp cloth. DO NOT IMMERSE IN WATER! Make sure to use only mild, soapy water.
Abrasive cleaners, scrubbing brushes and chemical cleaners will damage the continuous clean
coating on this unit. Empty crumb tray frequently to avoid accumulation of crumbs.
STORING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Allow the appliance to cool completely before storing. If storing the toaster oven for long periods
of time make certain that the toaster oven is clean and free of food particles. Store the toaster
oven in a dry location such as on a table or countertop or in a cupboard shelf. Wind the
electrical cord around the cord storage brackets. Other than the recommended cleaning,
no further user maintenance should be necessary.
MODEL/MODÈLE
MODELO
6239
User Manual
6-Slice Toaster Oven
Manual de Instrucciones
Horno Tostador
de 6 Rebanadas
Manuel d’Instructions
Grille-Pain Four
de 6 Tranches
P.N. 111339
Visit us at www.oster.com
One-Year Limited Warranty
S
unbeam Products, Inc., or if in Canada, Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited (collectively “Sunbeam”)
warrants that for a period of one year from the date of purchase, this product will be free from defects
in
material and workmanship. Sunbeam, at its option, will repair or replace this product or any component
of
the product found to be defective during the warranty period. Replacement will be made with a new
or
remanufactured product or component. If the product is no longer available, replacement may be made
with a similar product of equal or greater value. This is your exclusive warranty.
This warranty is valid for the original retail purchaser from the date of initial retail purchase and is not
transferable. Keep the original sales receipt. Proof of purchase is required to obtain warranty
performance. Sunbeam dealers, service centers, or retail stores selling Sunbeam products do not have
the right to alter, modify or any way change the terms and conditions of this warranty.
This warranty does not cover normal wear of parts or damage resulting from any of the following:
negligent use or misuse of the product, use on improper voltage or current, use contrary to the operating
instructions, disassembly, repair or alteration by anyone other than Sunbeam or an authorized Sunbeam
service center. Further, the warranty does not cover: Acts of God, such as fire, flood, hurricanes and
tornadoes.
What Are the Limits on Sunbeam’s Liability?
Sunbeam shall not be liable for any incidental or consequential damages caused by the breach of any
express, implied or statutory warranty or condition.
Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, any implied warranty or condition of merchantability
or fitness for a particular purpose is limited in duration to the duration of the above warranty.
Sunbeam disclaims all other warranties, conditions or representations, express, implied, statutory or otherwise.
Sunbeam shall not be liable for any damages of any kind resulting from the purchase, use or misuse of, or
inability to use the product including incidental, special, consequential or similar damages or loss of profits, or
for any breach of contract, fundamental or otherwise, or for any claim brought against purchaser by any other
party.
Some provinces, states or jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental
or consequential damages or limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above
limitations or exclusion may not apply to you.
This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from
province to province, state to state or jurisdiction to jurisdiction.
How to Obtain Warranty Service
In the U.S.A. –
If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service,
please call 1.800.334.0759 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you.
In Canada –
If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service,
please call 1.800.667.8623 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you.
In the U.S.A., this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Products, Inc., located in Boca Raton,
Florida 33431. In Canada, this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited,
located at 5975
Falbourne Street
, Mississauga, Ontario L5R 3V8.
PLEASE DO NOT RETURN THIS PRODUCT TO ANY OF
THESE ADDRESSES OR TO THE PLACE OF PURCHASE.
Keep
W
arm
Bake
Broil
To a s t
PRECAUCIONES IMPORTANTES
Cuando use algún aparato eléctrico siempre deben seguirse precauciones
básicas de seguridad incluyendo las siguientes:
LEA TODAS LAS INSTRUCCIONES ANTES DE USAR
• No toque la superficie caliente. Use las asas o perillas del horno. Siempre colóquese
guantes al manipular materiales calientes y deje que las partes de metal se enfríen antes
de limpiarlas. Permita que la unidad se enfríe bien antes de poner o quitar piezas.
• Cuando no use la unidad y antes de limpiarla, desenchufe el horno-tostadora del
tomacorriente. N
OTA
: Asegúrese de apagar el horno antes de desenchufarlo.
• Para protegerse contra choques eléctricos, no sumerja el cable, el enchufe ni parte alguna
del horno en agua u otros líquidos.
• Éste o cualquier otro electrodoméstico debe usarse bajo estricta vigilancia en presencia de
niños. Este electrodoméstico no debe ser utilizado por niños.
• No opere ni éste ni ningún electrodoméstico que tenga el cable o enchufe gastado o
dañado ni después de mal funcionamiento, caída o daño alguno del equipo.
• No use accesorios no recomendados por el fabricante; podrían causar incendios, golpes
eléctricos o lesiones personales.
• No use en exteriores ni para propósitos comerciales.
• No use este electrodoméstico para un propósito distinto de aquél para el cual fue
diseñado.
• No deje que el cable cuelgue del borde de la mesa o superficie de trabajo ni que toque
superficies calientes.
• No coloque el electrodoméstico sobre o cerca de un mechero eléctrico o a gas caliente, en
un horno caliente o en un horno a microondas.
• Ponga extremo cuidado cuando use recipientes de un material diferente a metal o vidrio.
• El horno cubierto o en contacto con material inflamable, incluidas cortinas, tapicería,
paredes o elementos similares mientras está en funcionamiento podría causar un
incendio. No coloque nada sobre el horno mientras lo esté usando.
• No guarde en este horno cuando no lo use ningún material distinto a los accesorios
recomendados por el fabricante.
• No coloque en el horno material inflamable, como por ejemplo papel, cartón, plástico, ni
ningún otro material que pudiere incendiarse o derretirse.
• No cubra el horno con papel metalizado, pues podría recalentarse el electrodoméstico.
• No inserte en el electrodoméstico alimentos de gran tamaño ni utensilios de metal, pues
podrían causar incendio o riesgo de choques eléctricos.
• No limpie con esponja de metal. Las partes del aparato podrían romperla y tocar piezas
eléctricas, con el consiguiente riesgo de choques eléctricos.
• Al asar, ponga extremo cuidado en retirar la bandeja o disponer de la grasa o cualquier
otro líquido caliente.
• Para apagar este electrodoméstico, lleve todos los controles a la posición “OFF”.
• Al operar el horno, deje una separación mínima de cuatro pulgadas alrededor del aparato
para permitir la adecuada circulación de aire.
GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES
E
STA UNIDAD ES PARA USO DOMÉSTICO SOLAMENTE
Para reducir el riesgo de descarga eléctrica, este aparato cuenta con una clavija
polarizada (una pata es más ancha que la otra). Esta clavija entra sólo de una
manera en un enchufe polarizado. Si la clavija no encaja en el enchufe
simplemente colóquela al revés. Si aún así no encaja llame a un electricista
calificado. De ninguna manera intente modificar esta medida de seguridad.
BIENVENIDOS
¡Felicitaciones por su compra de un Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas. Para
aprender más sobre productos OSTER
®
, por favor visítenos en www.oster.com!
A
CERCA DE SU
HORNO-TOSTADORA
1. Panel de controles digitales
1a. Visor de cristal líquido
1b. Botones y luces indicadores de
las funciones Hornear, Asar,
Tostar y Mantener Caliente
1c. Indicador de posiciones
de niveles de tostado
1d. Botón y luz indicadora
de la función Iniciar
1e. Botón y luz indicadora
de la función Parar
1f. Botón y luces indicadoras de ajuste
del tiempo y la temperatura
2. Visor
3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes
4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar
5. Rack de avance automático
6. Rack de dos posiciones
7. Dos racks de rejilla removibles/reversibles
8. Bandeja para migas removible
BENEFICIOS DE LAS FUNCIONES
DEL
H
ORNO-TOSTADORA
1. Panel de controles digitales
1a. Visor de cristal líquido – Para observar con facilidad las
posiciones de tiempo y temperatura
1b. Botones y luz indicadora de las funciones Hornear, Asar,
Tostar y Mantener Caliente – Los botones son de fácil
lectura y uso. La luz indicadora mostrará la opción
seleccionada (hornear, asar, tostar o mantener caliente).
1c. Luz indicadora de las posiciones del nivel de tostado –
Le permite ver la posición de nivel de tostado seleccionada.
1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar – Pulse este botón para comenzar a usar
todas las funciones y se encenderá la luz indicadora correspondiente.
1e. Botón Parar – Le permite detener en cualquier momento las funciones de horneado,
asado, tostado o mantener caliente.
1f. Botón de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura – Permite conmutar entre el ajuste de
temperatura y el temporizador. Mediante este botón, usted puede regular el tiempo y
la temperatura deseada. Con el botón “
▲”, usted puede aumentar la temperatura o
el tiempo; para disminuirlos, use el botón “
▼
”.
2. Visor – Para ver cómo se cocinan los alimentos.
3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes – Los alimentos se disipan para una fácil limpieza.
4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar – Facilita sus necesidades de horneado
y asado.
5. Rack de avance automático – Para retirar fácilmente y en forma segura los alimentos
cocidos.
6. Rack de dos posiciones – Se adapta a una amplia variedad de alimentos, desde pizza
hasta grandes asados.
7. Dos racks rejilla removibles/reversibles – Para adaptarse a múltiples alimentos
y tamaños.
8. Bandeja para migas removible – Facilita la limpieza de migas y los restos de alimentos.
PREPARACIÓN DEL HORNO-TOSTADORA
Cuando use el horno-tostadora por primera vez, asegúrese de:
• Retirar los autoadhesivos de la superficie del horno.
• Abrir la puerta del horno y retirar toda la documentación y papeles impresos.
• Limpiar los racks, la bandeja y la plancha con agua caliente, una pequeña cantidad
de líquido lavaplatos y una esponja o paño de limpieza no abrasivo. NO SUMERJA
LA CARCASA DE LA UNIDAD EN AGUA.
• Seque bien la unidad antes de usarla.
• Elija un lugar dónde colocar el horno-tostadora. Debe ser un área abierta sobre una
superficie de trabajo plana, que tenga cerca un tomacorriente para enchufar el cable.
• Inserte el rack inferior sobre ganchos, en la puerta de vidrio, para que se mueva con ésta.
• Enchufe el horno-tostadora en un tomacorriente.
CÓMO USAR EL HORNO-TOSTADORA
Enchufe la unidad. En el visor de cristal líquido se presentará “- - -”. No se encenderán
las luces indicadoras. Cada vez que pulse un botón, se escuchará una señal audible
de confirmación.
N
OTA: Deberá pulsar uno de los botones de los menús “mantener caliente”, “asar”,
“hornear” o “tostar” para que comience a funcionar la unidad. Después podrá ajustar
el tiempo y la temperatura.
S
E
L
E
C
T
Toast Color
Time
Temp
Keep
Warm
Bake
Broil
Toast
START
STOP
F
IGURE 1
F
IGURE 2
30
m
ay
2
003
bb
bb
oo
oo
bb
bb
09.37
1b
1d
1e
1a
1c
1f
Toast Color
S
E
L
E
C
T
T
o
a
s
t
C
o
l
o
r
T
i
m
e
T
e
m
p
K
e
e
p
W
a
r
m
B
a
k
e
B
ro
il
T
o
a
s
t
S
T
A
R
T
S
T
O
P
1
2
8
4
7
5
6
3
S
E
L
E
C
T
Toast Color
Time
Temp
Keep
Warm
Bake
Broil
Toast
START
STOP
1b
1d
1e
1a
1c
1f
–––
F
OLD
–––
English-1 English-5English-4 English-6
English-7 Español-2 Español-3Español-1
English-3English-2
–––
F
OLD
––– –––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
––––––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
For product questions contact:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
USA : 1.800.334.0759
Canada : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
OSTER
®
is a registered trademark of Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distributed by Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431
Pour les questions de produit:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
États-Unis : 1.800.334.0759
Canada : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Tous droits réservés.
OSTER
®
est une marque déposée de Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distribué par Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida 33431
Para preguntas sobre los productos llame:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
EE.UU. : 1.800.334.0759
Canadá : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Todos los derechos reservados.
OSTER
®
es una marca registrada de Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distruibido por Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431
Printed in China Imprimé en Chine Impreso en China
IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS
When using electrical appliances, basic safety precautions should always be followed
including the following:
READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE
• Do not touch hot surface. Use oven handles or knobs. Always use oven mitts when handling
hot materials and allow metal parts to cool before cleaning. Allow the unit to cool thoroughly
before putting in or taking off parts.
• When the unit is not in use and before cleaning, unplug the toaster oven from the wall outlet.
N
OTE
: Make sure the oven is turned off before unplugging.
• To protect against electric shock, do not immerse cord, plug or any parts of the oven in water
or other liquids.
• Close supervision is necessary when this or any appliance is used near children. This appliance
is not for use by children.
• Do not operate this or any appliance with a frayed or damaged cord or plug or after the
appliance malfunctions or is dropped or has been damaged in any manner.
• Do not use attachments not recommended by the manufacturer; they may cause fire, electric
shock or personal injury.
• Do not use outdoors or for commercial purposes.
• Do not use this appliance for other than its intended use.
• Do not let cord dangle over the edge of a tabletop or countertop or to touch hot surfaces.
• Do not place appliance on or near a hot gas or electric burner, or in a heated oven or in a
microwave oven.
• Extreme caution should be used when using containers constructed of other than metal or glass.
• A fire may occur if the oven is covered or touching flammable materials, including curtains,
draperies, walls, and the like, when in operation. Do not store any item on the top of the oven
during operation.
• Do not store any materials, other than manufacturer’s recommended accessories, in this oven
when not in use.
• Do not place any flammable materials in the oven, such as paper, cardboard, plastic, or any
materials that may catch fire or melt.
• Do not cover the oven with metal foil. This will cause overheating of the appliance.
• Oversized foods or metal utensils must not be inserted in the appliance, as they may create
a fire or risk of electric shock.
• Do not clean with metal scouring pads. Pieces can break off the pad and touch electrical parts
involving a risk of electric shock.
• When broiling, use extreme caution when removing tray or disposing of hot grease or other
hot liquids.
• To turn this appliance off, return all controls to the “OFF” position.
• When operating the oven keep at least four inches of space on all sides of oven to allow for
adequate air circulation.
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS
T
HIS
U
NIT
I
S FOR
H
OUSEHOLD
U
SE
O
NLY
To reduce the risk of electrical shock, this appliance has a polarized plug (one blade is wider
than the other). This plug fits a polarized outlet only one way; if the plug does not fit fully into
the outlet, reverse the plug. If it still does not fit, contact a qualified electrician. Do not attempt
to defeat this safety feature.
W
ELCOME
Congratulations on your purchase of an OSTER
®
6-Slice Toaster Oven! To learn more
about OSTER
®
products, please visit us at www.oster.com.
L
EARNING ABOUT YOUR TOASTER OVEN
1. Digital Control Panel
1a. LCD Display
1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm
Buttons and Indicator Lights
1c. Toast Shade Setting Indicator
1d. Start Button and Indicator Light
1e. Stop Button and Indicator Light
1f. Timer and Temperature Setting
Button and Indicator Lights
2. Viewing Window
3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls
4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray
5. Auto Advance Rack
6. Two Rack Positions
7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks
8. Removable Crumb Tray
TOASTER OVEN FEATURE BENEFITS
1. Digital Control Panel
1a. LCD Display – For easy viewing of temperature and time
settings
1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator
Light – Buttons are easy to read and easy to use. The
indicator light will show what option (bake, broil, toast or
keep warm) has been selected.
1c.
Toast Shade Setting Indicator Light – Allows you to visually see
the toaster shade setting selected.
1d. Start Button and Indicator Light – Press this button to begin
all functions and the according indicator light will illuminate.
1e. Stop Button – Allows you to stop the baking, broiling,
toasting or keep warm function at any time.
1f. Timer and Temperature Setting Button – Allows you to toggle between the temperature
and timer setting. The buttons allow you to set the time and temperature you desire.
The “
▲” button allows you to increase the temperature or time and the “▼” button
to decrease the temperature or time.
2. Viewing Window – Allows you to see food cooking.
3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls – Allows food to dissipate off for easy cleaning.
4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray – Makes all of your baking and broiling needs easy.
5. Auto Advance Rack – For easy and safe removal of cooked foods.
6. Two Rack Positions – To accommodate a wide variety of foods from pizza to tall roasts.
7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks – To accommodate multiple foods and sizes.
8. Removable Crumb Tray – Allows for easy cleaning of crumbs and fallen food particles.
PREPARING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
If you are using your toaster oven for the first time, please be sure to:
• Remove any stickers from the surface of the oven.
• Open oven door and remove all printed documents and paper from inside the toaster oven.
• Clean the racks, tray, and pan with hot water, a small amount of dishwashing liquid and
a non-abrasive sponge or cleaning pad. DO NOT IMMERSE THE BODY OF THE UNIT
IN WATER.
• Dry the unit thoroughly before using.
• Select a location for the toaster oven. The location should be in an open area on a flat counter
where the plug will reach an outlet.
• Insert bottom rack over hooks on glass door so rack moves with door.
• Plug the toaster oven into an electrical outlet.
USING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Plug the unit in, “- - -” will appear in the LCD. The indicator lights will not illuminate.
Every time that you press a button, your oven will make a confirmation beep.
N
OTE
: You will need to press one of the menu buttons “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”,
or “toast” for the unit to start. Then you can set the Time and Temperature.
MENU BUTTONS
If you press one of the buttons from the four menus, “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, “toast”,
the corresponding indicator light will illuminate and the LCD will display the default time setting.
You will then be able to toggle between Time and Temperature with the Time/Temp button.
Time: Press the “
▲
” button to increase the time or press the “
▼
” button to decrease time.
Temperature: Press the “
▲
” button to increase the temperature or press the “
▼
” button
to decrease temperature.
The maximum cooking time is 120 minutes (2 hours), the time will appear in the LCD display.
START BUTTON
Press this button to begin all functions and the corresponding indicator light will illuminate.
If you do not press the “start” button within 30 seconds of choosing your menu selection,
the LCD display will go back to “- - -” and all indicator lights will turn off.
STOP BUTTON
Press this button to turn off the power. The display will revert to “- - -”. When the operation
is finished or you press the “stop” button, the unit will turn off, “- - -” will appear in the
LCD and all of the indicator lights will turn off.
S
E
L
E
C
T
T
o
a
s
t
C
o
l
o
r
T
i
m
e
T
e
m
p
K
e
e
p
W
a
r
m
B
a
k
e
B
r
o
i
l
T
o
a
s
t
S
T
A
R
T
S
T
O
P
1
2
8
4
7
5
6
3
B
EEPER FUNCTION
(1) When you plug the unit in, the beeper sounds once and “ - - - ”appears in the LCD.
(2) When you press one of the four menu buttons the beeper will sound one time.
(3) When you press the adjustable button, every time you press the button, the beeper
will sound once. If you press the button continually, the beeper only sounds one time.
(4) When you press the start button the beeper will sound once, and “:” will flash, that means
the unit is in operation. Once the unit has begun the cooking cycle, the menu selection,
time or temperature cannot be changed. The unit must be stopped and reset.
(5) When the unit is in operation, press the stop button, the beeper will sound once and the unit
will stop operation.
(6) At the end of pre-set time, the unit will sound a long beep to remind you the work is done.
USING THE BAKE FUNCTION
• The bake function may be used to bake cake, cookies, poultry, beef and pork.
• When you select the bake function, the bake indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 450°F.
• Both Time and Temperature are adjustable.
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and the
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
” in 5
minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute
increments when you press “
▼
” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...).
• Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle
between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD display.
Press
the
“
▲
” button
to increase the temperature and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the temperature.
Temperature changes in 25
°
increments each time you press
“
▲
” or “
▼
”.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing
and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up.
• When the baking cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “---“ will appear on the display and the “Bake” indicator light will turn off.
U
SING THE
BROIL FUNCTION
• The broil function may be used to broil steak, fillets, poultry and other favorite foods
according to package or recipe instructions.
• When broiling, always use baking/broiling tray with the broiling insert.
• Close the door to the first notch, leaving approximately a 3-inch gap at the top.
• When you select the broil function, the broil indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 450
°
F. The temperature cannot be adjusted.
• The Time is adjustable. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is
reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “
▼
”
(4 minutes, 3 minutes...).
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time.
N
OTE
:
During broiling, only top heating element will heat up.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing
and the time starts counting down.
• When the broiling cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “---” will appear on the display and the “Broil” indicator light will turn off.
USING THE
KEEP WARM FUNCTION
• The keep warm function is for defrosting foods or keeping food warm.
N
OTE
: For best results, do not set the timer more than 60 minutes because the food will
no longer warm but overcook.
• When you select the Keep Warm function, the Keep Warm indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 150°F and is NOT adjustable.
• Time is adjustable and can be set at a maximum of 120 minutes. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
”
in 5 minute increments.
Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in
one minute increments when you press “
▼
” (4 minutes, 3 minutes . . . ).
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time.
• Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will
toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins
flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up.
• When the Keep Warm cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “ – – – ” will appear on the display and the “Key Warm” indicator light
will turn off.
USING THE TOAST FUNCTION
• The toast function may be used to toast bread, muffins and waffles or your favorite recipe
according to package or recipe instructions.
• When you select the Toast function, the toast indicator light will illuminate.
• The default temperature is 450°F. The temperature is not adjustable.
• Set the Toast Shade Setting: (See Figure 1) The default setting is
the lightest toast shade option. Press the
“
▲
” or “
▼
”
buttons
on either side of the Toast button. Press the
“
▲
” button
to
increase the toast shade and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the toast
shade. The toast shade indicator lights above the LCD panel
will illuminate. (See Figure 2)
NOTE: No default time or temperature will appear when the
Time/Temperature button is pressed. The Toast Shade setting
can only be adjusted with the toast
“
▲
” or toast “
▼
” button.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the
setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts
counting down. After the temperature appears on LCD for
30 seconds, the LCD will go back to show time automatically.
• When the toasting cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long
beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “
–––
” will appear
on the display and the “Toast” indicator light will turn off.
POSITIONING
RACKS
To accommodate a wide variety of foods the oven has two reversible racks and two rack
positions. The racks can be inserted in the oven in the up position or down position. The racks
will fit into either of the rack guides inside of the toaster oven (see Figure).
Before removing the racks allow the unit to cool.
To remove a rack, open the oven door and pull the rack towards the front of the oven. The rack
will slide on the rack guides on the inside of the oven.
Positioning of the rack will depend on the size of the food and desired browning.
N
OTE
: Lower rack will not auto advance unless the rack is inside hooks on the glass door.
T
IPS
:
Adjust rack downward to prevent top browning and upward to prevent bottom burning.
For best toasting results, position the rack in the up position on the lower rack guide.
When broiling, position the rack in the up position on the upper rack guide.
To replace the rack in the oven, align rack in rack guide and slide toward the back of the oven.
N
OTE
: Heating elements may cycle ON and OFF to maintain the desired temperature.
CLEANING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Before cleaning your OSTER
®
Toaster Oven, unplug it and allow it to cool. To clean, wipe with
damp cloth. DO NOT IMMERSE IN WATER! Make sure to use only mild, soapy water.
Abrasive cleaners, scrubbing brushes and chemical cleaners will damage the continuous clean
coating on this unit. Empty crumb tray frequently to avoid accumulation of crumbs.
STORING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Allow the appliance to cool completely before storing. If storing the toaster oven for long periods
of time make certain that the toaster oven is clean and free of food particles. Store the toaster
oven in a dry location such as on a table or countertop or in a cupboard shelf. Wind the
electrical cord around the cord storage brackets. Other than the recommended cleaning,
no further user maintenance should be necessary.
MODEL/MODÈLE
MODELO
6239
User Manual
6-Slice Toaster Oven
Manual de Instrucciones
Horno Tostador
de 6 Rebanadas
Manuel d’Instructions
Grille-Pain Four
de 6 Tranches
P.N. 111339
Visit us at www.oster.com
One-Year Limited Warranty
S
unbeam Products, Inc., or if in Canada, Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited (collectively “Sunbeam”)
warrants that for a period of one year from the date of purchase, this product will be free from defects
in
material and workmanship. Sunbeam, at its option, will repair or replace this product or any component
of
the product found to be defective during the warranty period. Replacement will be made with a new
or
remanufactured product or component. If the product is no longer available, replacement may be made
with a similar product of equal or greater value. This is your exclusive warranty.
This warranty is valid for the original retail purchaser from the date of initial retail purchase and is not
transferable. Keep the original sales receipt. Proof of purchase is required to obtain warranty
performance. Sunbeam dealers, service centers, or retail stores selling Sunbeam products do not have
the right to alter, modify or any way change the terms and conditions of this warranty.
This warranty does not cover normal wear of parts or damage resulting from any of the following:
negligent use or misuse of the product, use on improper voltage or current, use contrary to the operating
instructions, disassembly, repair or alteration by anyone other than Sunbeam or an authorized Sunbeam
service center. Further, the warranty does not cover: Acts of God, such as fire, flood, hurricanes and
tornadoes.
What Are the Limits on Sunbeam’s Liability?
Sunbeam shall not be liable for any incidental or consequential damages caused by the breach of any
express, implied or statutory warranty or condition.
Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, any implied warranty or condition of merchantability
or fitness for a particular purpose is limited in duration to the duration of the above warranty.
Sunbeam disclaims all other warranties, conditions or representations, express, implied, statutory or otherwise.
Sunbeam shall not be liable for any damages of any kind resulting from the purchase, use or misuse of, or
inability to use the product including incidental, special, consequential or similar damages or loss of profits, or
for any breach of contract, fundamental or otherwise, or for any claim brought against purchaser by any other
party.
Some provinces, states or jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental
or consequential damages or limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above
limitations or exclusion may not apply to you.
This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from
province to province, state to state or jurisdiction to jurisdiction.
How to Obtain Warranty Service
In the U.S.A. –
If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service,
please call 1.800.334.0759 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you.
In Canada –
If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service,
please call 1.800.667.8623 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you.
In the U.S.A., this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Products, Inc., located in Boca Raton,
Florida 33431. In Canada, this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited,
located at 5975
Falbourne Street
, Mississauga, Ontario L5R 3V8.
PLEASE DO NOT RETURN THIS PRODUCT TO ANY OF
THESE ADDRESSES OR TO THE PLACE OF PURCHASE.
Keep
W
arm
Bake
Broil
To a s t
PRECAUCIONES IMPORTANTES
Cuando use algún aparato eléctrico siempre deben seguirse precauciones
básicas de seguridad incluyendo las siguientes:
LEA TODAS LAS INSTRUCCIONES ANTES DE USAR
• No toque la superficie caliente. Use las asas o perillas del horno. Siempre colóquese
guantes al manipular materiales calientes y deje que las partes de metal se enfríen antes
de limpiarlas. Permita que la unidad se enfríe bien antes de poner o quitar piezas.
• Cuando no use la unidad y antes de limpiarla, desenchufe el horno-tostadora del
tomacorriente. N
OTA
: Asegúrese de apagar el horno antes de desenchufarlo.
• Para protegerse contra choques eléctricos, no sumerja el cable, el enchufe ni parte alguna
del horno en agua u otros líquidos.
• Éste o cualquier otro electrodoméstico debe usarse bajo estricta vigilancia en presencia de
niños. Este electrodoméstico no debe ser utilizado por niños.
• No opere ni éste ni ningún electrodoméstico que tenga el cable o enchufe gastado o
dañado ni después de mal funcionamiento, caída o daño alguno del equipo.
• No use accesorios no recomendados por el fabricante; podrían causar incendios, golpes
eléctricos o lesiones personales.
• No use en exteriores ni para propósitos comerciales.
• No use este electrodoméstico para un propósito distinto de aquél para el cual fue
diseñado.
• No deje que el cable cuelgue del borde de la mesa o superficie de trabajo ni que toque
superficies calientes.
• No coloque el electrodoméstico sobre o cerca de un mechero eléctrico o a gas caliente, en
un horno caliente o en un horno a microondas.
• Ponga extremo cuidado cuando use recipientes de un material diferente a metal o vidrio.
• El horno cubierto o en contacto con material inflamable, incluidas cortinas, tapicería,
paredes o elementos similares mientras está en funcionamiento podría causar un
incendio. No coloque nada sobre el horno mientras lo esté usando.
• No guarde en este horno cuando no lo use ningún material distinto a los accesorios
recomendados por el fabricante.
• No coloque en el horno material inflamable, como por ejemplo papel, cartón, plástico, ni
ningún otro material que pudiere incendiarse o derretirse.
• No cubra el horno con papel metalizado, pues podría recalentarse el electrodoméstico.
• No inserte en el electrodoméstico alimentos de gran tamaño ni utensilios de metal, pues
podrían causar incendio o riesgo de choques eléctricos.
• No limpie con esponja de metal. Las partes del aparato podrían romperla y tocar piezas
eléctricas, con el consiguiente riesgo de choques eléctricos.
• Al asar, ponga extremo cuidado en retirar la bandeja o disponer de la grasa o cualquier
otro líquido caliente.
• Para apagar este electrodoméstico, lleve todos los controles a la posición “OFF”.
• Al operar el horno, deje una separación mínima de cuatro pulgadas alrededor del aparato
para permitir la adecuada circulación de aire.
GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES
E
STA UNIDAD ES PARA USO DOMÉSTICO SOLAMENTE
Para reducir el riesgo de descarga eléctrica, este aparato cuenta con una clavija
polarizada (una pata es más ancha que la otra). Esta clavija entra sólo de una
manera en un enchufe polarizado. Si la clavija no encaja en el enchufe
simplemente colóquela al revés. Si aún así no encaja llame a un electricista
calificado. De ninguna manera intente modificar esta medida de seguridad.
BIENVENIDOS
¡Felicitaciones por su compra de un Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas. Para
aprender más sobre productos OSTER
®
, por favor visítenos en www.oster.com!
A
CERCA DE SU
HORNO-TOSTADORA
1. Panel de controles digitales
1a. Visor de cristal líquido
1b. Botones y luces indicadores de
las funciones Hornear, Asar,
Tostar y Mantener Caliente
1c. Indicador de posiciones
de niveles de tostado
1d. Botón y luz indicadora
de la función Iniciar
1e. Botón y luz indicadora
de la función Parar
1f. Botón y luces indicadoras de ajuste
del tiempo y la temperatura
2. Visor
3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes
4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar
5. Rack de avance automático
6. Rack de dos posiciones
7. Dos racks de rejilla removibles/reversibles
8. Bandeja para migas removible
BENEFICIOS DE LAS FUNCIONES
DEL
H
ORNO-TOSTADORA
1. Panel de controles digitales
1a. Visor de cristal líquido – Para observar con facilidad las
posiciones de tiempo y temperatura
1b. Botones y luz indicadora de las funciones Hornear, Asar,
Tostar y Mantener Caliente – Los botones son de fácil
lectura y uso. La luz indicadora mostrará la opción
seleccionada (hornear, asar, tostar o mantener caliente).
1c. Luz indicadora de las posiciones del nivel de tostado –
Le permite ver la posición de nivel de tostado seleccionada.
1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar – Pulse este botón para comenzar a usar
todas las funciones y se encenderá la luz indicadora correspondiente.
1e. Botón Parar – Le permite detener en cualquier momento las funciones de horneado,
asado, tostado o mantener caliente.
1f. Botón de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura – Permite conmutar entre el ajuste de
temperatura y el temporizador. Mediante este botón, usted puede regular el tiempo y
la temperatura deseada. Con el botón “
▲”, usted puede aumentar la temperatura o
el tiempo; para disminuirlos, use el botón “
▼
”.
2. Visor – Para ver cómo se cocinan los alimentos.
3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes – Los alimentos se disipan para una fácil limpieza.
4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar – Facilita sus necesidades de horneado
y asado.
5. Rack de avance automático – Para retirar fácilmente y en forma segura los alimentos
cocidos.
6. Rack de dos posiciones – Se adapta a una amplia variedad de alimentos, desde pizza
hasta grandes asados.
7. Dos racks rejilla removibles/reversibles – Para adaptarse a múltiples alimentos
y tamaños.
8. Bandeja para migas removible – Facilita la limpieza de migas y los restos de alimentos.
PREPARACIÓN DEL HORNO-TOSTADORA
Cuando use el horno-tostadora por primera vez, asegúrese de:
• Retirar los autoadhesivos de la superficie del horno.
• Abrir la puerta del horno y retirar toda la documentación y papeles impresos.
• Limpiar los racks, la bandeja y la plancha con agua caliente, una pequeña cantidad
de líquido lavaplatos y una esponja o paño de limpieza no abrasivo. NO SUMERJA
LA CARCASA DE LA UNIDAD EN AGUA.
• Seque bien la unidad antes de usarla.
• Elija un lugar dónde colocar el horno-tostadora. Debe ser un área abierta sobre una
superficie de trabajo plana, que tenga cerca un tomacorriente para enchufar el cable.
• Inserte el rack inferior sobre ganchos, en la puerta de vidrio, para que se mueva con ésta.
• Enchufe el horno-tostadora en un tomacorriente.
CÓMO USAR EL HORNO-TOSTADORA
Enchufe la unidad. En el visor de cristal líquido se presentará “- - -”. No se encenderán
las luces indicadoras. Cada vez que pulse un botón, se escuchará una señal audible
de confirmación.
N
OTA: Deberá pulsar uno de los botones de los menús “mantener caliente”, “asar”,
“hornear” o “tostar” para que comience a funcionar la unidad. Después podrá ajustar
el tiempo y la temperatura.
S
E
L
E
C
T
Toast Color
Time
Temp
Keep
Warm
Bake
Broil
Toast
START
STOP
F
IGURE 1
F
IGURE 2
30
m
ay
2
003
bb
bb
oo
oo
bb
bb
09.37
1b
1d
1e
1a
1c
1f
Toast Color
1
2
8
4
7
5
6
3
S
E
L
E
C
T
Toast Color
Time
Temp
Keep
Warm
Bake
Broil
Toast
START
STOP
1b
1d
1e
1a
1c
1f
–––
F
OLD
–––
English-1 English-5English-4 English-6
English-7 Español-2 Español-3Español-1
English-3English-2
–––
F
OLD
––– –––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
––––––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
For product questions contact:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
USA : 1.800.334.0759
Canada : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
OSTER
®
is a registered trademark of Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distributed by Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431
Pour les questions de produit:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
États-Unis : 1.800.334.0759
Canada : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Tous droits réservés.
OSTER
®
est une marque déposée de Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distribué par Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida 33431
Para preguntas sobre los productos llame:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
EE.UU. : 1.800.334.0759
Canadá : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Todos los derechos reservados.
OSTER
®
es una marca registrada de Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distruibido por Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431
Printed in China Imprimé en Chine Impreso en China
IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS
When using electrical appliances, basic safety precautions should always be followed
including the following:
READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE
• Do not touch hot surface. Use oven handles or knobs. Always use oven mitts when handling
hot materials and allow metal parts to cool before cleaning. Allow the unit to cool thoroughly
before putting in or taking off parts.
• When the unit is not in use and before cleaning, unplug the toaster oven from the wall outlet.
N
OTE
: Make sure the oven is turned off before unplugging.
• To protect against electric shock, do not immerse cord, plug or any parts of the oven in water
or other liquids.
• Close supervision is necessary when this or any appliance is used near children. This appliance
is not for use by children.
• Do not operate this or any appliance with a frayed or damaged cord or plug or after the
appliance malfunctions or is dropped or has been damaged in any manner.
• Do not use attachments not recommended by the manufacturer; they may cause fire, electric
shock or personal injury.
• Do not use outdoors or for commercial purposes.
• Do not use this appliance for other than its intended use.
• Do not let cord dangle over the edge of a tabletop or countertop or to touch hot surfaces.
• Do not place appliance on or near a hot gas or electric burner, or in a heated oven or in a
microwave oven.
• Extreme caution should be used when using containers constructed of other than metal or glass.
• A fire may occur if the oven is covered or touching flammable materials, including curtains,
draperies, walls, and the like, when in operation. Do not store any item on the top of the oven
during operation.
• Do not store any materials, other than manufacturer’s recommended accessories, in this oven
when not in use.
• Do not place any flammable materials in the oven, such as paper, cardboard, plastic, or any
materials that may catch fire or melt.
• Do not cover the oven with metal foil. This will cause overheating of the appliance.
• Oversized foods or metal utensils must not be inserted in the appliance, as they may create
a fire or risk of electric shock.
• Do not clean with metal scouring pads. Pieces can break off the pad and touch electrical parts
involving a risk of electric shock.
• When broiling, use extreme caution when removing tray or disposing of hot grease or other
hot liquids.
• To turn this appliance off, return all controls to the “OFF” position.
• When operating the oven keep at least four inches of space on all sides of oven to allow for
adequate air circulation.
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS
T
HIS
U
NIT
I
S FOR
H
OUSEHOLD
U
SE
O
NLY
To reduce the risk of electrical shock, this appliance has a polarized plug (one blade is wider
than the other). This plug fits a polarized outlet only one way; if the plug does not fit fully into
the outlet, reverse the plug. If it still does not fit, contact a qualified electrician. Do not attempt
to defeat this safety feature.
W
ELCOME
Congratulations on your purchase of an OSTER
®
6-Slice Toaster Oven! To learn more
about OSTER
®
products, please visit us at www.oster.com.
L
EARNING ABOUT YOUR TOASTER OVEN
1. Digital Control Panel
1a. LCD Display
1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm
Buttons and Indicator Lights
1c. Toast Shade Setting Indicator
1d. Start Button and Indicator Light
1e. Stop Button and Indicator Light
1f. Timer and Temperature Setting
Button and Indicator Lights
2. Viewing Window
3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls
4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray
5. Auto Advance Rack
6. Two Rack Positions
7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks
8. Removable Crumb Tray
TOASTER OVEN FEATURE BENEFITS
1. Digital Control Panel
1a. LCD Display – For easy viewing of temperature and time
settings
1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator
Light – Buttons are easy to read and easy to use. The
indicator light will show what option (bake, broil, toast or
keep warm) has been selected.
1c.
Toast Shade Setting Indicator Light – Allows you to visually see
the toaster shade setting selected.
1d. Start Button and Indicator Light – Press this button to begin
all functions and the according indicator light will illuminate.
1e. Stop Button – Allows you to stop the baking, broiling,
toasting or keep warm function at any time.
1f. Timer and Temperature Setting Button – Allows you to toggle between the temperature
and timer setting. The buttons allow you to set the time and temperature you desire.
The “
▲” button allows you to increase the temperature or time and the “▼” button
to decrease the temperature or time.
2. Viewing Window – Allows you to see food cooking.
3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls – Allows food to dissipate off for easy cleaning.
4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray – Makes all of your baking and broiling needs easy.
5. Auto Advance Rack – For easy and safe removal of cooked foods.
6. Two Rack Positions – To accommodate a wide variety of foods from pizza to tall roasts.
7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks – To accommodate multiple foods and sizes.
8. Removable Crumb Tray – Allows for easy cleaning of crumbs and fallen food particles.
PREPARING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
If you are using your toaster oven for the first time, please be sure to:
• Remove any stickers from the surface of the oven.
• Open oven door and remove all printed documents and paper from inside the toaster oven.
• Clean the racks, tray, and pan with hot water, a small amount of dishwashing liquid and
a non-abrasive sponge or cleaning pad. DO NOT IMMERSE THE BODY OF THE UNIT
IN WATER.
• Dry the unit thoroughly before using.
• Select a location for the toaster oven. The location should be in an open area on a flat counter
where the plug will reach an outlet.
• Insert bottom rack over hooks on glass door so rack moves with door.
• Plug the toaster oven into an electrical outlet.
USING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Plug the unit in, “- - -” will appear in the LCD. The indicator lights will not illuminate.
Every time that you press a button, your oven will make a confirmation beep.
N
OTE
: You will need to press one of the menu buttons “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”,
or “toast” for the unit to start. Then you can set the Time and Temperature.
MENU BUTTONS
If you press one of the buttons from the four menus, “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, “toast”,
the corresponding indicator light will illuminate and the LCD will display the default time setting.
You will then be able to toggle between Time and Temperature with the Time/Temp button.
Time: Press the “
▲
” button to increase the time or press the “
▼
” button to decrease time.
Temperature: Press the “
▲
” button to increase the temperature or press the “
▼
” button
to decrease temperature.
The maximum cooking time is 120 minutes (2 hours), the time will appear in the LCD display.
START BUTTON
Press this button to begin all functions and the corresponding indicator light will illuminate.
If you do not press the “start” button within 30 seconds of choosing your menu selection,
the LCD display will go back to “- - -” and all indicator lights will turn off.
STOP BUTTON
Press this button to turn off the power. The display will revert to “- - -”. When the operation
is finished or you press the “stop” button, the unit will turn off, “- - -” will appear in the
LCD and all of the indicator lights will turn off.
S
E
L
E
C
T
T
o
a
s
t
C
o
l
o
r
T
i
m
e
T
e
m
p
K
e
e
p
W
a
r
m
B
a
k
e
B
r
o
i
l
T
o
a
s
t
S
T
A
R
T
S
T
O
P
1
2
8
4
7
5
6
3
B
EEPER FUNCTION
(1) When you plug the unit in, the beeper sounds once and “ - - - ”appears in the LCD.
(2) When you press one of the four menu buttons the beeper will sound one time.
(3) When you press the adjustable button, every time you press the button, the beeper
will sound once. If you press the button continually, the beeper only sounds one time.
(4) When you press the start button the beeper will sound once, and “:” will flash, that means
the unit is in operation. Once the unit has begun the cooking cycle, the menu selection,
time or temperature cannot be changed. The unit must be stopped and reset.
(5) When the unit is in operation, press the stop button, the beeper will sound once and the unit
will stop operation.
(6) At the end of pre-set time, the unit will sound a long beep to remind you the work is done.
USING THE BAKE FUNCTION
• The bake function may be used to bake cake, cookies, poultry, beef and pork.
• When you select the bake function, the bake indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 450°F.
• Both Time and Temperature are adjustable.
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and the
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
” in 5
minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute
increments when you press “
▼
” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...).
• Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle
between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD display.
Press
the
“
▲
” button
to increase the temperature and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the temperature.
Temperature changes in 25
°
increments each time you press
“
▲
” or “
▼
”.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing
and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up.
• When the baking cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “---“ will appear on the display and the “Bake” indicator light will turn off.
U
SING THE
BROIL FUNCTION
• The broil function may be used to broil steak, fillets, poultry and other favorite foods
according to package or recipe instructions.
• When broiling, always use baking/broiling tray with the broiling insert.
• Close the door to the first notch, leaving approximately a 3-inch gap at the top.
• When you select the broil function, the broil indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 450
°
F. The temperature cannot be adjusted.
• The Time is adjustable. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is
reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “
▼
”
(4 minutes, 3 minutes...).
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time.
N
OTE
:
During broiling, only top heating element will heat up.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing
and the time starts counting down.
• When the broiling cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “---” will appear on the display and the “Broil” indicator light will turn off.
USING THE
KEEP WARM FUNCTION
• The keep warm function is for defrosting foods or keeping food warm.
N
OTE
: For best results, do not set the timer more than 60 minutes because the food will
no longer warm but overcook.
• When you select the Keep Warm function, the Keep Warm indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 150°F and is NOT adjustable.
• Time is adjustable and can be set at a maximum of 120 minutes. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
”
in 5 minute increments.
Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in
one minute increments when you press “
▼
” (4 minutes, 3 minutes . . . ).
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time.
• Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will
toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins
flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up.
• When the Keep Warm cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “ – – – ” will appear on the display and the “Key Warm” indicator light
will turn off.
USING THE TOAST FUNCTION
• The toast function may be used to toast bread, muffins and waffles or your favorite recipe
according to package or recipe instructions.
• When you select the Toast function, the toast indicator light will illuminate.
• The default temperature is 450°F. The temperature is not adjustable.
• Set the Toast Shade Setting: (See Figure 1) The default setting is
the lightest toast shade option. Press the
“
▲
” or “
▼
”
buttons
on either side of the Toast button. Press the
“
▲
” button
to
increase the toast shade and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the toast
shade. The toast shade indicator lights above the LCD panel
will illuminate. (See Figure 2)
NOTE: No default time or temperature will appear when the
Time/Temperature button is pressed. The Toast Shade setting
can only be adjusted with the toast
“
▲
” or toast “
▼
” button.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the
setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts
counting down. After the temperature appears on LCD for
30 seconds, the LCD will go back to show time automatically.
• When the toasting cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long
beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “
–––
” will appear
on the display and the “Toast” indicator light will turn off.
POSITIONING
RACKS
To accommodate a wide variety of foods the oven has two reversible racks and two rack
positions. The racks can be inserted in the oven in the up position or down position. The racks
will fit into either of the rack guides inside of the toaster oven (see Figure).
Before removing the racks allow the unit to cool.
To remove a rack, open the oven door and pull the rack towards the front of the oven. The rack
will slide on the rack guides on the inside of the oven.
Positioning of the rack will depend on the size of the food and desired browning.
N
OTE
: Lower rack will not auto advance unless the rack is inside hooks on the glass door.
T
IPS
:
Adjust rack downward to prevent top browning and upward to prevent bottom burning.
For best toasting results, position the rack in the up position on the lower rack guide.
When broiling, position the rack in the up position on the upper rack guide.
To replace the rack in the oven, align rack in rack guide and slide toward the back of the oven.
N
OTE
: Heating elements may cycle ON and OFF to maintain the desired temperature.
CLEANING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Before cleaning your OSTER
®
Toaster Oven, unplug it and allow it to cool. To clean, wipe with
damp cloth. DO NOT IMMERSE IN WATER! Make sure to use only mild, soapy water.
Abrasive cleaners, scrubbing brushes and chemical cleaners will damage the continuous clean
coating on this unit. Empty crumb tray frequently to avoid accumulation of crumbs.
STORING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Allow the appliance to cool completely before storing. If storing the toaster oven for long periods
of time make certain that the toaster oven is clean and free of food particles. Store the toaster
oven in a dry location such as on a table or countertop or in a cupboard shelf. Wind the
electrical cord around the cord storage brackets. Other than the recommended cleaning,
no further user maintenance should be necessary.
MODEL/MODÈLE
MODELO
6239
User Manual
6-Slice Toaster Oven
Manual de Instrucciones
Horno Tostador
de 6 Rebanadas
Manuel d’Instructions
Grille-Pain Four
de 6 Tranches
P.N. 111339
Visit us at www.oster.com
One-Year Limited Warranty
S
unbeam Products, Inc., or if in Canada, Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited (collectively “Sunbeam”)
warrants that for a period of one year from the date of purchase, this product will be free from defects
in
material and workmanship. Sunbeam, at its option, will repair or replace this product or any component
of
the product found to be defective during the warranty period. Replacement will be made with a new
or
remanufactured product or component. If the product is no longer available, replacement may be made
with a similar product of equal or greater value. This is your exclusive warranty.
This warranty is valid for the original retail purchaser from the date of initial retail purchase and is not
transferable. Keep the original sales receipt. Proof of purchase is required to obtain warranty
performance. Sunbeam dealers, service centers, or retail stores selling Sunbeam products do not have
the right to alter, modify or any way change the terms and conditions of this warranty.
This warranty does not cover normal wear of parts or damage resulting from any of the following:
negligent use or misuse of the product, use on improper voltage or current, use contrary to the operating
instructions, disassembly, repair or alteration by anyone other than Sunbeam or an authorized Sunbeam
service center. Further, the warranty does not cover: Acts of God, such as fire, flood, hurricanes and
tornadoes.
What Are the Limits on Sunbeam’s Liability?
Sunbeam shall not be liable for any incidental or consequential damages caused by the breach of any
express, implied or statutory warranty or condition.
Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, any implied warranty or condition of merchantability
or fitness for a particular purpose is limited in duration to the duration of the above warranty.
Sunbeam disclaims all other warranties, conditions or representations, express, implied, statutory or otherwise.
Sunbeam shall not be liable for any damages of any kind resulting from the purchase, use or misuse of, or
inability to use the product including incidental, special, consequential or similar damages or loss of profits, or
for any breach of contract, fundamental or otherwise, or for any claim brought against purchaser by any other
party.
Some provinces, states or jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental
or consequential damages or limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above
limitations or exclusion may not apply to you.
This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from
province to province, state to state or jurisdiction to jurisdiction.
How to Obtain Warranty Service
In the U.S.A. –
If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service,
please call 1.800.334.0759 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you.
In Canada –
If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service,
please call 1.800.667.8623 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you.
In the U.S.A., this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Products, Inc., located in Boca Raton,
Florida 33431. In Canada, this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited,
located at 5975
Falbourne Street
, Mississauga, Ontario L5R 3V8.
PLEASE DO NOT RETURN THIS PRODUCT TO ANY OF
THESE ADDRESSES OR TO THE PLACE OF PURCHASE.
Keep
W
arm
Bake
Broil
To a s t
PRECAUCIONES IMPORTANTES
Cuando use algún aparato eléctrico siempre deben seguirse precauciones
básicas de seguridad incluyendo las siguientes:
LEA TODAS LAS INSTRUCCIONES ANTES DE USAR
• No toque la superficie caliente. Use las asas o perillas del horno. Siempre colóquese
guantes al manipular materiales calientes y deje que las partes de metal se enfríen antes
de limpiarlas. Permita que la unidad se enfríe bien antes de poner o quitar piezas.
• Cuando no use la unidad y antes de limpiarla, desenchufe el horno-tostadora del
tomacorriente. N
OTA
: Asegúrese de apagar el horno antes de desenchufarlo.
• Para protegerse contra choques eléctricos, no sumerja el cable, el enchufe ni parte alguna
del horno en agua u otros líquidos.
• Éste o cualquier otro electrodoméstico debe usarse bajo estricta vigilancia en presencia de
niños. Este electrodoméstico no debe ser utilizado por niños.
• No opere ni éste ni ningún electrodoméstico que tenga el cable o enchufe gastado o
dañado ni después de mal funcionamiento, caída o daño alguno del equipo.
• No use accesorios no recomendados por el fabricante; podrían causar incendios, golpes
eléctricos o lesiones personales.
• No use en exteriores ni para propósitos comerciales.
• No use este electrodoméstico para un propósito distinto de aquél para el cual fue
diseñado.
• No deje que el cable cuelgue del borde de la mesa o superficie de trabajo ni que toque
superficies calientes.
• No coloque el electrodoméstico sobre o cerca de un mechero eléctrico o a gas caliente, en
un horno caliente o en un horno a microondas.
• Ponga extremo cuidado cuando use recipientes de un material diferente a metal o vidrio.
• El horno cubierto o en contacto con material inflamable, incluidas cortinas, tapicería,
paredes o elementos similares mientras está en funcionamiento podría causar un
incendio. No coloque nada sobre el horno mientras lo esté usando.
• No guarde en este horno cuando no lo use ningún material distinto a los accesorios
recomendados por el fabricante.
• No coloque en el horno material inflamable, como por ejemplo papel, cartón, plástico, ni
ningún otro material que pudiere incendiarse o derretirse.
• No cubra el horno con papel metalizado, pues podría recalentarse el electrodoméstico.
• No inserte en el electrodoméstico alimentos de gran tamaño ni utensilios de metal, pues
podrían causar incendio o riesgo de choques eléctricos.
• No limpie con esponja de metal. Las partes del aparato podrían romperla y tocar piezas
eléctricas, con el consiguiente riesgo de choques eléctricos.
• Al asar, ponga extremo cuidado en retirar la bandeja o disponer de la grasa o cualquier
otro líquido caliente.
• Para apagar este electrodoméstico, lleve todos los controles a la posición “OFF”.
• Al operar el horno, deje una separación mínima de cuatro pulgadas alrededor del aparato
para permitir la adecuada circulación de aire.
GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES
E
STA UNIDAD ES PARA USO DOMÉSTICO SOLAMENTE
Para reducir el riesgo de descarga eléctrica, este aparato cuenta con una clavija
polarizada (una pata es más ancha que la otra). Esta clavija entra sólo de una
manera en un enchufe polarizado. Si la clavija no encaja en el enchufe
simplemente colóquela al revés. Si aún así no encaja llame a un electricista
calificado. De ninguna manera intente modificar esta medida de seguridad.
BIENVENIDOS
¡Felicitaciones por su compra de un Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas. Para
aprender más sobre productos OSTER
®
, por favor visítenos en www.oster.com!
A
CERCA DE SU
HORNO-TOSTADORA
1. Panel de controles digitales
1a. Visor de cristal líquido
1b. Botones y luces indicadores de
las funciones Hornear, Asar,
Tostar y Mantener Caliente
1c. Indicador de posiciones
de niveles de tostado
1d. Botón y luz indicadora
de la función Iniciar
1e. Botón y luz indicadora
de la función Parar
1f. Botón y luces indicadoras de ajuste
del tiempo y la temperatura
2. Visor
3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes
4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar
5. Rack de avance automático
6. Rack de dos posiciones
7. Dos racks de rejilla removibles/reversibles
8. Bandeja para migas removible
BENEFICIOS DE LAS FUNCIONES
DEL
H
ORNO-TOSTADORA
1. Panel de controles digitales
1a. Visor de cristal líquido – Para observar con facilidad las
posiciones de tiempo y temperatura
1b. Botones y luz indicadora de las funciones Hornear, Asar,
Tostar y Mantener Caliente – Los botones son de fácil
lectura y uso. La luz indicadora mostrará la opción
seleccionada (hornear, asar, tostar o mantener caliente).
1c. Luz indicadora de las posiciones del nivel de tostado –
Le permite ver la posición de nivel de tostado seleccionada.
1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar – Pulse este botón para comenzar a usar
todas las funciones y se encenderá la luz indicadora correspondiente.
1e. Botón Parar – Le permite detener en cualquier momento las funciones de horneado,
asado, tostado o mantener caliente.
1f. Botón de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura – Permite conmutar entre el ajuste de
temperatura y el temporizador. Mediante este botón, usted puede regular el tiempo y
la temperatura deseada. Con el botón “
▲”, usted puede aumentar la temperatura o
el tiempo; para disminuirlos, use el botón “
▼
”.
2. Visor – Para ver cómo se cocinan los alimentos.
3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes – Los alimentos se disipan para una fácil limpieza.
4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar – Facilita sus necesidades de horneado
y asado.
5. Rack de avance automático – Para retirar fácilmente y en forma segura los alimentos
cocidos.
6. Rack de dos posiciones – Se adapta a una amplia variedad de alimentos, desde pizza
hasta grandes asados.
7. Dos racks rejilla removibles/reversibles – Para adaptarse a múltiples alimentos
y tamaños.
8. Bandeja para migas removible – Facilita la limpieza de migas y los restos de alimentos.
PREPARACIÓN DEL HORNO-TOSTADORA
Cuando use el horno-tostadora por primera vez, asegúrese de:
• Retirar los autoadhesivos de la superficie del horno.
• Abrir la puerta del horno y retirar toda la documentación y papeles impresos.
• Limpiar los racks, la bandeja y la plancha con agua caliente, una pequeña cantidad
de líquido lavaplatos y una esponja o paño de limpieza no abrasivo. NO SUMERJA
LA CARCASA DE LA UNIDAD EN AGUA.
• Seque bien la unidad antes de usarla.
• Elija un lugar dónde colocar el horno-tostadora. Debe ser un área abierta sobre una
superficie de trabajo plana, que tenga cerca un tomacorriente para enchufar el cable.
• Inserte el rack inferior sobre ganchos, en la puerta de vidrio, para que se mueva con ésta.
• Enchufe el horno-tostadora en un tomacorriente.
CÓMO USAR EL HORNO-TOSTADORA
Enchufe la unidad. En el visor de cristal líquido se presentará “- - -”. No se encenderán
las luces indicadoras. Cada vez que pulse un botón, se escuchará una señal audible
de confirmación.
N
OTA: Deberá pulsar uno de los botones de los menús “mantener caliente”, “asar”,
“hornear” o “tostar” para que comience a funcionar la unidad. Después podrá ajustar
el tiempo y la temperatura.
S
E
L
E
C
T
Toast Color
Time
Temp
Keep
Warm
Bake
Broil
Toast
START
STOP
F
IGURE 1
F
IGURE 2
30
m
ay
2
003
bb
bb
oo
oo
bb
bb
09.37
1b
1d
1e
1a
1c
1f
Toast Color
S
E
L
E
C
T
T
o
a
s
t
C
o
l
o
r
T
i
m
e
T
e
m
p
K
e
e
p
W
a
r
m
B
a
k
e
B
ro
il
T
o
a
s
t
S
T
A
R
T
S
T
O
P
1
2
8
4
7
5
6
3
S
E
L
E
C
T
Toast Color
Time
Temp
Keep
Warm
Bake
Broil
Toast
START
STOP
1b
1d
1e
1a
1c
1f
–––
F
OLD
–––
English-1 English-5English-4 English-6
English-7 Español-2 Español-3Español-1
English-3English-2
–––
F
OLD
––– –––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
––––––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
For product questions contact:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
USA : 1.800.334.0759
Canada : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
OSTER
®
is a registered trademark of Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distributed by Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431
Pour les questions de produit:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
États-Unis : 1.800.334.0759
Canada : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Tous droits réservés.
OSTER
®
est une marque déposée de Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distribué par Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida 33431
Para preguntas sobre los productos llame:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
EE.UU. : 1.800.334.0759
Canadá : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Todos los derechos reservados.
OSTER
®
es una marca registrada de Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distruibido por Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431
Printed in China Imprimé en Chine Impreso en China
IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS
When using electrical appliances, basic safety precautions should always be followed
including the following:
READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE
• Do not touch hot surface. Use oven handles or knobs. Always use oven mitts when handling
hot materials and allow metal parts to cool before cleaning. Allow the unit to cool thoroughly
before putting in or taking off parts.
• When the unit is not in use and before cleaning, unplug the toaster oven from the wall outlet.
N
OTE
: Make sure the oven is turned off before unplugging.
• To protect against electric shock, do not immerse cord, plug or any parts of the oven in water
or other liquids.
• Close supervision is necessary when this or any appliance is used near children. This appliance
is not for use by children.
• Do not operate this or any appliance with a frayed or damaged cord or plug or after the
appliance malfunctions or is dropped or has been damaged in any manner.
• Do not use attachments not recommended by the manufacturer; they may cause fire, electric
shock or personal injury.
• Do not use outdoors or for commercial purposes.
• Do not use this appliance for other than its intended use.
• Do not let cord dangle over the edge of a tabletop or countertop or to touch hot surfaces.
• Do not place appliance on or near a hot gas or electric burner, or in a heated oven or in a
microwave oven.
• Extreme caution should be used when using containers constructed of other than metal or glass.
• A fire may occur if the oven is covered or touching flammable materials, including curtains,
draperies, walls, and the like, when in operation. Do not store any item on the top of the oven
during operation.
• Do not store any materials, other than manufacturer’s recommended accessories, in this oven
when not in use.
• Do not place any flammable materials in the oven, such as paper, cardboard, plastic, or any
materials that may catch fire or melt.
• Do not cover the oven with metal foil. This will cause overheating of the appliance.
• Oversized foods or metal utensils must not be inserted in the appliance, as they may create
a fire or risk of electric shock.
• Do not clean with metal scouring pads. Pieces can break off the pad and touch electrical parts
involving a risk of electric shock.
• When broiling, use extreme caution when removing tray or disposing of hot grease or other
hot liquids.
• To turn this appliance off, return all controls to the “OFF” position.
• When operating the oven keep at least four inches of space on all sides of oven to allow for
adequate air circulation.
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS
T
HIS
U
NIT
I
S FOR
H
OUSEHOLD
U
SE
O
NLY
To reduce the risk of electrical shock, this appliance has a polarized plug (one blade is wider
than the other). This plug fits a polarized outlet only one way; if the plug does not fit fully into
the outlet, reverse the plug. If it still does not fit, contact a qualified electrician. Do not attempt
to defeat this safety feature.
W
ELCOME
Congratulations on your purchase of an OSTER
®
6-Slice Toaster Oven! To learn more
about OSTER
®
products, please visit us at www.oster.com.
L
EARNING ABOUT YOUR TOASTER OVEN
1. Digital Control Panel
1a. LCD Display
1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm
Buttons and Indicator Lights
1c. Toast Shade Setting Indicator
1d. Start Button and Indicator Light
1e. Stop Button and Indicator Light
1f. Timer and Temperature Setting
Button and Indicator Lights
2. Viewing Window
3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls
4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray
5. Auto Advance Rack
6. Two Rack Positions
7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks
8. Removable Crumb Tray
TOASTER OVEN FEATURE BENEFITS
1. Digital Control Panel
1a. LCD Display – For easy viewing of temperature and time
settings
1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator
Light – Buttons are easy to read and easy to use. The
indicator light will show what option (bake, broil, toast or
keep warm) has been selected.
1c.
Toast Shade Setting Indicator Light – Allows you to visually see
the toaster shade setting selected.
1d. Start Button and Indicator Light – Press this button to begin
all functions and the according indicator light will illuminate.
1e. Stop Button – Allows you to stop the baking, broiling,
toasting or keep warm function at any time.
1f. Timer and Temperature Setting Button – Allows you to toggle between the temperature
and timer setting. The buttons allow you to set the time and temperature you desire.
The “
▲” button allows you to increase the temperature or time and the “▼” button
to decrease the temperature or time.
2. Viewing Window – Allows you to see food cooking.
3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls – Allows food to dissipate off for easy cleaning.
4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray – Makes all of your baking and broiling needs easy.
5. Auto Advance Rack – For easy and safe removal of cooked foods.
6. Two Rack Positions – To accommodate a wide variety of foods from pizza to tall roasts.
7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks – To accommodate multiple foods and sizes.
8. Removable Crumb Tray – Allows for easy cleaning of crumbs and fallen food particles.
PREPARING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
If you are using your toaster oven for the first time, please be sure to:
• Remove any stickers from the surface of the oven.
• Open oven door and remove all printed documents and paper from inside the toaster oven.
• Clean the racks, tray, and pan with hot water, a small amount of dishwashing liquid and
a non-abrasive sponge or cleaning pad. DO NOT IMMERSE THE BODY OF THE UNIT
IN WATER.
• Dry the unit thoroughly before using.
• Select a location for the toaster oven. The location should be in an open area on a flat counter
where the plug will reach an outlet.
• Insert bottom rack over hooks on glass door so rack moves with door.
• Plug the toaster oven into an electrical outlet.
USING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Plug the unit in, “- - -” will appear in the LCD. The indicator lights will not illuminate.
Every time that you press a button, your oven will make a confirmation beep.
N
OTE
: You will need to press one of the menu buttons “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”,
or “toast” for the unit to start. Then you can set the Time and Temperature.
MENU BUTTONS
If you press one of the buttons from the four menus, “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, “toast”,
the corresponding indicator light will illuminate and the LCD will display the default time setting.
You will then be able to toggle between Time and Temperature with the Time/Temp button.
Time: Press the “
▲
” button to increase the time or press the “
▼
” button to decrease time.
Temperature: Press the “
▲
” button to increase the temperature or press the “
▼
” button
to decrease temperature.
The maximum cooking time is 120 minutes (2 hours), the time will appear in the LCD display.
START BUTTON
Press this button to begin all functions and the corresponding indicator light will illuminate.
If you do not press the “start” button within 30 seconds of choosing your menu selection,
the LCD display will go back to “- - -” and all indicator lights will turn off.
STOP BUTTON
Press this button to turn off the power. The display will revert to “- - -”. When the operation
is finished or you press the “stop” button, the unit will turn off, “- - -” will appear in the
LCD and all of the indicator lights will turn off.
S
E
L
E
C
T
T
o
a
s
t
C
o
l
o
r
T
i
m
e
T
e
m
p
K
e
e
p
W
a
r
m
B
a
k
e
B
r
o
i
l
T
o
a
s
t
S
T
A
R
T
S
T
O
P
1
2
8
4
7
5
6
3
B
EEPER FUNCTION
(1) When you plug the unit in, the beeper sounds once and “ - - - ”appears in the LCD.
(2) When you press one of the four menu buttons the beeper will sound one time.
(3) When you press the adjustable button, every time you press the button, the beeper
will sound once. If you press the button continually, the beeper only sounds one time.
(4) When you press the start button the beeper will sound once, and “:” will flash, that means
the unit is in operation. Once the unit has begun the cooking cycle, the menu selection,
time or temperature cannot be changed. The unit must be stopped and reset.
(5) When the unit is in operation, press the stop button, the beeper will sound once and the unit
will stop operation.
(6) At the end of pre-set time, the unit will sound a long beep to remind you the work is done.
USING THE BAKE FUNCTION
• The bake function may be used to bake cake, cookies, poultry, beef and pork.
• When you select the bake function, the bake indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 450°F.
• Both Time and Temperature are adjustable.
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and the
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
” in 5
minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute
increments when you press “
▼
” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...).
• Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle
between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD display.
Press
the
“
▲
” button
to increase the temperature and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the temperature.
Temperature changes in 25
°
increments each time you press
“
▲
” or “
▼
”.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing
and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up.
• When the baking cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “---“ will appear on the display and the “Bake” indicator light will turn off.
U
SING THE
BROIL FUNCTION
• The broil function may be used to broil steak, fillets, poultry and other favorite foods
according to package or recipe instructions.
• When broiling, always use baking/broiling tray with the broiling insert.
• Close the door to the first notch, leaving approximately a 3-inch gap at the top.
• When you select the broil function, the broil indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 450
°
F. The temperature cannot be adjusted.
• The Time is adjustable. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is
reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “
▼
”
(4 minutes, 3 minutes...).
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time.
N
OTE
:
During broiling, only top heating element will heat up.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing
and the time starts counting down.
• When the broiling cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “---” will appear on the display and the “Broil” indicator light will turn off.
USING THE
KEEP WARM FUNCTION
• The keep warm function is for defrosting foods or keeping food warm.
N
OTE
: For best results, do not set the timer more than 60 minutes because the food will
no longer warm but overcook.
• When you select the Keep Warm function, the Keep Warm indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 150°F and is NOT adjustable.
• Time is adjustable and can be set at a maximum of 120 minutes. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
”
in 5 minute increments.
Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in
one minute increments when you press “
▼
” (4 minutes, 3 minutes . . . ).
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time.
• Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will
toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins
flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up.
• When the Keep Warm cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “ – – – ” will appear on the display and the “Key Warm” indicator light
will turn off.
USING THE TOAST FUNCTION
• The toast function may be used to toast bread, muffins and waffles or your favorite recipe
according to package or recipe instructions.
• When you select the Toast function, the toast indicator light will illuminate.
• The default temperature is 450°F. The temperature is not adjustable.
• Set the Toast Shade Setting: (See Figure 1) The default setting is
the lightest toast shade option. Press the
“
▲
” or “
▼
”
buttons
on either side of the Toast button. Press the
“
▲
” button
to
increase the toast shade and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the toast
shade. The toast shade indicator lights above the LCD panel
will illuminate. (See Figure 2)
NOTE: No default time or temperature will appear when the
Time/Temperature button is pressed. The Toast Shade setting
can only be adjusted with the toast
“
▲
” or toast “
▼
” button.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the
setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts
counting down. After the temperature appears on LCD for
30 seconds, the LCD will go back to show time automatically.
• When the toasting cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long
beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “
–––
” will appear
on the display and the “Toast” indicator light will turn off.
POSITIONING
RACKS
To accommodate a wide variety of foods the oven has two reversible racks and two rack
positions. The racks can be inserted in the oven in the up position or down position. The racks
will fit into either of the rack guides inside of the toaster oven (see Figure).
Before removing the racks allow the unit to cool.
To remove a rack, open the oven door and pull the rack towards the front of the oven. The rack
will slide on the rack guides on the inside of the oven.
Positioning of the rack will depend on the size of the food and desired browning.
N
OTE
: Lower rack will not auto advance unless the rack is inside hooks on the glass door.
T
IPS
:
Adjust rack downward to prevent top browning and upward to prevent bottom burning.
For best toasting results, position the rack in the up position on the lower rack guide.
When broiling, position the rack in the up position on the upper rack guide.
To replace the rack in the oven, align rack in rack guide and slide toward the back of the oven.
N
OTE
: Heating elements may cycle ON and OFF to maintain the desired temperature.
CLEANING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Before cleaning your OSTER
®
Toaster Oven, unplug it and allow it to cool. To clean, wipe with
damp cloth. DO NOT IMMERSE IN WATER! Make sure to use only mild, soapy water.
Abrasive cleaners, scrubbing brushes and chemical cleaners will damage the continuous clean
coating on this unit. Empty crumb tray frequently to avoid accumulation of crumbs.
STORING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Allow the appliance to cool completely before storing. If storing the toaster oven for long periods
of time make certain that the toaster oven is clean and free of food particles. Store the toaster
oven in a dry location such as on a table or countertop or in a cupboard shelf. Wind the
electrical cord around the cord storage brackets. Other than the recommended cleaning,
no further user maintenance should be necessary.
MODEL/MODÈLE
MODELO
6239
User Manual
6-Slice Toaster Oven
Manual de Instrucciones
Horno Tostador
de 6 Rebanadas
Manuel d’Instructions
Grille-Pain Four
de 6 Tranches
P.N. 111339
Visit us at www.oster.com
One-Year Limited Warranty
S
unbeam Products, Inc., or if in Canada, Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited (collectively “Sunbeam”)
warrants that for a period of one year from the date of purchase, this product will be free from defects
in
material and workmanship. Sunbeam, at its option, will repair or replace this product or any component
of
the product found to be defective during the warranty period. Replacement will be made with a new
or
remanufactured product or component. If the product is no longer available, replacement may be made
with a similar product of equal or greater value. This is your exclusive warranty.
This warranty is valid for the original retail purchaser from the date of initial retail purchase and is not
transferable. Keep the original sales receipt. Proof of purchase is required to obtain warranty
performance. Sunbeam dealers, service centers, or retail stores selling Sunbeam products do not have
the right to alter, modify or any way change the terms and conditions of this warranty.
This warranty does not cover normal wear of parts or damage resulting from any of the following:
negligent use or misuse of the product, use on improper voltage or current, use contrary to the operating
instructions, disassembly, repair or alteration by anyone other than Sunbeam or an authorized Sunbeam
service center. Further, the warranty does not cover: Acts of God, such as fire, flood, hurricanes and
tornadoes.
What Are the Limits on Sunbeam’s Liability?
Sunbeam shall not be liable for any incidental or consequential damages caused by the breach of any
express, implied or statutory warranty or condition.
Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, any implied warranty or condition of merchantability
or fitness for a particular purpose is limited in duration to the duration of the above warranty.
Sunbeam disclaims all other warranties, conditions or representations, express, implied, statutory or otherwise.
Sunbeam shall not be liable for any damages of any kind resulting from the purchase, use or misuse of, or
inability to use the product including incidental, special, consequential or similar damages or loss of profits, or
for any breach of contract, fundamental or otherwise, or for any claim brought against purchaser by any other
party.
Some provinces, states or jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental
or consequential damages or limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above
limitations or exclusion may not apply to you.
This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from
province to province, state to state or jurisdiction to jurisdiction.
How to Obtain Warranty Service
In the U.S.A. –
If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service,
please call 1.800.334.0759 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you.
In Canada –
If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service,
please call 1.800.667.8623 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you.
In the U.S.A., this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Products, Inc., located in Boca Raton,
Florida 33431. In Canada, this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited,
located at 5975
Falbourne Street
, Mississauga, Ontario L5R 3V8.
PLEASE DO NOT RETURN THIS PRODUCT TO ANY OF
THESE ADDRESSES OR TO THE PLACE OF PURCHASE.
Keep
W
arm
Bake
Broil
To a s t
PRECAUCIONES IMPORTANTES
Cuando use algún aparato eléctrico siempre deben seguirse precauciones
básicas de seguridad incluyendo las siguientes:
LEA TODAS LAS INSTRUCCIONES ANTES DE USAR
• No toque la superficie caliente. Use las asas o perillas del horno. Siempre colóquese
guantes al manipular materiales calientes y deje que las partes de metal se enfríen antes
de limpiarlas. Permita que la unidad se enfríe bien antes de poner o quitar piezas.
• Cuando no use la unidad y antes de limpiarla, desenchufe el horno-tostadora del
tomacorriente. N
OTA
: Asegúrese de apagar el horno antes de desenchufarlo.
• Para protegerse contra choques eléctricos, no sumerja el cable, el enchufe ni parte alguna
del horno en agua u otros líquidos.
• Éste o cualquier otro electrodoméstico debe usarse bajo estricta vigilancia en presencia de
niños. Este electrodoméstico no debe ser utilizado por niños.
• No opere ni éste ni ningún electrodoméstico que tenga el cable o enchufe gastado o
dañado ni después de mal funcionamiento, caída o daño alguno del equipo.
• No use accesorios no recomendados por el fabricante; podrían causar incendios, golpes
eléctricos o lesiones personales.
• No use en exteriores ni para propósitos comerciales.
• No use este electrodoméstico para un propósito distinto de aquél para el cual fue
diseñado.
• No deje que el cable cuelgue del borde de la mesa o superficie de trabajo ni que toque
superficies calientes.
• No coloque el electrodoméstico sobre o cerca de un mechero eléctrico o a gas caliente, en
un horno caliente o en un horno a microondas.
• Ponga extremo cuidado cuando use recipientes de un material diferente a metal o vidrio.
• El horno cubierto o en contacto con material inflamable, incluidas cortinas, tapicería,
paredes o elementos similares mientras está en funcionamiento podría causar un
incendio. No coloque nada sobre el horno mientras lo esté usando.
• No guarde en este horno cuando no lo use ningún material distinto a los accesorios
recomendados por el fabricante.
• No coloque en el horno material inflamable, como por ejemplo papel, cartón, plástico, ni
ningún otro material que pudiere incendiarse o derretirse.
• No cubra el horno con papel metalizado, pues podría recalentarse el electrodoméstico.
• No inserte en el electrodoméstico alimentos de gran tamaño ni utensilios de metal, pues
podrían causar incendio o riesgo de choques eléctricos.
• No limpie con esponja de metal. Las partes del aparato podrían romperla y tocar piezas
eléctricas, con el consiguiente riesgo de choques eléctricos.
• Al asar, ponga extremo cuidado en retirar la bandeja o disponer de la grasa o cualquier
otro líquido caliente.
• Para apagar este electrodoméstico, lleve todos los controles a la posición “OFF”.
• Al operar el horno, deje una separación mínima de cuatro pulgadas alrededor del aparato
para permitir la adecuada circulación de aire.
GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES
E
STA UNIDAD ES PARA USO DOMÉSTICO SOLAMENTE
Para reducir el riesgo de descarga eléctrica, este aparato cuenta con una clavija
polarizada (una pata es más ancha que la otra). Esta clavija entra sólo de una
manera en un enchufe polarizado. Si la clavija no encaja en el enchufe
simplemente colóquela al revés. Si aún así no encaja llame a un electricista
calificado. De ninguna manera intente modificar esta medida de seguridad.
BIENVENIDOS
¡Felicitaciones por su compra de un Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas. Para
aprender más sobre productos OSTER
®
, por favor visítenos en www.oster.com!
A
CERCA DE SU
HORNO-TOSTADORA
1. Panel de controles digitales
1a. Visor de cristal líquido
1b. Botones y luces indicadores de
las funciones Hornear, Asar,
Tostar y Mantener Caliente
1c. Indicador de posiciones
de niveles de tostado
1d. Botón y luz indicadora
de la función Iniciar
1e. Botón y luz indicadora
de la función Parar
1f. Botón y luces indicadoras de ajuste
del tiempo y la temperatura
2. Visor
3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes
4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar
5. Rack de avance automático
6. Rack de dos posiciones
7. Dos racks de rejilla removibles/reversibles
8. Bandeja para migas removible
BENEFICIOS DE LAS FUNCIONES
DEL
H
ORNO-TOSTADORA
1. Panel de controles digitales
1a. Visor de cristal líquido – Para observar con facilidad las
posiciones de tiempo y temperatura
1b. Botones y luz indicadora de las funciones Hornear, Asar,
Tostar y Mantener Caliente – Los botones son de fácil
lectura y uso. La luz indicadora mostrará la opción
seleccionada (hornear, asar, tostar o mantener caliente).
1c. Luz indicadora de las posiciones del nivel de tostado –
Le permite ver la posición de nivel de tostado seleccionada.
1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar – Pulse este botón para comenzar a usar
todas las funciones y se encenderá la luz indicadora correspondiente.
1e. Botón Parar – Le permite detener en cualquier momento las funciones de horneado,
asado, tostado o mantener caliente.
1f. Botón de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura – Permite conmutar entre el ajuste de
temperatura y el temporizador. Mediante este botón, usted puede regular el tiempo y
la temperatura deseada. Con el botón “
▲”, usted puede aumentar la temperatura o
el tiempo; para disminuirlos, use el botón “
▼
”.
2. Visor – Para ver cómo se cocinan los alimentos.
3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes – Los alimentos se disipan para una fácil limpieza.
4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar – Facilita sus necesidades de horneado
y asado.
5. Rack de avance automático – Para retirar fácilmente y en forma segura los alimentos
cocidos.
6. Rack de dos posiciones – Se adapta a una amplia variedad de alimentos, desde pizza
hasta grandes asados.
7. Dos racks rejilla removibles/reversibles – Para adaptarse a múltiples alimentos
y tamaños.
8. Bandeja para migas removible – Facilita la limpieza de migas y los restos de alimentos.
PREPARACIÓN DEL HORNO-TOSTADORA
Cuando use el horno-tostadora por primera vez, asegúrese de:
• Retirar los autoadhesivos de la superficie del horno.
• Abrir la puerta del horno y retirar toda la documentación y papeles impresos.
• Limpiar los racks, la bandeja y la plancha con agua caliente, una pequeña cantidad
de líquido lavaplatos y una esponja o paño de limpieza no abrasivo. NO SUMERJA
LA CARCASA DE LA UNIDAD EN AGUA.
• Seque bien la unidad antes de usarla.
• Elija un lugar dónde colocar el horno-tostadora. Debe ser un área abierta sobre una
superficie de trabajo plana, que tenga cerca un tomacorriente para enchufar el cable.
• Inserte el rack inferior sobre ganchos, en la puerta de vidrio, para que se mueva con ésta.
• Enchufe el horno-tostadora en un tomacorriente.
CÓMO USAR EL HORNO-TOSTADORA
Enchufe la unidad. En el visor de cristal líquido se presentará “- - -”. No se encenderán
las luces indicadoras. Cada vez que pulse un botón, se escuchará una señal audible
de confirmación.
N
OTA: Deberá pulsar uno de los botones de los menús “mantener caliente”, “asar”,
“hornear” o “tostar” para que comience a funcionar la unidad. Después podrá ajustar
el tiempo y la temperatura.
S
E
L
E
C
T
Toast Color
Time
Temp
Keep
Warm
Bake
Broil
Toast
START
STOP
F
IGURE 1
F
IGURE 2
30
m
ay
2
003
bb
bb
oo
oo
bb
bb
09.37
1b
1d
1e
1a
1c
1f
Toast Color
S
E
L
E
C
T
T
o
a
s
t
C
o
l
o
r
T
i
m
e
T
e
m
p
K
e
e
p
W
a
r
m
B
a
k
e
B
ro
il
T
o
a
s
t
S
T
A
R
T
S
T
O
P
1
2
8
4
7
5
6
3
S
E
L
E
C
T
Toast Color
Time
Temp
Keep
Warm
Bake
Broil
Toast
START
STOP
1b
1d
1e
1a
1c
1f
–––
F
OLD
–––
English-1 English-5English-4 English-6
English-7 Español-2 Español-3Español-1
English-3English-2
–––
F
OLD
––– –––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
––––––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
For product questions contact:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
USA : 1.800.334.0759
Canada : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
OSTER
®
is a registered trademark of Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distributed by Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431
Pour les questions de produit:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
États-Unis : 1.800.334.0759
Canada : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Tous droits réservés.
OSTER
®
est une marque déposée de Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distribué par Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida 33431
Para preguntas sobre los productos llame:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
EE.UU. : 1.800.334.0759
Canadá : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Todos los derechos reservados.
OSTER
®
es una marca registrada de Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distruibido por Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431
Printed in China Imprimé en Chine Impreso en China
IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS
When using electrical appliances, basic safety precautions should always be followed
including the following:
READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE
• Do not touch hot surface. Use oven handles or knobs. Always use oven mitts when handling
hot materials and allow metal parts to cool before cleaning. Allow the unit to cool thoroughly
before putting in or taking off parts.
• When the unit is not in use and before cleaning, unplug the toaster oven from the wall outlet.
N
OTE
: Make sure the oven is turned off before unplugging.
• To protect against electric shock, do not immerse cord, plug or any parts of the oven in water
or other liquids.
• Close supervision is necessary when this or any appliance is used near children. This appliance
is not for use by children.
• Do not operate this or any appliance with a frayed or damaged cord or plug or after the
appliance malfunctions or is dropped or has been damaged in any manner.
• Do not use attachments not recommended by the manufacturer; they may cause fire, electric
shock or personal injury.
• Do not use outdoors or for commercial purposes.
• Do not use this appliance for other than its intended use.
• Do not let cord dangle over the edge of a tabletop or countertop or to touch hot surfaces.
• Do not place appliance on or near a hot gas or electric burner, or in a heated oven or in a
microwave oven.
• Extreme caution should be used when using containers constructed of other than metal or glass.
• A fire may occur if the oven is covered or touching flammable materials, including curtains,
draperies, walls, and the like, when in operation. Do not store any item on the top of the oven
during operation.
• Do not store any materials, other than manufacturer’s recommended accessories, in this oven
when not in use.
• Do not place any flammable materials in the oven, such as paper, cardboard, plastic, or any
materials that may catch fire or melt.
• Do not cover the oven with metal foil. This will cause overheating of the appliance.
• Oversized foods or metal utensils must not be inserted in the appliance, as they may create
a fire or risk of electric shock.
• Do not clean with metal scouring pads. Pieces can break off the pad and touch electrical parts
involving a risk of electric shock.
• When broiling, use extreme caution when removing tray or disposing of hot grease or other
hot liquids.
• To turn this appliance off, return all controls to the “OFF” position.
• When operating the oven keep at least four inches of space on all sides of oven to allow for
adequate air circulation.
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS
T
HIS
U
NIT
I
S FOR
H
OUSEHOLD
U
SE
O
NLY
To reduce the risk of electrical shock, this appliance has a polarized plug (one blade is wider
than the other). This plug fits a polarized outlet only one way; if the plug does not fit fully into
the outlet, reverse the plug. If it still does not fit, contact a qualified electrician. Do not attempt
to defeat this safety feature.
W
ELCOME
Congratulations on your purchase of an OSTER
®
6-Slice Toaster Oven! To learn more
about OSTER
®
products, please visit us at www.oster.com.
L
EARNING ABOUT YOUR TOASTER OVEN
1. Digital Control Panel
1a. LCD Display
1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm
Buttons and Indicator Lights
1c. Toast Shade Setting Indicator
1d. Start Button and Indicator Light
1e. Stop Button and Indicator Light
1f. Timer and Temperature Setting
Button and Indicator Lights
2. Viewing Window
3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls
4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray
5. Auto Advance Rack
6. Two Rack Positions
7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks
8. Removable Crumb Tray
TOASTER OVEN FEATURE BENEFITS
1. Digital Control Panel
1a. LCD Display – For easy viewing of temperature and time
settings
1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator
Light – Buttons are easy to read and easy to use. The
indicator light will show what option (bake, broil, toast or
keep warm) has been selected.
1c.
Toast Shade Setting Indicator Light – Allows you to visually see
the toaster shade setting selected.
1d. Start Button and Indicator Light – Press this button to begin
all functions and the according indicator light will illuminate.
1e. Stop Button – Allows you to stop the baking, broiling,
toasting or keep warm function at any time.
1f. Timer and Temperature Setting Button – Allows you to toggle between the temperature
and timer setting. The buttons allow you to set the time and temperature you desire.
The “
▲” button allows you to increase the temperature or time and the “▼” button
to decrease the temperature or time.
2. Viewing Window – Allows you to see food cooking.
3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls – Allows food to dissipate off for easy cleaning.
4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray – Makes all of your baking and broiling needs easy.
5. Auto Advance Rack – For easy and safe removal of cooked foods.
6. Two Rack Positions – To accommodate a wide variety of foods from pizza to tall roasts.
7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks – To accommodate multiple foods and sizes.
8. Removable Crumb Tray – Allows for easy cleaning of crumbs and fallen food particles.
PREPARING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
If you are using your toaster oven for the first time, please be sure to:
• Remove any stickers from the surface of the oven.
• Open oven door and remove all printed documents and paper from inside the toaster oven.
• Clean the racks, tray, and pan with hot water, a small amount of dishwashing liquid and
a non-abrasive sponge or cleaning pad. DO NOT IMMERSE THE BODY OF THE UNIT
IN WATER.
• Dry the unit thoroughly before using.
• Select a location for the toaster oven. The location should be in an open area on a flat counter
where the plug will reach an outlet.
• Insert bottom rack over hooks on glass door so rack moves with door.
• Plug the toaster oven into an electrical outlet.
USING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Plug the unit in, “- - -” will appear in the LCD. The indicator lights will not illuminate.
Every time that you press a button, your oven will make a confirmation beep.
N
OTE
: You will need to press one of the menu buttons “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”,
or “toast” for the unit to start. Then you can set the Time and Temperature.
MENU BUTTONS
If you press one of the buttons from the four menus, “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, “toast”,
the corresponding indicator light will illuminate and the LCD will display the default time setting.
You will then be able to toggle between Time and Temperature with the Time/Temp button.
Time: Press the “
▲
” button to increase the time or press the “
▼
” button to decrease time.
Temperature: Press the “
▲
” button to increase the temperature or press the “
▼
” button
to decrease temperature.
The maximum cooking time is 120 minutes (2 hours), the time will appear in the LCD display.
START BUTTON
Press this button to begin all functions and the corresponding indicator light will illuminate.
If you do not press the “start” button within 30 seconds of choosing your menu selection,
the LCD display will go back to “- - -” and all indicator lights will turn off.
STOP BUTTON
Press this button to turn off the power. The display will revert to “- - -”. When the operation
is finished or you press the “stop” button, the unit will turn off, “- - -” will appear in the
LCD and all of the indicator lights will turn off.
S
E
L
E
C
T
T
o
a
s
t
C
o
l
o
r
T
i
m
e
T
e
m
p
K
e
e
p
W
a
r
m
B
a
k
e
B
r
o
i
l
T
o
a
s
t
S
T
A
R
T
S
T
O
P
1
2
8
4
7
5
6
3
B
EEPER FUNCTION
(1) When you plug the unit in, the beeper sounds once and “ - - - ”appears in the LCD.
(2) When you press one of the four menu buttons the beeper will sound one time.
(3) When you press the adjustable button, every time you press the button, the beeper
will sound once. If you press the button continually, the beeper only sounds one time.
(4) When you press the start button the beeper will sound once, and “:” will flash, that means
the unit is in operation. Once the unit has begun the cooking cycle, the menu selection,
time or temperature cannot be changed. The unit must be stopped and reset.
(5) When the unit is in operation, press the stop button, the beeper will sound once and the unit
will stop operation.
(6) At the end of pre-set time, the unit will sound a long beep to remind you the work is done.
USING THE BAKE FUNCTION
• The bake function may be used to bake cake, cookies, poultry, beef and pork.
• When you select the bake function, the bake indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 450°F.
• Both Time and Temperature are adjustable.
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and the
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
” in 5
minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute
increments when you press “
▼
” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...).
• Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle
between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD display.
Press
the
“
▲
” button
to increase the temperature and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the temperature.
Temperature changes in 25
°
increments each time you press
“
▲
” or “
▼
”.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing
and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up.
• When the baking cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “---“ will appear on the display and the “Bake” indicator light will turn off.
U
SING THE
BROIL FUNCTION
• The broil function may be used to broil steak, fillets, poultry and other favorite foods
according to package or recipe instructions.
• When broiling, always use baking/broiling tray with the broiling insert.
• Close the door to the first notch, leaving approximately a 3-inch gap at the top.
• When you select the broil function, the broil indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 450
°
F. The temperature cannot be adjusted.
• The Time is adjustable. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is
reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “
▼
”
(4 minutes, 3 minutes...).
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time.
N
OTE
:
During broiling, only top heating element will heat up.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing
and the time starts counting down.
• When the broiling cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “---” will appear on the display and the “Broil” indicator light will turn off.
USING THE
KEEP WARM FUNCTION
• The keep warm function is for defrosting foods or keeping food warm.
N
OTE
: For best results, do not set the timer more than 60 minutes because the food will
no longer warm but overcook.
• When you select the Keep Warm function, the Keep Warm indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 150°F and is NOT adjustable.
• Time is adjustable and can be set at a maximum of 120 minutes. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
”
in 5 minute increments.
Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in
one minute increments when you press “
▼
” (4 minutes, 3 minutes . . . ).
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time.
• Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will
toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins
flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up.
• When the Keep Warm cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “ – – – ” will appear on the display and the “Key Warm” indicator light
will turn off.
USING THE TOAST FUNCTION
• The toast function may be used to toast bread, muffins and waffles or your favorite recipe
according to package or recipe instructions.
• When you select the Toast function, the toast indicator light will illuminate.
• The default temperature is 450°F. The temperature is not adjustable.
• Set the Toast Shade Setting: (See Figure 1) The default setting is
the lightest toast shade option. Press the
“
▲
” or “
▼
”
buttons
on either side of the Toast button. Press the
“
▲
” button
to
increase the toast shade and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the toast
shade. The toast shade indicator lights above the LCD panel
will illuminate. (See Figure 2)
NOTE: No default time or temperature will appear when the
Time/Temperature button is pressed. The Toast Shade setting
can only be adjusted with the toast
“
▲
” or toast “
▼
” button.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the
setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts
counting down. After the temperature appears on LCD for
30 seconds, the LCD will go back to show time automatically.
• When the toasting cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long
beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “
–––
” will appear
on the display and the “Toast” indicator light will turn off.
POSITIONING
RACKS
To accommodate a wide variety of foods the oven has two reversible racks and two rack
positions. The racks can be inserted in the oven in the up position or down position. The racks
will fit into either of the rack guides inside of the toaster oven (see Figure).
Before removing the racks allow the unit to cool.
To remove a rack, open the oven door and pull the rack towards the front of the oven. The rack
will slide on the rack guides on the inside of the oven.
Positioning of the rack will depend on the size of the food and desired browning.
N
OTE
: Lower rack will not auto advance unless the rack is inside hooks on the glass door.
T
IPS
:
Adjust rack downward to prevent top browning and upward to prevent bottom burning.
For best toasting results, position the rack in the up position on the lower rack guide.
When broiling, position the rack in the up position on the upper rack guide.
To replace the rack in the oven, align rack in rack guide and slide toward the back of the oven.
N
OTE
: Heating elements may cycle ON and OFF to maintain the desired temperature.
CLEANING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Before cleaning your OSTER
®
Toaster Oven, unplug it and allow it to cool. To clean, wipe with
damp cloth. DO NOT IMMERSE IN WATER! Make sure to use only mild, soapy water.
Abrasive cleaners, scrubbing brushes and chemical cleaners will damage the continuous clean
coating on this unit. Empty crumb tray frequently to avoid accumulation of crumbs.
STORING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Allow the appliance to cool completely before storing. If storing the toaster oven for long periods
of time make certain that the toaster oven is clean and free of food particles. Store the toaster
oven in a dry location such as on a table or countertop or in a cupboard shelf. Wind the
electrical cord around the cord storage brackets. Other than the recommended cleaning,
no further user maintenance should be necessary.
MODEL/MODÈLE
MODELO
6239
User Manual
6-Slice Toaster Oven
Manual de Instrucciones
Horno Tostador
de 6 Rebanadas
Manuel d’Instructions
Grille-Pain Four
de 6 Tranches
P.N. 111339
Visit us at www.oster.com
One-Year Limited Warranty
S
unbeam Products, Inc., or if in Canada, Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited (collectively “Sunbeam”)
warrants that for a period of one year from the date of purchase, this product will be free from defects
in
material and workmanship. Sunbeam, at its option, will repair or replace this product or any component
of
the product found to be defective during the warranty period. Replacement will be made with a new
or
remanufactured product or component. If the product is no longer available, replacement may be made
with a similar product of equal or greater value. This is your exclusive warranty.
This warranty is valid for the original retail purchaser from the date of initial retail purchase and is not
transferable. Keep the original sales receipt. Proof of purchase is required to obtain warranty
performance. Sunbeam dealers, service centers, or retail stores selling Sunbeam products do not have
the right to alter, modify or any way change the terms and conditions of this warranty.
This warranty does not cover normal wear of parts or damage resulting from any of the following:
negligent use or misuse of the product, use on improper voltage or current, use contrary to the operating
instructions, disassembly, repair or alteration by anyone other than Sunbeam or an authorized Sunbeam
service center. Further, the warranty does not cover: Acts of God, such as fire, flood, hurricanes and
tornadoes.
What Are the Limits on Sunbeam’s Liability?
Sunbeam shall not be liable for any incidental or consequential damages caused by the breach of any
express, implied or statutory warranty or condition.
Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, any implied warranty or condition of merchantability
or fitness for a particular purpose is limited in duration to the duration of the above warranty.
Sunbeam disclaims all other warranties, conditions or representations, express, implied, statutory or otherwise.
Sunbeam shall not be liable for any damages of any kind resulting from the purchase, use or misuse of, or
inability to use the product including incidental, special, consequential or similar damages or loss of profits, or
for any breach of contract, fundamental or otherwise, or for any claim brought against purchaser by any other
party.
Some provinces, states or jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental
or consequential damages or limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above
limitations or exclusion may not apply to you.
This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from
province to province, state to state or jurisdiction to jurisdiction.
How to Obtain Warranty Service
In the U.S.A. –
If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service,
please call 1.800.334.0759 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you.
In Canada –
If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service,
please call 1.800.667.8623 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you.
In the U.S.A., this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Products, Inc., located in Boca Raton,
Florida 33431. In Canada, this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited,
located at 5975
Falbourne Street
, Mississauga, Ontario L5R 3V8.
PLEASE DO NOT RETURN THIS PRODUCT TO ANY OF
THESE ADDRESSES OR TO THE PLACE OF PURCHASE.
Keep
W
arm
Bake
Broil
To a s t
PRECAUCIONES IMPORTANTES
Cuando use algún aparato eléctrico siempre deben seguirse precauciones
básicas de seguridad incluyendo las siguientes:
LEA TODAS LAS INSTRUCCIONES ANTES DE USAR
• No toque la superficie caliente. Use las asas o perillas del horno. Siempre colóquese
guantes al manipular materiales calientes y deje que las partes de metal se enfríen antes
de limpiarlas. Permita que la unidad se enfríe bien antes de poner o quitar piezas.
• Cuando no use la unidad y antes de limpiarla, desenchufe el horno-tostadora del
tomacorriente. N
OTA
: Asegúrese de apagar el horno antes de desenchufarlo.
• Para protegerse contra choques eléctricos, no sumerja el cable, el enchufe ni parte alguna
del horno en agua u otros líquidos.
• Éste o cualquier otro electrodoméstico debe usarse bajo estricta vigilancia en presencia de
niños. Este electrodoméstico no debe ser utilizado por niños.
• No opere ni éste ni ningún electrodoméstico que tenga el cable o enchufe gastado o
dañado ni después de mal funcionamiento, caída o daño alguno del equipo.
• No use accesorios no recomendados por el fabricante; podrían causar incendios, golpes
eléctricos o lesiones personales.
• No use en exteriores ni para propósitos comerciales.
• No use este electrodoméstico para un propósito distinto de aquél para el cual fue
diseñado.
• No deje que el cable cuelgue del borde de la mesa o superficie de trabajo ni que toque
superficies calientes.
• No coloque el electrodoméstico sobre o cerca de un mechero eléctrico o a gas caliente, en
un horno caliente o en un horno a microondas.
• Ponga extremo cuidado cuando use recipientes de un material diferente a metal o vidrio.
• El horno cubierto o en contacto con material inflamable, incluidas cortinas, tapicería,
paredes o elementos similares mientras está en funcionamiento podría causar un
incendio. No coloque nada sobre el horno mientras lo esté usando.
• No guarde en este horno cuando no lo use ningún material distinto a los accesorios
recomendados por el fabricante.
• No coloque en el horno material inflamable, como por ejemplo papel, cartón, plástico, ni
ningún otro material que pudiere incendiarse o derretirse.
• No cubra el horno con papel metalizado, pues podría recalentarse el electrodoméstico.
• No inserte en el electrodoméstico alimentos de gran tamaño ni utensilios de metal, pues
podrían causar incendio o riesgo de choques eléctricos.
• No limpie con esponja de metal. Las partes del aparato podrían romperla y tocar piezas
eléctricas, con el consiguiente riesgo de choques eléctricos.
• Al asar, ponga extremo cuidado en retirar la bandeja o disponer de la grasa o cualquier
otro líquido caliente.
• Para apagar este electrodoméstico, lleve todos los controles a la posición “OFF”.
• Al operar el horno, deje una separación mínima de cuatro pulgadas alrededor del aparato
para permitir la adecuada circulación de aire.
GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES
E
STA UNIDAD ES PARA USO DOMÉSTICO SOLAMENTE
Para reducir el riesgo de descarga eléctrica, este aparato cuenta con una clavija
polarizada (una pata es más ancha que la otra). Esta clavija entra sólo de una
manera en un enchufe polarizado. Si la clavija no encaja en el enchufe
simplemente colóquela al revés. Si aún así no encaja llame a un electricista
calificado. De ninguna manera intente modificar esta medida de seguridad.
BIENVENIDOS
¡Felicitaciones por su compra de un Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas. Para
aprender más sobre productos OSTER
®
, por favor visítenos en www.oster.com!
A
CERCA DE SU
HORNO-TOSTADORA
1. Panel de controles digitales
1a. Visor de cristal líquido
1b. Botones y luces indicadores de
las funciones Hornear, Asar,
Tostar y Mantener Caliente
1c. Indicador de posiciones
de niveles de tostado
1d. Botón y luz indicadora
de la función Iniciar
1e. Botón y luz indicadora
de la función Parar
1f. Botón y luces indicadoras de ajuste
del tiempo y la temperatura
2. Visor
3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes
4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar
5. Rack de avance automático
6. Rack de dos posiciones
7. Dos racks de rejilla removibles/reversibles
8. Bandeja para migas removible
BENEFICIOS DE LAS FUNCIONES
DEL
H
ORNO-TOSTADORA
1. Panel de controles digitales
1a. Visor de cristal líquido – Para observar con facilidad las
posiciones de tiempo y temperatura
1b. Botones y luz indicadora de las funciones Hornear, Asar,
Tostar y Mantener Caliente – Los botones son de fácil
lectura y uso. La luz indicadora mostrará la opción
seleccionada (hornear, asar, tostar o mantener caliente).
1c. Luz indicadora de las posiciones del nivel de tostado –
Le permite ver la posición de nivel de tostado seleccionada.
1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar – Pulse este botón para comenzar a usar
todas las funciones y se encenderá la luz indicadora correspondiente.
1e. Botón Parar – Le permite detener en cualquier momento las funciones de horneado,
asado, tostado o mantener caliente.
1f. Botón de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura – Permite conmutar entre el ajuste de
temperatura y el temporizador. Mediante este botón, usted puede regular el tiempo y
la temperatura deseada. Con el botón “
▲”, usted puede aumentar la temperatura o
el tiempo; para disminuirlos, use el botón “
▼
”.
2. Visor – Para ver cómo se cocinan los alimentos.
3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes – Los alimentos se disipan para una fácil limpieza.
4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar – Facilita sus necesidades de horneado
y asado.
5. Rack de avance automático – Para retirar fácilmente y en forma segura los alimentos
cocidos.
6. Rack de dos posiciones – Se adapta a una amplia variedad de alimentos, desde pizza
hasta grandes asados.
7. Dos racks rejilla removibles/reversibles – Para adaptarse a múltiples alimentos
y tamaños.
8. Bandeja para migas removible – Facilita la limpieza de migas y los restos de alimentos.
PREPARACIÓN DEL HORNO-TOSTADORA
Cuando use el horno-tostadora por primera vez, asegúrese de:
• Retirar los autoadhesivos de la superficie del horno.
• Abrir la puerta del horno y retirar toda la documentación y papeles impresos.
• Limpiar los racks, la bandeja y la plancha con agua caliente, una pequeña cantidad
de líquido lavaplatos y una esponja o paño de limpieza no abrasivo. NO SUMERJA
LA CARCASA DE LA UNIDAD EN AGUA.
• Seque bien la unidad antes de usarla.
• Elija un lugar dónde colocar el horno-tostadora. Debe ser un área abierta sobre una
superficie de trabajo plana, que tenga cerca un tomacorriente para enchufar el cable.
• Inserte el rack inferior sobre ganchos, en la puerta de vidrio, para que se mueva con ésta.
• Enchufe el horno-tostadora en un tomacorriente.
CÓMO USAR EL HORNO-TOSTADORA
Enchufe la unidad. En el visor de cristal líquido se presentará “- - -”. No se encenderán
las luces indicadoras. Cada vez que pulse un botón, se escuchará una señal audible
de confirmación.
N
OTA: Deberá pulsar uno de los botones de los menús “mantener caliente”, “asar”,
“hornear” o “tostar” para que comience a funcionar la unidad. Después podrá ajustar
el tiempo y la temperatura.
S
E
L
E
C
T
Toast Color
Time
Temp
Keep
Warm
Bake
Broil
Toast
START
STOP
F
IGURE 1
F
IGURE 2
30
m
ay
2
003
bb
bb
oo
oo
bb
bb
09.37
1b
1d
1e
1a
1c
1f
Toast Color
S
E
L
E
C
T
T
o
a
s
t
C
o
l
o
r
T
i
m
e
T
e
m
p
K
e
e
p
W
a
r
m
B
a
k
e
B
ro
il
T
o
a
s
t
S
T
A
R
T
S
T
O
P
1
2
8
4
7
5
6
3
S
E
L
E
C
T
Toast Color
Time
Temp
Keep
Warm
Bake
Broil
Toast
START
STOP
1b
1d
1e
1a
1c
1f
–––
F
OLD
–––
English-1 English-5English-4 English-6
English-7 Español-2 Español-3Español-1
English-3English-2
–––
F
OLD
––– –––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
––––––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
For product questions contact:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
USA : 1.800.334.0759
Canada : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
OSTER
®
is a registered trademark of Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distributed by Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431
Pour les questions de produit:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
États-Unis : 1.800.334.0759
Canada : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Tous droits réservés.
OSTER
®
est une marque déposée de Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distribué par Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida 33431
Para preguntas sobre los productos llame:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
EE.UU. : 1.800.334.0759
Canadá : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Todos los derechos reservados.
OSTER
®
es una marca registrada de Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distruibido por Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431
Printed in China Imprimé en Chine Impreso en China
IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS
When using electrical appliances, basic safety precautions should always be followed
including the following:
READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE
• Do not touch hot surface. Use oven handles or knobs. Always use oven mitts when handling
hot materials and allow metal parts to cool before cleaning. Allow the unit to cool thoroughly
before putting in or taking off parts.
• When the unit is not in use and before cleaning, unplug the toaster oven from the wall outlet.
N
OTE
: Make sure the oven is turned off before unplugging.
• To protect against electric shock, do not immerse cord, plug or any parts of the oven in water
or other liquids.
• Close supervision is necessary when this or any appliance is used near children. This appliance
is not for use by children.
• Do not operate this or any appliance with a frayed or damaged cord or plug or after the
appliance malfunctions or is dropped or has been damaged in any manner.
• Do not use attachments not recommended by the manufacturer; they may cause fire, electric
shock or personal injury.
• Do not use outdoors or for commercial purposes.
• Do not use this appliance for other than its intended use.
• Do not let cord dangle over the edge of a tabletop or countertop or to touch hot surfaces.
• Do not place appliance on or near a hot gas or electric burner, or in a heated oven or in a
microwave oven.
• Extreme caution should be used when using containers constructed of other than metal or glass.
• A fire may occur if the oven is covered or touching flammable materials, including curtains,
draperies, walls, and the like, when in operation. Do not store any item on the top of the oven
during operation.
• Do not store any materials, other than manufacturer’s recommended accessories, in this oven
when not in use.
• Do not place any flammable materials in the oven, such as paper, cardboard, plastic, or any
materials that may catch fire or melt.
• Do not cover the oven with metal foil. This will cause overheating of the appliance.
• Oversized foods or metal utensils must not be inserted in the appliance, as they may create
a fire or risk of electric shock.
• Do not clean with metal scouring pads. Pieces can break off the pad and touch electrical parts
involving a risk of electric shock.
• When broiling, use extreme caution when removing tray or disposing of hot grease or other
hot liquids.
• To turn this appliance off, return all controls to the “OFF” position.
• When operating the oven keep at least four inches of space on all sides of oven to allow for
adequate air circulation.
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS
T
HIS
U
NIT
I
S FOR
H
OUSEHOLD
U
SE
O
NLY
To reduce the risk of electrical shock, this appliance has a polarized plug (one blade is wider
than the other). This plug fits a polarized outlet only one way; if the plug does not fit fully into
the outlet, reverse the plug. If it still does not fit, contact a qualified electrician. Do not attempt
to defeat this safety feature.
W
ELCOME
Congratulations on your purchase of an OSTER
®
6-Slice Toaster Oven! To learn more
about OSTER
®
products, please visit us at www.oster.com.
L
EARNING ABOUT YOUR TOASTER OVEN
1. Digital Control Panel
1a. LCD Display
1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm
Buttons and Indicator Lights
1c. Toast Shade Setting Indicator
1d. Start Button and Indicator Light
1e. Stop Button and Indicator Light
1f. Timer and Temperature Setting
Button and Indicator Lights
2. Viewing Window
3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls
4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray
5. Auto Advance Rack
6. Two Rack Positions
7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks
8. Removable Crumb Tray
TOASTER OVEN FEATURE BENEFITS
1. Digital Control Panel
1a. LCD Display – For easy viewing of temperature and time
settings
1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator
Light – Buttons are easy to read and easy to use. The
indicator light will show what option (bake, broil, toast or
keep warm) has been selected.
1c.
Toast Shade Setting Indicator Light – Allows you to visually see
the toaster shade setting selected.
1d. Start Button and Indicator Light – Press this button to begin
all functions and the according indicator light will illuminate.
1e. Stop Button – Allows you to stop the baking, broiling,
toasting or keep warm function at any time.
1f. Timer and Temperature Setting Button – Allows you to toggle between the temperature
and timer setting. The buttons allow you to set the time and temperature you desire.
The “
▲” button allows you to increase the temperature or time and the “▼” button
to decrease the temperature or time.
2. Viewing Window – Allows you to see food cooking.
3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls – Allows food to dissipate off for easy cleaning.
4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray – Makes all of your baking and broiling needs easy.
5. Auto Advance Rack – For easy and safe removal of cooked foods.
6. Two Rack Positions – To accommodate a wide variety of foods from pizza to tall roasts.
7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks – To accommodate multiple foods and sizes.
8. Removable Crumb Tray – Allows for easy cleaning of crumbs and fallen food particles.
PREPARING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
If you are using your toaster oven for the first time, please be sure to:
• Remove any stickers from the surface of the oven.
• Open oven door and remove all printed documents and paper from inside the toaster oven.
• Clean the racks, tray, and pan with hot water, a small amount of dishwashing liquid and
a non-abrasive sponge or cleaning pad. DO NOT IMMERSE THE BODY OF THE UNIT
IN WATER.
• Dry the unit thoroughly before using.
• Select a location for the toaster oven. The location should be in an open area on a flat counter
where the plug will reach an outlet.
• Insert bottom rack over hooks on glass door so rack moves with door.
• Plug the toaster oven into an electrical outlet.
USING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Plug the unit in, “- - -” will appear in the LCD. The indicator lights will not illuminate.
Every time that you press a button, your oven will make a confirmation beep.
N
OTE
: You will need to press one of the menu buttons “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”,
or “toast” for the unit to start. Then you can set the Time and Temperature.
MENU BUTTONS
If you press one of the buttons from the four menus, “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, “toast”,
the corresponding indicator light will illuminate and the LCD will display the default time setting.
You will then be able to toggle between Time and Temperature with the Time/Temp button.
Time: Press the “
▲
” button to increase the time or press the “
▼
” button to decrease time.
Temperature: Press the “
▲
” button to increase the temperature or press the “
▼
” button
to decrease temperature.
The maximum cooking time is 120 minutes (2 hours), the time will appear in the LCD display.
START BUTTON
Press this button to begin all functions and the corresponding indicator light will illuminate.
If you do not press the “start” button within 30 seconds of choosing your menu selection,
the LCD display will go back to “- - -” and all indicator lights will turn off.
STOP BUTTON
Press this button to turn off the power. The display will revert to “- - -”. When the operation
is finished or you press the “stop” button, the unit will turn off, “- - -” will appear in the
LCD and all of the indicator lights will turn off.
S
E
L
E
C
T
T
o
a
s
t
C
o
l
o
r
T
i
m
e
T
e
m
p
K
e
e
p
W
a
r
m
B
a
k
e
B
r
o
i
l
T
o
a
s
t
S
T
A
R
T
S
T
O
P
1
2
8
4
7
5
6
3
B
EEPER FUNCTION
(1) When you plug the unit in, the beeper sounds once and “ - - - ”appears in the LCD.
(2) When you press one of the four menu buttons the beeper will sound one time.
(3) When you press the adjustable button, every time you press the button, the beeper
will sound once. If you press the button continually, the beeper only sounds one time.
(4) When you press the start button the beeper will sound once, and “:” will flash, that means
the unit is in operation. Once the unit has begun the cooking cycle, the menu selection,
time or temperature cannot be changed. The unit must be stopped and reset.
(5) When the unit is in operation, press the stop button, the beeper will sound once and the unit
will stop operation.
(6) At the end of pre-set time, the unit will sound a long beep to remind you the work is done.
USING THE BAKE FUNCTION
• The bake function may be used to bake cake, cookies, poultry, beef and pork.
• When you select the bake function, the bake indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 450°F.
• Both Time and Temperature are adjustable.
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and the
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
” in 5
minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute
increments when you press “
▼
” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...).
• Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle
between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD display.
Press
the
“
▲
” button
to increase the temperature and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the temperature.
Temperature changes in 25
°
increments each time you press
“
▲
” or “
▼
”.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing
and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up.
• When the baking cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “---“ will appear on the display and the “Bake” indicator light will turn off.
U
SING THE
BROIL FUNCTION
• The broil function may be used to broil steak, fillets, poultry and other favorite foods
according to package or recipe instructions.
• When broiling, always use baking/broiling tray with the broiling insert.
• Close the door to the first notch, leaving approximately a 3-inch gap at the top.
• When you select the broil function, the broil indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 450
°
F. The temperature cannot be adjusted.
• The Time is adjustable. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is
reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “
▼
”
(4 minutes, 3 minutes...).
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time.
N
OTE
:
During broiling, only top heating element will heat up.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing
and the time starts counting down.
• When the broiling cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “---” will appear on the display and the “Broil” indicator light will turn off.
USING THE
KEEP WARM FUNCTION
• The keep warm function is for defrosting foods or keeping food warm.
N
OTE
: For best results, do not set the timer more than 60 minutes because the food will
no longer warm but overcook.
• When you select the Keep Warm function, the Keep Warm indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 150°F and is NOT adjustable.
• Time is adjustable and can be set at a maximum of 120 minutes. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
”
in 5 minute increments.
Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in
one minute increments when you press “
▼
” (4 minutes, 3 minutes . . . ).
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time.
• Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will
toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins
flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up.
• When the Keep Warm cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “ – – – ” will appear on the display and the “Key Warm” indicator light
will turn off.
USING THE TOAST FUNCTION
• The toast function may be used to toast bread, muffins and waffles or your favorite recipe
according to package or recipe instructions.
• When you select the Toast function, the toast indicator light will illuminate.
• The default temperature is 450°F. The temperature is not adjustable.
• Set the Toast Shade Setting: (See Figure 1) The default setting is
the lightest toast shade option. Press the
“
▲
” or “
▼
”
buttons
on either side of the Toast button. Press the
“
▲
” button
to
increase the toast shade and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the toast
shade. The toast shade indicator lights above the LCD panel
will illuminate. (See Figure 2)
NOTE: No default time or temperature will appear when the
Time/Temperature button is pressed. The Toast Shade setting
can only be adjusted with the toast
“
▲
” or toast “
▼
” button.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the
setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts
counting down. After the temperature appears on LCD for
30 seconds, the LCD will go back to show time automatically.
• When the toasting cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long
beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “
–––
” will appear
on the display and the “Toast” indicator light will turn off.
POSITIONING
RACKS
To accommodate a wide variety of foods the oven has two reversible racks and two rack
positions. The racks can be inserted in the oven in the up position or down position. The racks
will fit into either of the rack guides inside of the toaster oven (see Figure).
Before removing the racks allow the unit to cool.
To remove a rack, open the oven door and pull the rack towards the front of the oven. The rack
will slide on the rack guides on the inside of the oven.
Positioning of the rack will depend on the size of the food and desired browning.
N
OTE
: Lower rack will not auto advance unless the rack is inside hooks on the glass door.
T
IPS
:
Adjust rack downward to prevent top browning and upward to prevent bottom burning.
For best toasting results, position the rack in the up position on the lower rack guide.
When broiling, position the rack in the up position on the upper rack guide.
To replace the rack in the oven, align rack in rack guide and slide toward the back of the oven.
N
OTE
: Heating elements may cycle ON and OFF to maintain the desired temperature.
CLEANING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Before cleaning your OSTER
®
Toaster Oven, unplug it and allow it to cool. To clean, wipe with
damp cloth. DO NOT IMMERSE IN WATER! Make sure to use only mild, soapy water.
Abrasive cleaners, scrubbing brushes and chemical cleaners will damage the continuous clean
coating on this unit. Empty crumb tray frequently to avoid accumulation of crumbs.
STORING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Allow the appliance to cool completely before storing. If storing the toaster oven for long periods
of time make certain that the toaster oven is clean and free of food particles. Store the toaster
oven in a dry location such as on a table or countertop or in a cupboard shelf. Wind the
electrical cord around the cord storage brackets. Other than the recommended cleaning,
no further user maintenance should be necessary.
MODEL/MODÈLE
MODELO
6239
User Manual
6-Slice Toaster Oven
Manual de Instrucciones
Horno Tostador
de 6 Rebanadas
Manuel d’Instructions
Grille-Pain Four
de 6 Tranches
P.N. 111339
Visit us at www.oster.com
One-Year Limited Warranty
S
unbeam Products, Inc., or if in Canada, Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited (collectively “Sunbeam”)
warrants that for a period of one year from the date of purchase, this product will be free from defects
in
material and workmanship. Sunbeam, at its option, will repair or replace this product or any component
of
the product found to be defective during the warranty period. Replacement will be made with a new
or
remanufactured product or component. If the product is no longer available, replacement may be made
with a similar product of equal or greater value. This is your exclusive warranty.
This warranty is valid for the original retail purchaser from the date of initial retail purchase and is not
transferable. Keep the original sales receipt. Proof of purchase is required to obtain warranty
performance. Sunbeam dealers, service centers, or retail stores selling Sunbeam products do not have
the right to alter, modify or any way change the terms and conditions of this warranty.
This warranty does not cover normal wear of parts or damage resulting from any of the following:
negligent use or misuse of the product, use on improper voltage or current, use contrary to the operating
instructions, disassembly, repair or alteration by anyone other than Sunbeam or an authorized Sunbeam
service center. Further, the warranty does not cover: Acts of God, such as fire, flood, hurricanes and
tornadoes.
What Are the Limits on Sunbeam’s Liability?
Sunbeam shall not be liable for any incidental or consequential damages caused by the breach of any
express, implied or statutory warranty or condition.
Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, any implied warranty or condition of merchantability
or fitness for a particular purpose is limited in duration to the duration of the above warranty.
Sunbeam disclaims all other warranties, conditions or representations, express, implied, statutory or otherwise.
Sunbeam shall not be liable for any damages of any kind resulting from the purchase, use or misuse of, or
inability to use the product including incidental, special, consequential or similar damages or loss of profits, or
for any breach of contract, fundamental or otherwise, or for any claim brought against purchaser by any other
party.
Some provinces, states or jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental
or consequential damages or limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above
limitations or exclusion may not apply to you.
This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from
province to province, state to state or jurisdiction to jurisdiction.
How to Obtain Warranty Service
In the U.S.A. –
If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service,
please call 1.800.334.0759 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you.
In Canada –
If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service,
please call 1.800.667.8623 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you.
In the U.S.A., this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Products, Inc., located in Boca Raton,
Florida 33431. In Canada, this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited,
located at 5975
Falbourne Street
, Mississauga, Ontario L5R 3V8.
PLEASE DO NOT RETURN THIS PRODUCT TO ANY OF
THESE ADDRESSES OR TO THE PLACE OF PURCHASE.
Keep
W
arm
Bake
Broil
To a s t
PRECAUCIONES IMPORTANTES
Cuando use algún aparato eléctrico siempre deben seguirse precauciones
básicas de seguridad incluyendo las siguientes:
LEA TODAS LAS INSTRUCCIONES ANTES DE USAR
• No toque la superficie caliente. Use las asas o perillas del horno. Siempre colóquese
guantes al manipular materiales calientes y deje que las partes de metal se enfríen antes
de limpiarlas. Permita que la unidad se enfríe bien antes de poner o quitar piezas.
• Cuando no use la unidad y antes de limpiarla, desenchufe el horno-tostadora del
tomacorriente. N
OTA
: Asegúrese de apagar el horno antes de desenchufarlo.
• Para protegerse contra choques eléctricos, no sumerja el cable, el enchufe ni parte alguna
del horno en agua u otros líquidos.
• Éste o cualquier otro electrodoméstico debe usarse bajo estricta vigilancia en presencia de
niños. Este electrodoméstico no debe ser utilizado por niños.
• No opere ni éste ni ningún electrodoméstico que tenga el cable o enchufe gastado o
dañado ni después de mal funcionamiento, caída o daño alguno del equipo.
• No use accesorios no recomendados por el fabricante; podrían causar incendios, golpes
eléctricos o lesiones personales.
• No use en exteriores ni para propósitos comerciales.
• No use este electrodoméstico para un propósito distinto de aquél para el cual fue
diseñado.
• No deje que el cable cuelgue del borde de la mesa o superficie de trabajo ni que toque
superficies calientes.
• No coloque el electrodoméstico sobre o cerca de un mechero eléctrico o a gas caliente, en
un horno caliente o en un horno a microondas.
• Ponga extremo cuidado cuando use recipientes de un material diferente a metal o vidrio.
• El horno cubierto o en contacto con material inflamable, incluidas cortinas, tapicería,
paredes o elementos similares mientras está en funcionamiento podría causar un
incendio. No coloque nada sobre el horno mientras lo esté usando.
• No guarde en este horno cuando no lo use ningún material distinto a los accesorios
recomendados por el fabricante.
• No coloque en el horno material inflamable, como por ejemplo papel, cartón, plástico, ni
ningún otro material que pudiere incendiarse o derretirse.
• No cubra el horno con papel metalizado, pues podría recalentarse el electrodoméstico.
• No inserte en el electrodoméstico alimentos de gran tamaño ni utensilios de metal, pues
podrían causar incendio o riesgo de choques eléctricos.
• No limpie con esponja de metal. Las partes del aparato podrían romperla y tocar piezas
eléctricas, con el consiguiente riesgo de choques eléctricos.
• Al asar, ponga extremo cuidado en retirar la bandeja o disponer de la grasa o cualquier
otro líquido caliente.
• Para apagar este electrodoméstico, lleve todos los controles a la posición “OFF”.
• Al operar el horno, deje una separación mínima de cuatro pulgadas alrededor del aparato
para permitir la adecuada circulación de aire.
GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES
E
STA UNIDAD ES PARA USO DOMÉSTICO SOLAMENTE
Para reducir el riesgo de descarga eléctrica, este aparato cuenta con una clavija
polarizada (una pata es más ancha que la otra). Esta clavija entra sólo de una
manera en un enchufe polarizado. Si la clavija no encaja en el enchufe
simplemente colóquela al revés. Si aún así no encaja llame a un electricista
calificado. De ninguna manera intente modificar esta medida de seguridad.
BIENVENIDOS
¡Felicitaciones por su compra de un Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas. Para
aprender más sobre productos OSTER
®
, por favor visítenos en www.oster.com!
A
CERCA DE SU
HORNO-TOSTADORA
1. Panel de controles digitales
1a. Visor de cristal líquido
1b. Botones y luces indicadores de
las funciones Hornear, Asar,
Tostar y Mantener Caliente
1c. Indicador de posiciones
de niveles de tostado
1d. Botón y luz indicadora
de la función Iniciar
1e. Botón y luz indicadora
de la función Parar
1f. Botón y luces indicadoras de ajuste
del tiempo y la temperatura
2. Visor
3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes
4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar
5. Rack de avance automático
6. Rack de dos posiciones
7. Dos racks de rejilla removibles/reversibles
8. Bandeja para migas removible
BENEFICIOS DE LAS FUNCIONES
DEL
H
ORNO-TOSTADORA
1. Panel de controles digitales
1a. Visor de cristal líquido – Para observar con facilidad las
posiciones de tiempo y temperatura
1b. Botones y luz indicadora de las funciones Hornear, Asar,
Tostar y Mantener Caliente – Los botones son de fácil
lectura y uso. La luz indicadora mostrará la opción
seleccionada (hornear, asar, tostar o mantener caliente).
1c. Luz indicadora de las posiciones del nivel de tostado –
Le permite ver la posición de nivel de tostado seleccionada.
1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar – Pulse este botón para comenzar a usar
todas las funciones y se encenderá la luz indicadora correspondiente.
1e. Botón Parar – Le permite detener en cualquier momento las funciones de horneado,
asado, tostado o mantener caliente.
1f. Botón de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura – Permite conmutar entre el ajuste de
temperatura y el temporizador. Mediante este botón, usted puede regular el tiempo y
la temperatura deseada. Con el botón “
▲”, usted puede aumentar la temperatura o
el tiempo; para disminuirlos, use el botón “
▼
”.
2. Visor – Para ver cómo se cocinan los alimentos.
3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes – Los alimentos se disipan para una fácil limpieza.
4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar – Facilita sus necesidades de horneado
y asado.
5. Rack de avance automático – Para retirar fácilmente y en forma segura los alimentos
cocidos.
6. Rack de dos posiciones – Se adapta a una amplia variedad de alimentos, desde pizza
hasta grandes asados.
7. Dos racks rejilla removibles/reversibles – Para adaptarse a múltiples alimentos
y tamaños.
8. Bandeja para migas removible – Facilita la limpieza de migas y los restos de alimentos.
PREPARACIÓN DEL HORNO-TOSTADORA
Cuando use el horno-tostadora por primera vez, asegúrese de:
• Retirar los autoadhesivos de la superficie del horno.
• Abrir la puerta del horno y retirar toda la documentación y papeles impresos.
• Limpiar los racks, la bandeja y la plancha con agua caliente, una pequeña cantidad
de líquido lavaplatos y una esponja o paño de limpieza no abrasivo. NO SUMERJA
LA CARCASA DE LA UNIDAD EN AGUA.
• Seque bien la unidad antes de usarla.
• Elija un lugar dónde colocar el horno-tostadora. Debe ser un área abierta sobre una
superficie de trabajo plana, que tenga cerca un tomacorriente para enchufar el cable.
• Inserte el rack inferior sobre ganchos, en la puerta de vidrio, para que se mueva con ésta.
• Enchufe el horno-tostadora en un tomacorriente.
CÓMO USAR EL HORNO-TOSTADORA
Enchufe la unidad. En el visor de cristal líquido se presentará “- - -”. No se encenderán
las luces indicadoras. Cada vez que pulse un botón, se escuchará una señal audible
de confirmación.
N
OTA: Deberá pulsar uno de los botones de los menús “mantener caliente”, “asar”,
“hornear” o “tostar” para que comience a funcionar la unidad. Después podrá ajustar
el tiempo y la temperatura.
S
E
L
E
C
T
Toast Color
Time
Temp
Keep
Warm
Bake
Broil
Toast
START
STOP
F
IGURE 1
F
IGURE 2
30
m
ay
2
003
bb
bb
oo
oo
bb
bb
09.37
1b
1d
1e
1a
1c
1f
Toast Color
S
E
L
E
C
T
T
o
a
s
t
C
o
l
o
r
T
i
m
e
T
e
m
p
K
e
e
p
W
a
r
m
B
a
k
e
B
ro
il
T
o
a
s
t
S
T
A
R
T
S
T
O
P
1
2
8
4
7
5
6
3
S
E
L
E
C
T
Toast Color
Time
Temp
Keep
Warm
Bake
Broil
Toast
START
STOP
1b
1d
1e
1a
1c
1f
–––
F
OLD
–––
English-1 English-5English-4 English-6
English-7 Español-2 Español-3Español-1
English-3English-2
–––
F
OLD
––– –––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
––––––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
For product questions contact:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
USA : 1.800.334.0759
Canada : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
OSTER
®
is a registered trademark of Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distributed by Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431
Pour les questions de produit:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
États-Unis : 1.800.334.0759
Canada : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Tous droits réservés.
OSTER
®
est une marque déposée de Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distribué par Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida 33431
Para preguntas sobre los productos llame:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
EE.UU. : 1.800.334.0759
Canadá : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Todos los derechos reservados.
OSTER
®
es una marca registrada de Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distruibido por Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431
Printed in China Imprimé en Chine Impreso en China
IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS
When using electrical appliances, basic safety precautions should always be followed
including the following:
READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE
• Do not touch hot surface. Use oven handles or knobs. Always use oven mitts when handling
hot materials and allow metal parts to cool before cleaning. Allow the unit to cool thoroughly
before putting in or taking off parts.
• When the unit is not in use and before cleaning, unplug the toaster oven from the wall outlet.
N
OTE
: Make sure the oven is turned off before unplugging.
• To protect against electric shock, do not immerse cord, plug or any parts of the oven in water
or other liquids.
• Close supervision is necessary when this or any appliance is used near children. This appliance
is not for use by children.
• Do not operate this or any appliance with a frayed or damaged cord or plug or after the
appliance malfunctions or is dropped or has been damaged in any manner.
• Do not use attachments not recommended by the manufacturer; they may cause fire, electric
shock or personal injury.
• Do not use outdoors or for commercial purposes.
• Do not use this appliance for other than its intended use.
• Do not let cord dangle over the edge of a tabletop or countertop or to touch hot surfaces.
• Do not place appliance on or near a hot gas or electric burner, or in a heated oven or in a
microwave oven.
• Extreme caution should be used when using containers constructed of other than metal or glass.
• A fire may occur if the oven is covered or touching flammable materials, including curtains,
draperies, walls, and the like, when in operation. Do not store any item on the top of the oven
during operation.
• Do not store any materials, other than manufacturer’s recommended accessories, in this oven
when not in use.
• Do not place any flammable materials in the oven, such as paper, cardboard, plastic, or any
materials that may catch fire or melt.
• Do not cover the oven with metal foil. This will cause overheating of the appliance.
• Oversized foods or metal utensils must not be inserted in the appliance, as they may create
a fire or risk of electric shock.
• Do not clean with metal scouring pads. Pieces can break off the pad and touch electrical parts
involving a risk of electric shock.
• When broiling, use extreme caution when removing tray or disposing of hot grease or other
hot liquids.
• To turn this appliance off, return all controls to the “OFF” position.
• When operating the oven keep at least four inches of space on all sides of oven to allow for
adequate air circulation.
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS
T
HIS
U
NIT
I
S FOR
H
OUSEHOLD
U
SE
O
NLY
To reduce the risk of electrical shock, this appliance has a polarized plug (one blade is wider
than the other). This plug fits a polarized outlet only one way; if the plug does not fit fully into
the outlet, reverse the plug. If it still does not fit, contact a qualified electrician. Do not attempt
to defeat this safety feature.
W
ELCOME
Congratulations on your purchase of an OSTER
®
6-Slice Toaster Oven! To learn more
about OSTER
®
products, please visit us at www.oster.com.
L
EARNING ABOUT YOUR TOASTER OVEN
1. Digital Control Panel
1a. LCD Display
1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm
Buttons and Indicator Lights
1c. Toast Shade Setting Indicator
1d. Start Button and Indicator Light
1e. Stop Button and Indicator Light
1f. Timer and Temperature Setting
Button and Indicator Lights
2. Viewing Window
3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls
4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray
5. Auto Advance Rack
6. Two Rack Positions
7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks
8. Removable Crumb Tray
TOASTER OVEN FEATURE BENEFITS
1. Digital Control Panel
1a. LCD Display – For easy viewing of temperature and time
settings
1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator
Light – Buttons are easy to read and easy to use. The
indicator light will show what option (bake, broil, toast or
keep warm) has been selected.
1c.
Toast Shade Setting Indicator Light – Allows you to visually see
the toaster shade setting selected.
1d. Start Button and Indicator Light – Press this button to begin
all functions and the according indicator light will illuminate.
1e. Stop Button – Allows you to stop the baking, broiling,
toasting or keep warm function at any time.
1f. Timer and Temperature Setting Button – Allows you to toggle between the temperature
and timer setting. The buttons allow you to set the time and temperature you desire.
The “
▲” button allows you to increase the temperature or time and the “▼” button
to decrease the temperature or time.
2. Viewing Window – Allows you to see food cooking.
3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls – Allows food to dissipate off for easy cleaning.
4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray – Makes all of your baking and broiling needs easy.
5. Auto Advance Rack – For easy and safe removal of cooked foods.
6. Two Rack Positions – To accommodate a wide variety of foods from pizza to tall roasts.
7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks – To accommodate multiple foods and sizes.
8. Removable Crumb Tray – Allows for easy cleaning of crumbs and fallen food particles.
PREPARING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
If you are using your toaster oven for the first time, please be sure to:
• Remove any stickers from the surface of the oven.
• Open oven door and remove all printed documents and paper from inside the toaster oven.
• Clean the racks, tray, and pan with hot water, a small amount of dishwashing liquid and
a non-abrasive sponge or cleaning pad. DO NOT IMMERSE THE BODY OF THE UNIT
IN WATER.
• Dry the unit thoroughly before using.
• Select a location for the toaster oven. The location should be in an open area on a flat counter
where the plug will reach an outlet.
• Insert bottom rack over hooks on glass door so rack moves with door.
• Plug the toaster oven into an electrical outlet.
USING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Plug the unit in, “- - -” will appear in the LCD. The indicator lights will not illuminate.
Every time that you press a button, your oven will make a confirmation beep.
N
OTE
: You will need to press one of the menu buttons “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”,
or “toast” for the unit to start. Then you can set the Time and Temperature.
MENU BUTTONS
If you press one of the buttons from the four menus, “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, “toast”,
the corresponding indicator light will illuminate and the LCD will display the default time setting.
You will then be able to toggle between Time and Temperature with the Time/Temp button.
Time: Press the “
▲
” button to increase the time or press the “
▼
” button to decrease time.
Temperature: Press the “
▲
” button to increase the temperature or press the “
▼
” button
to decrease temperature.
The maximum cooking time is 120 minutes (2 hours), the time will appear in the LCD display.
START BUTTON
Press this button to begin all functions and the corresponding indicator light will illuminate.
If you do not press the “start” button within 30 seconds of choosing your menu selection,
the LCD display will go back to “- - -” and all indicator lights will turn off.
STOP BUTTON
Press this button to turn off the power. The display will revert to “- - -”. When the operation
is finished or you press the “stop” button, the unit will turn off, “- - -” will appear in the
LCD and all of the indicator lights will turn off.
S
E
L
E
C
T
T
o
a
s
t
C
o
l
o
r
T
i
m
e
T
e
m
p
K
e
e
p
W
a
r
m
B
a
k
e
B
r
o
i
l
T
o
a
s
t
S
T
A
R
T
S
T
O
P
1
2
8
4
7
5
6
3
B
EEPER FUNCTION
(1) When you plug the unit in, the beeper sounds once and “ - - - ”appears in the LCD.
(2) When you press one of the four menu buttons the beeper will sound one time.
(3) When you press the adjustable button, every time you press the button, the beeper
will sound once. If you press the button continually, the beeper only sounds one time.
(4) When you press the start button the beeper will sound once, and “:” will flash, that means
the unit is in operation. Once the unit has begun the cooking cycle, the menu selection,
time or temperature cannot be changed. The unit must be stopped and reset.
(5) When the unit is in operation, press the stop button, the beeper will sound once and the unit
will stop operation.
(6) At the end of pre-set time, the unit will sound a long beep to remind you the work is done.
USING THE BAKE FUNCTION
• The bake function may be used to bake cake, cookies, poultry, beef and pork.
• When you select the bake function, the bake indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 450°F.
• Both Time and Temperature are adjustable.
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and the
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
” in 5
minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute
increments when you press “
▼
” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...).
• Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle
between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD display.
Press
the
“
▲
” button
to increase the temperature and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the temperature.
Temperature changes in 25
°
increments each time you press
“
▲
” or “
▼
”.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing
and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up.
• When the baking cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “---“ will appear on the display and the “Bake” indicator light will turn off.
U
SING THE
BROIL FUNCTION
• The broil function may be used to broil steak, fillets, poultry and other favorite foods
according to package or recipe instructions.
• When broiling, always use baking/broiling tray with the broiling insert.
• Close the door to the first notch, leaving approximately a 3-inch gap at the top.
• When you select the broil function, the broil indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 450
°
F. The temperature cannot be adjusted.
• The Time is adjustable. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is
reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “
▼
”
(4 minutes, 3 minutes...).
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time.
N
OTE
:
During broiling, only top heating element will heat up.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing
and the time starts counting down.
• When the broiling cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “---” will appear on the display and the “Broil” indicator light will turn off.
USING THE
KEEP WARM FUNCTION
• The keep warm function is for defrosting foods or keeping food warm.
N
OTE
: For best results, do not set the timer more than 60 minutes because the food will
no longer warm but overcook.
• When you select the Keep Warm function, the Keep Warm indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 150°F and is NOT adjustable.
• Time is adjustable and can be set at a maximum of 120 minutes. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
”
in 5 minute increments.
Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in
one minute increments when you press “
▼
” (4 minutes, 3 minutes . . . ).
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time.
• Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will
toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins
flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up.
• When the Keep Warm cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “ – – – ” will appear on the display and the “Key Warm” indicator light
will turn off.
USING THE TOAST FUNCTION
• The toast function may be used to toast bread, muffins and waffles or your favorite recipe
according to package or recipe instructions.
• When you select the Toast function, the toast indicator light will illuminate.
• The default temperature is 450°F. The temperature is not adjustable.
• Set the Toast Shade Setting: (See Figure 1) The default setting is
the lightest toast shade option. Press the
“
▲
” or “
▼
”
buttons
on either side of the Toast button. Press the
“
▲
” button
to
increase the toast shade and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the toast
shade. The toast shade indicator lights above the LCD panel
will illuminate. (See Figure 2)
NOTE: No default time or temperature will appear when the
Time/Temperature button is pressed. The Toast Shade setting
can only be adjusted with the toast
“
▲
” or toast “
▼
” button.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the
setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts
counting down. After the temperature appears on LCD for
30 seconds, the LCD will go back to show time automatically.
• When the toasting cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long
beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “
–––
” will appear
on the display and the “Toast” indicator light will turn off.
POSITIONING
RACKS
To accommodate a wide variety of foods the oven has two reversible racks and two rack
positions. The racks can be inserted in the oven in the up position or down position. The racks
will fit into either of the rack guides inside of the toaster oven (see Figure).
Before removing the racks allow the unit to cool.
To remove a rack, open the oven door and pull the rack towards the front of the oven. The rack
will slide on the rack guides on the inside of the oven.
Positioning of the rack will depend on the size of the food and desired browning.
N
OTE
: Lower rack will not auto advance unless the rack is inside hooks on the glass door.
T
IPS
:
Adjust rack downward to prevent top browning and upward to prevent bottom burning.
For best toasting results, position the rack in the up position on the lower rack guide.
When broiling, position the rack in the up position on the upper rack guide.
To replace the rack in the oven, align rack in rack guide and slide toward the back of the oven.
N
OTE
: Heating elements may cycle ON and OFF to maintain the desired temperature.
CLEANING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Before cleaning your OSTER
®
Toaster Oven, unplug it and allow it to cool. To clean, wipe with
damp cloth. DO NOT IMMERSE IN WATER! Make sure to use only mild, soapy water.
Abrasive cleaners, scrubbing brushes and chemical cleaners will damage the continuous clean
coating on this unit. Empty crumb tray frequently to avoid accumulation of crumbs.
STORING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Allow the appliance to cool completely before storing. If storing the toaster oven for long periods
of time make certain that the toaster oven is clean and free of food particles. Store the toaster
oven in a dry location such as on a table or countertop or in a cupboard shelf. Wind the
electrical cord around the cord storage brackets. Other than the recommended cleaning,
no further user maintenance should be necessary.
MODEL/MODÈLE
MODELO
6239
User Manual
6-Slice Toaster Oven
Manual de Instrucciones
Horno Tostador
de 6 Rebanadas
Manuel d’Instructions
Grille-Pain Four
de 6 Tranches
P.N. 111339
Visit us at www.oster.com
One-Year Limited Warranty
S
unbeam Products, Inc., or if in Canada, Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited (collectively “Sunbeam”)
warrants that for a period of one year from the date of purchase, this product will be free from defects
in
material and workmanship. Sunbeam, at its option, will repair or replace this product or any component
of
the product found to be defective during the warranty period. Replacement will be made with a new
or
remanufactured product or component. If the product is no longer available, replacement may be made
with a similar product of equal or greater value. This is your exclusive warranty.
This warranty is valid for the original retail purchaser from the date of initial retail purchase and is not
transferable. Keep the original sales receipt. Proof of purchase is required to obtain warranty
performance. Sunbeam dealers, service centers, or retail stores selling Sunbeam products do not have
the right to alter, modify or any way change the terms and conditions of this warranty.
This warranty does not cover normal wear of parts or damage resulting from any of the following:
negligent use or misuse of the product, use on improper voltage or current, use contrary to the operating
instructions, disassembly, repair or alteration by anyone other than Sunbeam or an authorized Sunbeam
service center. Further, the warranty does not cover: Acts of God, such as fire, flood, hurricanes and
tornadoes.
What Are the Limits on Sunbeam’s Liability?
Sunbeam shall not be liable for any incidental or consequential damages caused by the breach of any
express, implied or statutory warranty or condition.
Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, any implied warranty or condition of merchantability
or fitness for a particular purpose is limited in duration to the duration of the above warranty.
Sunbeam disclaims all other warranties, conditions or representations, express, implied, statutory or otherwise.
Sunbeam shall not be liable for any damages of any kind resulting from the purchase, use or misuse of, or
inability to use the product including incidental, special, consequential or similar damages or loss of profits, or
for any breach of contract, fundamental or otherwise, or for any claim brought against purchaser by any other
party.
Some provinces, states or jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental
or consequential damages or limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above
limitations or exclusion may not apply to you.
This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from
province to province, state to state or jurisdiction to jurisdiction.
How to Obtain Warranty Service
In the U.S.A. –
If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service,
please call 1.800.334.0759 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you.
In Canada –
If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service,
please call 1.800.667.8623 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you.
In the U.S.A., this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Products, Inc., located in Boca Raton,
Florida 33431. In Canada, this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited,
located at 5975
Falbourne Street
, Mississauga, Ontario L5R 3V8.
PLEASE DO NOT RETURN THIS PRODUCT TO ANY OF
THESE ADDRESSES OR TO THE PLACE OF PURCHASE.
Keep
W
arm
Bake
Broil
To a s t
PRECAUCIONES IMPORTANTES
Cuando use algún aparato eléctrico siempre deben seguirse precauciones
básicas de seguridad incluyendo las siguientes:
LEA TODAS LAS INSTRUCCIONES ANTES DE USAR
• No toque la superficie caliente. Use las asas o perillas del horno. Siempre colóquese
guantes al manipular materiales calientes y deje que las partes de metal se enfríen antes
de limpiarlas. Permita que la unidad se enfríe bien antes de poner o quitar piezas.
• Cuando no use la unidad y antes de limpiarla, desenchufe el horno-tostadora del
tomacorriente. N
OTA
: Asegúrese de apagar el horno antes de desenchufarlo.
• Para protegerse contra choques eléctricos, no sumerja el cable, el enchufe ni parte alguna
del horno en agua u otros líquidos.
• Éste o cualquier otro electrodoméstico debe usarse bajo estricta vigilancia en presencia de
niños. Este electrodoméstico no debe ser utilizado por niños.
• No opere ni éste ni ningún electrodoméstico que tenga el cable o enchufe gastado o
dañado ni después de mal funcionamiento, caída o daño alguno del equipo.
• No use accesorios no recomendados por el fabricante; podrían causar incendios, golpes
eléctricos o lesiones personales.
• No use en exteriores ni para propósitos comerciales.
• No use este electrodoméstico para un propósito distinto de aquél para el cual fue
diseñado.
• No deje que el cable cuelgue del borde de la mesa o superficie de trabajo ni que toque
superficies calientes.
• No coloque el electrodoméstico sobre o cerca de un mechero eléctrico o a gas caliente, en
un horno caliente o en un horno a microondas.
• Ponga extremo cuidado cuando use recipientes de un material diferente a metal o vidrio.
• El horno cubierto o en contacto con material inflamable, incluidas cortinas, tapicería,
paredes o elementos similares mientras está en funcionamiento podría causar un
incendio. No coloque nada sobre el horno mientras lo esté usando.
• No guarde en este horno cuando no lo use ningún material distinto a los accesorios
recomendados por el fabricante.
• No coloque en el horno material inflamable, como por ejemplo papel, cartón, plástico, ni
ningún otro material que pudiere incendiarse o derretirse.
• No cubra el horno con papel metalizado, pues podría recalentarse el electrodoméstico.
• No inserte en el electrodoméstico alimentos de gran tamaño ni utensilios de metal, pues
podrían causar incendio o riesgo de choques eléctricos.
• No limpie con esponja de metal. Las partes del aparato podrían romperla y tocar piezas
eléctricas, con el consiguiente riesgo de choques eléctricos.
• Al asar, ponga extremo cuidado en retirar la bandeja o disponer de la grasa o cualquier
otro líquido caliente.
• Para apagar este electrodoméstico, lleve todos los controles a la posición “OFF”.
• Al operar el horno, deje una separación mínima de cuatro pulgadas alrededor del aparato
para permitir la adecuada circulación de aire.
GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES
E
STA UNIDAD ES PARA USO DOMÉSTICO SOLAMENTE
Para reducir el riesgo de descarga eléctrica, este aparato cuenta con una clavija
polarizada (una pata es más ancha que la otra). Esta clavija entra sólo de una
manera en un enchufe polarizado. Si la clavija no encaja en el enchufe
simplemente colóquela al revés. Si aún así no encaja llame a un electricista
calificado. De ninguna manera intente modificar esta medida de seguridad.
BIENVENIDOS
¡Felicitaciones por su compra de un Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas. Para
aprender más sobre productos OSTER
®
, por favor visítenos en www.oster.com!
A
CERCA DE SU
HORNO-TOSTADORA
1. Panel de controles digitales
1a. Visor de cristal líquido
1b. Botones y luces indicadores de
las funciones Hornear, Asar,
Tostar y Mantener Caliente
1c. Indicador de posiciones
de niveles de tostado
1d. Botón y luz indicadora
de la función Iniciar
1e. Botón y luz indicadora
de la función Parar
1f. Botón y luces indicadoras de ajuste
del tiempo y la temperatura
2. Visor
3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes
4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar
5. Rack de avance automático
6. Rack de dos posiciones
7. Dos racks de rejilla removibles/reversibles
8. Bandeja para migas removible
BENEFICIOS DE LAS FUNCIONES
DEL
H
ORNO-TOSTADORA
1. Panel de controles digitales
1a. Visor de cristal líquido – Para observar con facilidad las
posiciones de tiempo y temperatura
1b. Botones y luz indicadora de las funciones Hornear, Asar,
Tostar y Mantener Caliente – Los botones son de fácil
lectura y uso. La luz indicadora mostrará la opción
seleccionada (hornear, asar, tostar o mantener caliente).
1c. Luz indicadora de las posiciones del nivel de tostado –
Le permite ver la posición de nivel de tostado seleccionada.
1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar – Pulse este botón para comenzar a usar
todas las funciones y se encenderá la luz indicadora correspondiente.
1e. Botón Parar – Le permite detener en cualquier momento las funciones de horneado,
asado, tostado o mantener caliente.
1f. Botón de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura – Permite conmutar entre el ajuste de
temperatura y el temporizador. Mediante este botón, usted puede regular el tiempo y
la temperatura deseada. Con el botón “
▲”, usted puede aumentar la temperatura o
el tiempo; para disminuirlos, use el botón “
▼
”.
2. Visor – Para ver cómo se cocinan los alimentos.
3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes – Los alimentos se disipan para una fácil limpieza.
4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar – Facilita sus necesidades de horneado
y asado.
5. Rack de avance automático – Para retirar fácilmente y en forma segura los alimentos
cocidos.
6. Rack de dos posiciones – Se adapta a una amplia variedad de alimentos, desde pizza
hasta grandes asados.
7. Dos racks rejilla removibles/reversibles – Para adaptarse a múltiples alimentos
y tamaños.
8. Bandeja para migas removible – Facilita la limpieza de migas y los restos de alimentos.
PREPARACIÓN DEL HORNO-TOSTADORA
Cuando use el horno-tostadora por primera vez, asegúrese de:
• Retirar los autoadhesivos de la superficie del horno.
• Abrir la puerta del horno y retirar toda la documentación y papeles impresos.
• Limpiar los racks, la bandeja y la plancha con agua caliente, una pequeña cantidad
de líquido lavaplatos y una esponja o paño de limpieza no abrasivo. NO SUMERJA
LA CARCASA DE LA UNIDAD EN AGUA.
• Seque bien la unidad antes de usarla.
• Elija un lugar dónde colocar el horno-tostadora. Debe ser un área abierta sobre una
superficie de trabajo plana, que tenga cerca un tomacorriente para enchufar el cable.
• Inserte el rack inferior sobre ganchos, en la puerta de vidrio, para que se mueva con ésta.
• Enchufe el horno-tostadora en un tomacorriente.
CÓMO USAR EL HORNO-TOSTADORA
Enchufe la unidad. En el visor de cristal líquido se presentará “- - -”. No se encenderán
las luces indicadoras. Cada vez que pulse un botón, se escuchará una señal audible
de confirmación.
N
OTA: Deberá pulsar uno de los botones de los menús “mantener caliente”, “asar”,
“hornear” o “tostar” para que comience a funcionar la unidad. Después podrá ajustar
el tiempo y la temperatura.
S
E
L
E
C
T
Toast Color
Time
Temp
Keep
Warm
Bake
Broil
Toast
START
STOP
F
IGURE 1
F
IGURE 2
30
m
ay
2
003
bb
bb
oo
oo
bb
bb
09.37
1b
1d
1e
1a
1c
1f
Toast Color
S
E
L
E
C
T
T
o
a
s
t
C
o
l
o
r
T
i
m
e
T
e
m
p
K
e
e
p
W
a
r
m
B
a
k
e
B
ro
il
T
o
a
s
t
S
T
A
R
T
S
T
O
P
1
2
8
4
7
5
6
3
S
E
L
E
C
T
Toast Color
Time
Temp
Keep
Warm
Bake
Broil
Toast
START
STOP
1b
1d
1e
1a
1c
1f
–––
F
OLD
–––
English-1 English-5English-4 English-6
English-7 Español-2 Español-3Español-1
English-3English-2
–––
F
OLD
––– –––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
––––––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
For product questions contact:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
USA : 1.800.334.0759
Canada : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
OSTER
®
is a registered trademark of Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distributed by Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431
Pour les questions de produit:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
États-Unis : 1.800.334.0759
Canada : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Tous droits réservés.
OSTER
®
est une marque déposée de Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distribué par Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida 33431
Para preguntas sobre los productos llame:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
EE.UU. : 1.800.334.0759
Canadá : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Todos los derechos reservados.
OSTER
®
es una marca registrada de Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distruibido por Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431
Printed in China Imprimé en Chine Impreso en China
IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS
When using electrical appliances, basic safety precautions should always be followed
including the following:
READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE
• Do not touch hot surface. Use oven handles or knobs. Always use oven mitts when handling
hot materials and allow metal parts to cool before cleaning. Allow the unit to cool thoroughly
before putting in or taking off parts.
• When the unit is not in use and before cleaning, unplug the toaster oven from the wall outlet.
N
OTE
: Make sure the oven is turned off before unplugging.
• To protect against electric shock, do not immerse cord, plug or any parts of the oven in water
or other liquids.
• Close supervision is necessary when this or any appliance is used near children. This appliance
is not for use by children.
• Do not operate this or any appliance with a frayed or damaged cord or plug or after the
appliance malfunctions or is dropped or has been damaged in any manner.
• Do not use attachments not recommended by the manufacturer; they may cause fire, electric
shock or personal injury.
• Do not use outdoors or for commercial purposes.
• Do not use this appliance for other than its intended use.
• Do not let cord dangle over the edge of a tabletop or countertop or to touch hot surfaces.
• Do not place appliance on or near a hot gas or electric burner, or in a heated oven or in a
microwave oven.
• Extreme caution should be used when using containers constructed of other than metal or glass.
• A fire may occur if the oven is covered or touching flammable materials, including curtains,
draperies, walls, and the like, when in operation. Do not store any item on the top of the oven
during operation.
• Do not store any materials, other than manufacturer’s recommended accessories, in this oven
when not in use.
• Do not place any flammable materials in the oven, such as paper, cardboard, plastic, or any
materials that may catch fire or melt.
• Do not cover the oven with metal foil. This will cause overheating of the appliance.
• Oversized foods or metal utensils must not be inserted in the appliance, as they may create
a fire or risk of electric shock.
• Do not clean with metal scouring pads. Pieces can break off the pad and touch electrical parts
involving a risk of electric shock.
• When broiling, use extreme caution when removing tray or disposing of hot grease or other
hot liquids.
• To turn this appliance off, return all controls to the “OFF” position.
• When operating the oven keep at least four inches of space on all sides of oven to allow for
adequate air circulation.
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS
T
HIS
U
NIT
I
S FOR
H
OUSEHOLD
U
SE
O
NLY
To reduce the risk of electrical shock, this appliance has a polarized plug (one blade is wider
than the other). This plug fits a polarized outlet only one way; if the plug does not fit fully into
the outlet, reverse the plug. If it still does not fit, contact a qualified electrician. Do not attempt
to defeat this safety feature.
W
ELCOME
Congratulations on your purchase of an OSTER
®
6-Slice Toaster Oven! To learn more
about OSTER
®
products, please visit us at www.oster.com.
L
EARNING ABOUT YOUR TOASTER OVEN
1. Digital Control Panel
1a. LCD Display
1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm
Buttons and Indicator Lights
1c. Toast Shade Setting Indicator
1d. Start Button and Indicator Light
1e. Stop Button and Indicator Light
1f. Timer and Temperature Setting
Button and Indicator Lights
2. Viewing Window
3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls
4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray
5. Auto Advance Rack
6. Two Rack Positions
7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks
8. Removable Crumb Tray
TOASTER OVEN FEATURE BENEFITS
1. Digital Control Panel
1a. LCD Display – For easy viewing of temperature and time
settings
1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator
Light – Buttons are easy to read and easy to use. The
indicator light will show what option (bake, broil, toast or
keep warm) has been selected.
1c.
Toast Shade Setting Indicator Light – Allows you to visually see
the toaster shade setting selected.
1d. Start Button and Indicator Light – Press this button to begin
all functions and the according indicator light will illuminate.
1e. Stop Button – Allows you to stop the baking, broiling,
toasting or keep warm function at any time.
1f. Timer and Temperature Setting Button – Allows you to toggle between the temperature
and timer setting. The buttons allow you to set the time and temperature you desire.
The “
▲” button allows you to increase the temperature or time and the “▼” button
to decrease the temperature or time.
2. Viewing Window – Allows you to see food cooking.
3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls – Allows food to dissipate off for easy cleaning.
4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray – Makes all of your baking and broiling needs easy.
5. Auto Advance Rack – For easy and safe removal of cooked foods.
6. Two Rack Positions – To accommodate a wide variety of foods from pizza to tall roasts.
7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks – To accommodate multiple foods and sizes.
8. Removable Crumb Tray – Allows for easy cleaning of crumbs and fallen food particles.
PREPARING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
If you are using your toaster oven for the first time, please be sure to:
• Remove any stickers from the surface of the oven.
• Open oven door and remove all printed documents and paper from inside the toaster oven.
• Clean the racks, tray, and pan with hot water, a small amount of dishwashing liquid and
a non-abrasive sponge or cleaning pad. DO NOT IMMERSE THE BODY OF THE UNIT
IN WATER.
• Dry the unit thoroughly before using.
• Select a location for the toaster oven. The location should be in an open area on a flat counter
where the plug will reach an outlet.
• Insert bottom rack over hooks on glass door so rack moves with door.
• Plug the toaster oven into an electrical outlet.
USING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Plug the unit in, “- - -” will appear in the LCD. The indicator lights will not illuminate.
Every time that you press a button, your oven will make a confirmation beep.
N
OTE
: You will need to press one of the menu buttons “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”,
or “toast” for the unit to start. Then you can set the Time and Temperature.
MENU BUTTONS
If you press one of the buttons from the four menus, “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, “toast”,
the corresponding indicator light will illuminate and the LCD will display the default time setting.
You will then be able to toggle between Time and Temperature with the Time/Temp button.
Time: Press the “
▲
” button to increase the time or press the “
▼
” button to decrease time.
Temperature: Press the “
▲
” button to increase the temperature or press the “
▼
” button
to decrease temperature.
The maximum cooking time is 120 minutes (2 hours), the time will appear in the LCD display.
START BUTTON
Press this button to begin all functions and the corresponding indicator light will illuminate.
If you do not press the “start” button within 30 seconds of choosing your menu selection,
the LCD display will go back to “- - -” and all indicator lights will turn off.
STOP BUTTON
Press this button to turn off the power. The display will revert to “- - -”. When the operation
is finished or you press the “stop” button, the unit will turn off, “- - -” will appear in the
LCD and all of the indicator lights will turn off.
S
E
L
E
C
T
T
o
a
s
t
C
o
l
o
r
T
i
m
e
T
e
m
p
K
e
e
p
W
a
r
m
B
a
k
e
B
r
o
i
l
T
o
a
s
t
S
T
A
R
T
S
T
O
P
1
2
8
4
7
5
6
3
B
EEPER FUNCTION
(1) When you plug the unit in, the beeper sounds once and “ - - - ”appears in the LCD.
(2) When you press one of the four menu buttons the beeper will sound one time.
(3) When you press the adjustable button, every time you press the button, the beeper
will sound once. If you press the button continually, the beeper only sounds one time.
(4) When you press the start button the beeper will sound once, and “:” will flash, that means
the unit is in operation. Once the unit has begun the cooking cycle, the menu selection,
time or temperature cannot be changed. The unit must be stopped and reset.
(5) When the unit is in operation, press the stop button, the beeper will sound once and the unit
will stop operation.
(6) At the end of pre-set time, the unit will sound a long beep to remind you the work is done.
USING THE BAKE FUNCTION
• The bake function may be used to bake cake, cookies, poultry, beef and pork.
• When you select the bake function, the bake indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 450°F.
• Both Time and Temperature are adjustable.
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and the
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
” in 5
minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute
increments when you press “
▼
” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...).
• Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle
between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD display.
Press
the
“
▲
” button
to increase the temperature and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the temperature.
Temperature changes in 25
°
increments each time you press
“
▲
” or “
▼
”.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing
and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up.
• When the baking cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “---“ will appear on the display and the “Bake” indicator light will turn off.
U
SING THE
BROIL FUNCTION
• The broil function may be used to broil steak, fillets, poultry and other favorite foods
according to package or recipe instructions.
• When broiling, always use baking/broiling tray with the broiling insert.
• Close the door to the first notch, leaving approximately a 3-inch gap at the top.
• When you select the broil function, the broil indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 450
°
F. The temperature cannot be adjusted.
• The Time is adjustable. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is
reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “
▼
”
(4 minutes, 3 minutes...).
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time.
N
OTE
:
During broiling, only top heating element will heat up.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing
and the time starts counting down.
• When the broiling cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “---” will appear on the display and the “Broil” indicator light will turn off.
USING THE
KEEP WARM FUNCTION
• The keep warm function is for defrosting foods or keeping food warm.
N
OTE
: For best results, do not set the timer more than 60 minutes because the food will
no longer warm but overcook.
• When you select the Keep Warm function, the Keep Warm indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 150°F and is NOT adjustable.
• Time is adjustable and can be set at a maximum of 120 minutes. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
”
in 5 minute increments.
Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in
one minute increments when you press “
▼
” (4 minutes, 3 minutes . . . ).
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time.
• Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will
toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins
flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up.
• When the Keep Warm cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “ – – – ” will appear on the display and the “Key Warm” indicator light
will turn off.
USING THE TOAST FUNCTION
• The toast function may be used to toast bread, muffins and waffles or your favorite recipe
according to package or recipe instructions.
• When you select the Toast function, the toast indicator light will illuminate.
• The default temperature is 450°F. The temperature is not adjustable.
• Set the Toast Shade Setting: (See Figure 1) The default setting is
the lightest toast shade option. Press the
“
▲
” or “
▼
”
buttons
on either side of the Toast button. Press the
“
▲
” button
to
increase the toast shade and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the toast
shade. The toast shade indicator lights above the LCD panel
will illuminate. (See Figure 2)
NOTE: No default time or temperature will appear when the
Time/Temperature button is pressed. The Toast Shade setting
can only be adjusted with the toast
“
▲
” or toast “
▼
” button.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the
setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts
counting down. After the temperature appears on LCD for
30 seconds, the LCD will go back to show time automatically.
• When the toasting cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long
beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “
–––
” will appear
on the display and the “Toast” indicator light will turn off.
POSITIONING
RACKS
To accommodate a wide variety of foods the oven has two reversible racks and two rack
positions. The racks can be inserted in the oven in the up position or down position. The racks
will fit into either of the rack guides inside of the toaster oven (see Figure).
Before removing the racks allow the unit to cool.
To remove a rack, open the oven door and pull the rack towards the front of the oven. The rack
will slide on the rack guides on the inside of the oven.
Positioning of the rack will depend on the size of the food and desired browning.
N
OTE
: Lower rack will not auto advance unless the rack is inside hooks on the glass door.
T
IPS
:
Adjust rack downward to prevent top browning and upward to prevent bottom burning.
For best toasting results, position the rack in the up position on the lower rack guide.
When broiling, position the rack in the up position on the upper rack guide.
To replace the rack in the oven, align rack in rack guide and slide toward the back of the oven.
N
OTE
: Heating elements may cycle ON and OFF to maintain the desired temperature.
CLEANING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Before cleaning your OSTER
®
Toaster Oven, unplug it and allow it to cool. To clean, wipe with
damp cloth. DO NOT IMMERSE IN WATER! Make sure to use only mild, soapy water.
Abrasive cleaners, scrubbing brushes and chemical cleaners will damage the continuous clean
coating on this unit. Empty crumb tray frequently to avoid accumulation of crumbs.
STORING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Allow the appliance to cool completely before storing. If storing the toaster oven for long periods
of time make certain that the toaster oven is clean and free of food particles. Store the toaster
oven in a dry location such as on a table or countertop or in a cupboard shelf. Wind the
electrical cord around the cord storage brackets. Other than the recommended cleaning,
no further user maintenance should be necessary.
MODEL/MODÈLE
MODELO
6239
User Manual
6-Slice Toaster Oven
Manual de Instrucciones
Horno Tostador
de 6 Rebanadas
Manuel d’Instructions
Grille-Pain Four
de 6 Tranches
P.N. 111339
Visit us at www.oster.com
One-Year Limited Warranty
S
unbeam Products, Inc., or if in Canada, Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited (collectively “Sunbeam”)
warrants that for a period of one year from the date of purchase, this product will be free from defects
in
material and workmanship. Sunbeam, at its option, will repair or replace this product or any component
of
the product found to be defective during the warranty period. Replacement will be made with a new
or
remanufactured product or component. If the product is no longer available, replacement may be made
with a similar product of equal or greater value. This is your exclusive warranty.
This warranty is valid for the original retail purchaser from the date of initial retail purchase and is not
transferable. Keep the original sales receipt. Proof of purchase is required to obtain warranty
performance. Sunbeam dealers, service centers, or retail stores selling Sunbeam products do not have
the right to alter, modify or any way change the terms and conditions of this warranty.
This warranty does not cover normal wear of parts or damage resulting from any of the following:
negligent use or misuse of the product, use on improper voltage or current, use contrary to the operating
instructions, disassembly, repair or alteration by anyone other than Sunbeam or an authorized Sunbeam
service center. Further, the warranty does not cover: Acts of God, such as fire, flood, hurricanes and
tornadoes.
What Are the Limits on Sunbeam’s Liability?
Sunbeam shall not be liable for any incidental or consequential damages caused by the breach of any
express, implied or statutory warranty or condition.
Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, any implied warranty or condition of merchantability
or fitness for a particular purpose is limited in duration to the duration of the above warranty.
Sunbeam disclaims all other warranties, conditions or representations, express, implied, statutory or otherwise.
Sunbeam shall not be liable for any damages of any kind resulting from the purchase, use or misuse of, or
inability to use the product including incidental, special, consequential or similar damages or loss of profits, or
for any breach of contract, fundamental or otherwise, or for any claim brought against purchaser by any other
party.
Some provinces, states or jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental
or consequential damages or limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above
limitations or exclusion may not apply to you.
This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from
province to province, state to state or jurisdiction to jurisdiction.
How to Obtain Warranty Service
In the U.S.A. –
If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service,
please call 1.800.334.0759 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you.
In Canada –
If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service,
please call 1.800.667.8623 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you.
In the U.S.A., this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Products, Inc., located in Boca Raton,
Florida 33431. In Canada, this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited,
located at 5975
Falbourne Street
, Mississauga, Ontario L5R 3V8.
PLEASE DO NOT RETURN THIS PRODUCT TO ANY OF
THESE ADDRESSES OR TO THE PLACE OF PURCHASE.
Keep
W
arm
Bake
Broil
To a s t
PRECAUCIONES IMPORTANTES
Cuando use algún aparato eléctrico siempre deben seguirse precauciones
básicas de seguridad incluyendo las siguientes:
LEA TODAS LAS INSTRUCCIONES ANTES DE USAR
• No toque la superficie caliente. Use las asas o perillas del horno. Siempre colóquese
guantes al manipular materiales calientes y deje que las partes de metal se enfríen antes
de limpiarlas. Permita que la unidad se enfríe bien antes de poner o quitar piezas.
• Cuando no use la unidad y antes de limpiarla, desenchufe el horno-tostadora del
tomacorriente. N
OTA
: Asegúrese de apagar el horno antes de desenchufarlo.
• Para protegerse contra choques eléctricos, no sumerja el cable, el enchufe ni parte alguna
del horno en agua u otros líquidos.
• Éste o cualquier otro electrodoméstico debe usarse bajo estricta vigilancia en presencia de
niños. Este electrodoméstico no debe ser utilizado por niños.
• No opere ni éste ni ningún electrodoméstico que tenga el cable o enchufe gastado o
dañado ni después de mal funcionamiento, caída o daño alguno del equipo.
• No use accesorios no recomendados por el fabricante; podrían causar incendios, golpes
eléctricos o lesiones personales.
• No use en exteriores ni para propósitos comerciales.
• No use este electrodoméstico para un propósito distinto de aquél para el cual fue
diseñado.
• No deje que el cable cuelgue del borde de la mesa o superficie de trabajo ni que toque
superficies calientes.
• No coloque el electrodoméstico sobre o cerca de un mechero eléctrico o a gas caliente, en
un horno caliente o en un horno a microondas.
• Ponga extremo cuidado cuando use recipientes de un material diferente a metal o vidrio.
• El horno cubierto o en contacto con material inflamable, incluidas cortinas, tapicería,
paredes o elementos similares mientras está en funcionamiento podría causar un
incendio. No coloque nada sobre el horno mientras lo esté usando.
• No guarde en este horno cuando no lo use ningún material distinto a los accesorios
recomendados por el fabricante.
• No coloque en el horno material inflamable, como por ejemplo papel, cartón, plástico, ni
ningún otro material que pudiere incendiarse o derretirse.
• No cubra el horno con papel metalizado, pues podría recalentarse el electrodoméstico.
• No inserte en el electrodoméstico alimentos de gran tamaño ni utensilios de metal, pues
podrían causar incendio o riesgo de choques eléctricos.
• No limpie con esponja de metal. Las partes del aparato podrían romperla y tocar piezas
eléctricas, con el consiguiente riesgo de choques eléctricos.
• Al asar, ponga extremo cuidado en retirar la bandeja o disponer de la grasa o cualquier
otro líquido caliente.
• Para apagar este electrodoméstico, lleve todos los controles a la posición “OFF”.
• Al operar el horno, deje una separación mínima de cuatro pulgadas alrededor del aparato
para permitir la adecuada circulación de aire.
GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES
E
STA UNIDAD ES PARA USO DOMÉSTICO SOLAMENTE
Para reducir el riesgo de descarga eléctrica, este aparato cuenta con una clavija
polarizada (una pata es más ancha que la otra). Esta clavija entra sólo de una
manera en un enchufe polarizado. Si la clavija no encaja en el enchufe
simplemente colóquela al revés. Si aún así no encaja llame a un electricista
calificado. De ninguna manera intente modificar esta medida de seguridad.
BIENVENIDOS
¡Felicitaciones por su compra de un Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas. Para
aprender más sobre productos OSTER
®
, por favor visítenos en www.oster.com!
A
CERCA DE SU
HORNO-TOSTADORA
1. Panel de controles digitales
1a. Visor de cristal líquido
1b. Botones y luces indicadores de
las funciones Hornear, Asar,
Tostar y Mantener Caliente
1c. Indicador de posiciones
de niveles de tostado
1d. Botón y luz indicadora
de la función Iniciar
1e. Botón y luz indicadora
de la función Parar
1f. Botón y luces indicadoras de ajuste
del tiempo y la temperatura
2. Visor
3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes
4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar
5. Rack de avance automático
6. Rack de dos posiciones
7. Dos racks de rejilla removibles/reversibles
8. Bandeja para migas removible
BENEFICIOS DE LAS FUNCIONES
DEL
H
ORNO-TOSTADORA
1. Panel de controles digitales
1a. Visor de cristal líquido – Para observar con facilidad las
posiciones de tiempo y temperatura
1b. Botones y luz indicadora de las funciones Hornear, Asar,
Tostar y Mantener Caliente – Los botones son de fácil
lectura y uso. La luz indicadora mostrará la opción
seleccionada (hornear, asar, tostar o mantener caliente).
1c. Luz indicadora de las posiciones del nivel de tostado –
Le permite ver la posición de nivel de tostado seleccionada.
1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar – Pulse este botón para comenzar a usar
todas las funciones y se encenderá la luz indicadora correspondiente.
1e. Botón Parar – Le permite detener en cualquier momento las funciones de horneado,
asado, tostado o mantener caliente.
1f. Botón de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura – Permite conmutar entre el ajuste de
temperatura y el temporizador. Mediante este botón, usted puede regular el tiempo y
la temperatura deseada. Con el botón “
▲”, usted puede aumentar la temperatura o
el tiempo; para disminuirlos, use el botón “
▼
”.
2. Visor – Para ver cómo se cocinan los alimentos.
3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes – Los alimentos se disipan para una fácil limpieza.
4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar – Facilita sus necesidades de horneado
y asado.
5. Rack de avance automático – Para retirar fácilmente y en forma segura los alimentos
cocidos.
6. Rack de dos posiciones – Se adapta a una amplia variedad de alimentos, desde pizza
hasta grandes asados.
7. Dos racks rejilla removibles/reversibles – Para adaptarse a múltiples alimentos
y tamaños.
8. Bandeja para migas removible – Facilita la limpieza de migas y los restos de alimentos.
PREPARACIÓN DEL HORNO-TOSTADORA
Cuando use el horno-tostadora por primera vez, asegúrese de:
• Retirar los autoadhesivos de la superficie del horno.
• Abrir la puerta del horno y retirar toda la documentación y papeles impresos.
• Limpiar los racks, la bandeja y la plancha con agua caliente, una pequeña cantidad
de líquido lavaplatos y una esponja o paño de limpieza no abrasivo. NO SUMERJA
LA CARCASA DE LA UNIDAD EN AGUA.
• Seque bien la unidad antes de usarla.
• Elija un lugar dónde colocar el horno-tostadora. Debe ser un área abierta sobre una
superficie de trabajo plana, que tenga cerca un tomacorriente para enchufar el cable.
• Inserte el rack inferior sobre ganchos, en la puerta de vidrio, para que se mueva con ésta.
• Enchufe el horno-tostadora en un tomacorriente.
CÓMO USAR EL HORNO-TOSTADORA
Enchufe la unidad. En el visor de cristal líquido se presentará “- - -”. No se encenderán
las luces indicadoras. Cada vez que pulse un botón, se escuchará una señal audible
de confirmación.
N
OTA: Deberá pulsar uno de los botones de los menús “mantener caliente”, “asar”,
“hornear” o “tostar” para que comience a funcionar la unidad. Después podrá ajustar
el tiempo y la temperatura.
S
E
L
E
C
T
Toast Color
Time
Temp
Keep
Warm
Bake
Broil
Toast
START
STOP
F
IGURE 1
F
IGURE 2
30
m
ay
2
003
bb
bb
oo
oo
bb
bb
09.37
1b
1d
1e
1a
1c
1f
Toast Color
S
E
L
E
C
T
T
o
a
s
t
C
o
l
o
r
T
i
m
e
T
e
m
p
K
e
e
p
W
a
r
m
B
a
k
e
B
ro
il
T
o
a
s
t
S
T
A
R
T
S
T
O
P
1
2
8
4
7
5
6
3
S
E
L
E
C
T
Toast Color
Time
Temp
Keep
Warm
Bake
Broil
Toast
START
STOP
1b
1d
1e
1a
1c
1f
–––
F
OLD
–––
English-1 English-5English-4 English-6
English-7 Español-2 Español-3Español-1
English-3English-2
–––
F
OLD
––– –––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
––––––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
–––
F
OLD
–––
For product questions contact:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
USA : 1.800.334.0759
Canada : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. All rights reserved.
OSTER
®
is a registered trademark of Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distributed by Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431
Pour les questions de produit:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
États-Unis : 1.800.334.0759
Canada : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Tous droits réservés.
OSTER
®
est une marque déposée de Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distribué par Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida 33431
Para preguntas sobre los productos llame:
Sunbeam Consumer Service
EE.UU. : 1.800.334.0759
Canadá : 1.800.667.8623
www.oster.com
©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Todos los derechos reservados.
OSTER
®
es una marca registrada de Sunbeam Products, Inc.
Distruibido por Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431
Printed in China Imprimé en Chine Impreso en China
IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS
When using electrical appliances, basic safety precautions should always be followed
including the following:
READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE
• Do not touch hot surface. Use oven handles or knobs. Always use oven mitts when handling
hot materials and allow metal parts to cool before cleaning. Allow the unit to cool thoroughly
before putting in or taking off parts.
• When the unit is not in use and before cleaning, unplug the toaster oven from the wall outlet.
N
OTE
: Make sure the oven is turned off before unplugging.
• To protect against electric shock, do not immerse cord, plug or any parts of the oven in water
or other liquids.
• Close supervision is necessary when this or any appliance is used near children. This appliance
is not for use by children.
• Do not operate this or any appliance with a frayed or damaged cord or plug or after the
appliance malfunctions or is dropped or has been damaged in any manner.
• Do not use attachments not recommended by the manufacturer; they may cause fire, electric
shock or personal injury.
• Do not use outdoors or for commercial purposes.
• Do not use this appliance for other than its intended use.
• Do not let cord dangle over the edge of a tabletop or countertop or to touch hot surfaces.
• Do not place appliance on or near a hot gas or electric burner, or in a heated oven or in a
microwave oven.
• Extreme caution should be used when using containers constructed of other than metal or glass.
• A fire may occur if the oven is covered or touching flammable materials, including curtains,
draperies, walls, and the like, when in operation. Do not store any item on the top of the oven
during operation.
• Do not store any materials, other than manufacturer’s recommended accessories, in this oven
when not in use.
• Do not place any flammable materials in the oven, such as paper, cardboard, plastic, or any
materials that may catch fire or melt.
• Do not cover the oven with metal foil. This will cause overheating of the appliance.
• Oversized foods or metal utensils must not be inserted in the appliance, as they may create
a fire or risk of electric shock.
• Do not clean with metal scouring pads. Pieces can break off the pad and touch electrical parts
involving a risk of electric shock.
• When broiling, use extreme caution when removing tray or disposing of hot grease or other
hot liquids.
• To turn this appliance off, return all controls to the “OFF” position.
• When operating the oven keep at least four inches of space on all sides of oven to allow for
adequate air circulation.
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS
T
HIS
U
NIT
I
S FOR
H
OUSEHOLD
U
SE
O
NLY
To reduce the risk of electrical shock, this appliance has a polarized plug (one blade is wider
than the other). This plug fits a polarized outlet only one way; if the plug does not fit fully into
the outlet, reverse the plug. If it still does not fit, contact a qualified electrician. Do not attempt
to defeat this safety feature.
W
ELCOME
Congratulations on your purchase of an OSTER
®
6-Slice Toaster Oven! To learn more
about OSTER
®
products, please visit us at www.oster.com.
L
EARNING ABOUT YOUR TOASTER OVEN
1. Digital Control Panel
1a. LCD Display
1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm
Buttons and Indicator Lights
1c. Toast Shade Setting Indicator
1d. Start Button and Indicator Light
1e. Stop Button and Indicator Light
1f. Timer and Temperature Setting
Button and Indicator Lights
2. Viewing Window
3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls
4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray
5. Auto Advance Rack
6. Two Rack Positions
7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks
8. Removable Crumb Tray
TOASTER OVEN FEATURE BENEFITS
1. Digital Control Panel
1a. LCD Display – For easy viewing of temperature and time
settings
1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator
Light – Buttons are easy to read and easy to use. The
indicator light will show what option (bake, broil, toast or
keep warm) has been selected.
1c.
Toast Shade Setting Indicator Light – Allows you to visually see
the toaster shade setting selected.
1d. Start Button and Indicator Light – Press this button to begin
all functions and the according indicator light will illuminate.
1e. Stop Button – Allows you to stop the baking, broiling,
toasting or keep warm function at any time.
1f. Timer and Temperature Setting Button – Allows you to toggle between the temperature
and timer setting. The buttons allow you to set the time and temperature you desire.
The “
▲” button allows you to increase the temperature or time and the “▼” button
to decrease the temperature or time.
2. Viewing Window – Allows you to see food cooking.
3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls – Allows food to dissipate off for easy cleaning.
4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray – Makes all of your baking and broiling needs easy.
5. Auto Advance Rack – For easy and safe removal of cooked foods.
6. Two Rack Positions – To accommodate a wide variety of foods from pizza to tall roasts.
7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks – To accommodate multiple foods and sizes.
8. Removable Crumb Tray – Allows for easy cleaning of crumbs and fallen food particles.
PREPARING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
If you are using your toaster oven for the first time, please be sure to:
• Remove any stickers from the surface of the oven.
• Open oven door and remove all printed documents and paper from inside the toaster oven.
• Clean the racks, tray, and pan with hot water, a small amount of dishwashing liquid and
a non-abrasive sponge or cleaning pad. DO NOT IMMERSE THE BODY OF THE UNIT
IN WATER.
• Dry the unit thoroughly before using.
• Select a location for the toaster oven. The location should be in an open area on a flat counter
where the plug will reach an outlet.
• Insert bottom rack over hooks on glass door so rack moves with door.
• Plug the toaster oven into an electrical outlet.
USING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Plug the unit in, “- - -” will appear in the LCD. The indicator lights will not illuminate.
Every time that you press a button, your oven will make a confirmation beep.
N
OTE
: You will need to press one of the menu buttons “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”,
or “toast” for the unit to start. Then you can set the Time and Temperature.
MENU BUTTONS
If you press one of the buttons from the four menus, “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, “toast”,
the corresponding indicator light will illuminate and the LCD will display the default time setting.
You will then be able to toggle between Time and Temperature with the Time/Temp button.
Time: Press the “
▲
” button to increase the time or press the “
▼
” button to decrease time.
Temperature: Press the “
▲
” button to increase the temperature or press the “
▼
” button
to decrease temperature.
The maximum cooking time is 120 minutes (2 hours), the time will appear in the LCD display.
START BUTTON
Press this button to begin all functions and the corresponding indicator light will illuminate.
If you do not press the “start” button within 30 seconds of choosing your menu selection,
the LCD display will go back to “- - -” and all indicator lights will turn off.
STOP BUTTON
Press this button to turn off the power. The display will revert to “- - -”. When the operation
is finished or you press the “stop” button, the unit will turn off, “- - -” will appear in the
LCD and all of the indicator lights will turn off.
S
E
L
E
C
T
T
o
a
s
t
C
o
l
o
r
T
i
m
e
T
e
m
p
K
e
e
p
W
a
r
m
B
a
k
e
B
r
o
i
l
T
o
a
s
t
S
T
A
R
T
S
T
O
P
1
2
8
4
7
5
6
3
B
EEPER FUNCTION
(1) When you plug the unit in, the beeper sounds once and “ - - - ”appears in the LCD.
(2) When you press one of the four menu buttons the beeper will sound one time.
(3) When you press the adjustable button, every time you press the button, the beeper
will sound once. If you press the button continually, the beeper only sounds one time.
(4) When you press the start button the beeper will sound once, and “:” will flash, that means
the unit is in operation. Once the unit has begun the cooking cycle, the menu selection,
time or temperature cannot be changed. The unit must be stopped and reset.
(5) When the unit is in operation, press the stop button, the beeper will sound once and the unit
will stop operation.
(6) At the end of pre-set time, the unit will sound a long beep to remind you the work is done.
USING THE BAKE FUNCTION
• The bake function may be used to bake cake, cookies, poultry, beef and pork.
• When you select the bake function, the bake indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 450°F.
• Both Time and Temperature are adjustable.
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and the
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
” in 5
minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute
increments when you press “
▼
” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...).
• Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle
between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD display.
Press
the
“
▲
” button
to increase the temperature and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the temperature.
Temperature changes in 25
°
increments each time you press
“
▲
” or “
▼
”.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing
and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up.
• When the baking cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “---“ will appear on the display and the “Bake” indicator light will turn off.
U
SING THE
BROIL FUNCTION
• The broil function may be used to broil steak, fillets, poultry and other favorite foods
according to package or recipe instructions.
• When broiling, always use baking/broiling tray with the broiling insert.
• Close the door to the first notch, leaving approximately a 3-inch gap at the top.
• When you select the broil function, the broil indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 450
°
F. The temperature cannot be adjusted.
• The Time is adjustable. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is
reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “
▼
”
(4 minutes, 3 minutes...).
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time.
N
OTE
:
During broiling, only top heating element will heat up.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing
and the time starts counting down.
• When the broiling cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “---” will appear on the display and the “Broil” indicator light will turn off.
USING THE
KEEP WARM FUNCTION
• The keep warm function is for defrosting foods or keeping food warm.
N
OTE
: For best results, do not set the timer more than 60 minutes because the food will
no longer warm but overcook.
• When you select the Keep Warm function, the Keep Warm indicator light will illuminate.
– The default Time is 30 minutes.
– The default Temperature is 150°F and is NOT adjustable.
• Time is adjustable and can be set at a maximum of 120 minutes. Time will
“
▲
” or “
▼
”
in 5 minute increments.
Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in
one minute increments when you press “
▼
” (4 minutes, 3 minutes . . . ).
• Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the
“
▲
” button
to increase the time and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the time.
• Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will
toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins
flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up.
• When the Keep Warm cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off
automatically. The “ – – – ” will appear on the display and the “Key Warm” indicator light
will turn off.
USING THE TOAST FUNCTION
• The toast function may be used to toast bread, muffins and waffles or your favorite recipe
according to package or recipe instructions.
• When you select the Toast function, the toast indicator light will illuminate.
• The default temperature is 450°F. The temperature is not adjustable.
• Set the Toast Shade Setting: (See Figure 1) The default setting is
the lightest toast shade option. Press the
“
▲
” or “
▼
”
buttons
on either side of the Toast button. Press the
“
▲
” button
to
increase the toast shade and
“
▼
” button
to decrease the toast
shade. The toast shade indicator lights above the LCD panel
will illuminate. (See Figure 2)
NOTE: No default time or temperature will appear when the
Time/Temperature button is pressed. The Toast Shade setting
can only be adjusted with the toast
“
▲
” or toast “
▼
” button.
• Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the
setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts
counting down. After the temperature appears on LCD for
30 seconds, the LCD will go back to show time automatically.
• When the toasting cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long
beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “
–––
” will appear
on the display and the “Toast” indicator light will turn off.
POSITIONING
RACKS
To accommodate a wide variety of foods the oven has two reversible racks and two rack
positions. The racks can be inserted in the oven in the up position or down position. The racks
will fit into either of the rack guides inside of the toaster oven (see Figure).
Before removing the racks allow the unit to cool.
To remove a rack, open the oven door and pull the rack towards the front of the oven. The rack
will slide on the rack guides on the inside of the oven.
Positioning of the rack will depend on the size of the food and desired browning.
N
OTE
: Lower rack will not auto advance unless the rack is inside hooks on the glass door.
T
IPS
:
Adjust rack downward to prevent top browning and upward to prevent bottom burning.
For best toasting results, position the rack in the up position on the lower rack guide.
When broiling, position the rack in the up position on the upper rack guide.
To replace the rack in the oven, align rack in rack guide and slide toward the back of the oven.
N
OTE
: Heating elements may cycle ON and OFF to maintain the desired temperature.
CLEANING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Before cleaning your OSTER
®
Toaster Oven, unplug it and allow it to cool. To clean, wipe with
damp cloth. DO NOT IMMERSE IN WATER! Make sure to use only mild, soapy water.
Abrasive cleaners, scrubbing brushes and chemical cleaners will damage the continuous clean
coating on this unit. Empty crumb tray frequently to avoid accumulation of crumbs.
STORING YOUR TOASTER OVEN
Allow the appliance to cool completely before storing. If storing the toaster oven for long periods
of time make certain that the toaster oven is clean and free of food particles. Store the toaster
oven in a dry location such as on a table or countertop or in a cupboard shelf. Wind the
electrical cord around the cord storage brackets. Other than the recommended cleaning,
no further user maintenance should be necessary.
MODEL/MODÈLE
MODELO
6239
User Manual
6-Slice Toaster Oven
Manual de Instrucciones
Horno Tostador
de 6 Rebanadas
Manuel d’Instructions
Grille-Pain Four
de 6 Tranches
P.N. 111339
Visit us at www.oster.com
One-Year Limited Warranty
S
unbeam Products, Inc., or if in Canada, Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited (collectively “Sunbeam”)
warrants that for a period of one year from the date of purchase, this product will be free from defects
in
material and workmanship. Sunbeam, at its option, will repair or replace this product or any component
of
the product found to be defective during the warranty period. Replacement will be made with a new
or
remanufactured product or component. If the product is no longer available, replacement may be made
with a similar product of equal or greater value. This is your exclusive warranty.
This warranty is valid for the original retail purchaser from the date of initial retail purchase and is not
transferable. Keep the original sales receipt. Proof of purchase is required to obtain warranty
performance. Sunbeam dealers, service centers, or retail stores selling Sunbeam products do not have
the right to alter, modify or any way change the terms and conditions of this warranty.
This warranty does not cover normal wear of parts or damage resulting from any of the following:
negligent use or misuse of the product, use on improper voltage or current, use contrary to the operating
instructions, disassembly, repair or alteration by anyone other than Sunbeam or an authorized Sunbeam
service center. Further, the warranty does not cover: Acts of God, such as fire, flood, hurricanes and
tornadoes.
What Are the Limits on Sunbeam’s Liability?
Sunbeam shall not be liable for any incidental or consequential damages caused by the breach of any
express, implied or statutory warranty or condition.
Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, any implied warranty or condition of merchantability
or fitness for a particular purpose is limited in duration to the duration of the above warranty.
Sunbeam disclaims all other warranties, conditions or representations, express, implied, statutory or otherwise.
Sunbeam shall not be liable for any damages of any kind resulting from the purchase, use or misuse of, or
inability to use the product including incidental, special, consequential or similar damages or loss of profits, or
for any breach of contract, fundamental or otherwise, or for any claim brought against purchaser by any other
party.
Some provinces, states or jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental
or consequential damages or limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above
limitations or exclusion may not apply to you.
This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from
province to province, state to state or jurisdiction to jurisdiction.
How to Obtain Warranty Service
In the U.S.A. –
If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service,
please call 1.800.334.0759 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you.
In Canada –
If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service,
please call 1.800.667.8623 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you.
In the U.S.A., this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Products, Inc., located in Boca Raton,
Florida 33431. In Canada, this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited,
located at 5975
Falbourne Street
, Mississauga, Ontario L5R 3V8.
PLEASE DO NOT RETURN THIS PRODUCT TO ANY OF
THESE ADDRESSES OR TO THE PLACE OF PURCHASE.
Keep
W
arm
Bake
Broil
To a s t
PRECAUCIONES IMPORTANTES
Cuando use algún aparato eléctrico siempre deben seguirse precauciones
básicas de seguridad incluyendo las siguientes:
LEA TODAS LAS INSTRUCCIONES ANTES DE USAR
• No toque la superficie caliente. Use las asas o perillas del horno. Siempre colóquese
guantes al manipular materiales calientes y deje que las partes de metal se enfríen antes
de limpiarlas. Permita que la unidad se enfríe bien antes de poner o quitar piezas.
• Cuando no use la unidad y antes de limpiarla, desenchufe el horno-tostadora del
tomacorriente. N
OTA
: Asegúrese de apagar el horno antes de desenchufarlo.
• Para protegerse contra choques eléctricos, no sumerja el cable, el enchufe ni parte alguna
del horno en agua u otros líquidos.
• Éste o cualquier otro electrodoméstico debe usarse bajo estricta vigilancia en presencia de
niños. Este electrodoméstico no debe ser utilizado por niños.
• No opere ni éste ni ningún electrodoméstico que tenga el cable o enchufe gastado o
dañado ni después de mal funcionamiento, caída o daño alguno del equipo.
• No use accesorios no recomendados por el fabricante; podrían causar incendios, golpes
eléctricos o lesiones personales.
• No use en exteriores ni para propósitos comerciales.
• No use este electrodoméstico para un propósito distinto de aquél para el cual fue
diseñado.
• No deje que el cable cuelgue del borde de la mesa o superficie de trabajo ni que toque
superficies calientes.
• No coloque el electrodoméstico sobre o cerca de un mechero eléctrico o a gas caliente, en
un horno caliente o en un horno a microondas.
• Ponga extremo cuidado cuando use recipientes de un material diferente a metal o vidrio.
• El horno cubierto o en contacto con material inflamable, incluidas cortinas, tapicería,
paredes o elementos similares mientras está en funcionamiento podría causar un
incendio. No coloque nada sobre el horno mientras lo esté usando.
• No guarde en este horno cuando no lo use ningún material distinto a los accesorios
recomendados por el fabricante.
• No coloque en el horno material inflamable, como por ejemplo papel, cartón, plástico, ni
ningún otro material que pudiere incendiarse o derretirse.
• No cubra el horno con papel metalizado, pues podría recalentarse el electrodoméstico.
• No inserte en el electrodoméstico alimentos de gran tamaño ni utensilios de metal, pues
podrían causar incendio o riesgo de choques eléctricos.
• No limpie con esponja de metal. Las partes del aparato podrían romperla y tocar piezas
eléctricas, con el consiguiente riesgo de choques eléctricos.
• Al asar, ponga extremo cuidado en retirar la bandeja o disponer de la grasa o cualquier
otro líquido caliente.
• Para apagar este electrodoméstico, lleve todos los controles a la posición “OFF”.
• Al operar el horno, deje una separación mínima de cuatro pulgadas alrededor del aparato
para permitir la adecuada circulación de aire.
GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES
E
STA UNIDAD ES PARA USO DOMÉSTICO SOLAMENTE
Para reducir el riesgo de descarga eléctrica, este aparato cuenta con una clavija
polarizada (una pata es más ancha que la otra). Esta clavija entra sólo de una
manera en un enchufe polarizado. Si la clavija no encaja en el enchufe
simplemente colóquela al revés. Si aún así no encaja llame a un electricista
calificado. De ninguna manera intente modificar esta medida de seguridad.
BIENVENIDOS
¡Felicitaciones por su compra de un Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas. Para
aprender más sobre productos OSTER
®
, por favor visítenos en www.oster.com!
A
CERCA DE SU
HORNO-TOSTADORA
1. Panel de controles digitales
1a. Visor de cristal líquido
1b. Botones y luces indicadores de
las funciones Hornear, Asar,
Tostar y Mantener Caliente
1c. Indicador de posiciones
de niveles de tostado
1d. Botón y luz indicadora
de la función Iniciar
1e. Botón y luz indicadora
de la función Parar
1f. Botón y luces indicadoras de ajuste
del tiempo y la temperatura
2. Visor
3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes
4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar
5. Rack de avance automático
6. Rack de dos posiciones
7. Dos racks de rejilla removibles/reversibles
8. Bandeja para migas removible
BENEFICIOS DE LAS FUNCIONES
DEL
H
ORNO-TOSTADORA
1. Panel de controles digitales
1a. Visor de cristal líquido – Para observar con facilidad las
posiciones de tiempo y temperatura
1b. Botones y luz indicadora de las funciones Hornear, Asar,
Tostar y Mantener Caliente – Los botones son de fácil
lectura y uso. La luz indicadora mostrará la opción
seleccionada (hornear, asar, tostar o mantener caliente).
1c. Luz indicadora de las posiciones del nivel de tostado –
Le permite ver la posición de nivel de tostado seleccionada.
1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar – Pulse este botón para comenzar a usar
todas las funciones y se encenderá la luz indicadora correspondiente.
1e. Botón Parar – Le permite detener en cualquier momento las funciones de horneado,
asado, tostado o mantener caliente.
1f. Botón de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura – Permite conmutar entre el ajuste de
temperatura y el temporizador. Mediante este botón, usted puede regular el tiempo y
la temperatura deseada. Con el botón “
▲”, usted puede aumentar la temperatura o
el tiempo; para disminuirlos, use el botón “
▼
”.
2. Visor – Para ver cómo se cocinan los alimentos.
3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes – Los alimentos se disipan para una fácil limpieza.
4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar – Facilita sus necesidades de horneado
y asado.
5. Rack de avance automático – Para retirar fácilmente y en forma segura los alimentos
cocidos.
6. Rack de dos posiciones – Se adapta a una amplia variedad de alimentos, desde pizza
hasta grandes asados.
7. Dos racks rejilla removibles/reversibles – Para adaptarse a múltiples alimentos
y tamaños.
8. Bandeja para migas removible – Facilita la limpieza de migas y los restos de alimentos.
PREPARACIÓN DEL HORNO-TOSTADORA
Cuando use el horno-tostadora por primera vez, asegúrese de:
• Retirar los autoadhesivos de la superficie del horno.
• Abrir la puerta del horno y retirar toda la documentación y papeles impresos.
• Limpiar los racks, la bandeja y la plancha con agua caliente, una pequeña cantidad
de líquido lavaplatos y una esponja o paño de limpieza no abrasivo. NO SUMERJA
LA CARCASA DE LA UNIDAD EN AGUA.
• Seque bien la unidad antes de usarla.
• Elija un lugar dónde colocar el horno-tostadora. Debe ser un área abierta sobre una
superficie de trabajo plana, que tenga cerca un tomacorriente para enchufar el cable.
• Inserte el rack inferior sobre ganchos, en la puerta de vidrio, para que se mueva con ésta.
• Enchufe el horno-tostadora en un tomacorriente.
CÓMO USAR EL HORNO-TOSTADORA
Enchufe la unidad. En el visor de cristal líquido se presentará “- - -”. No se encenderán
las luces indicadoras. Cada vez que pulse un botón, se escuchará una señal audible
de confirmación.
N
OTA: Deberá pulsar uno de los botones de los menús “mantener caliente”, “asar”,
“hornear” o “tostar” para que comience a funcionar la unidad. Después podrá ajustar
el tiempo y la temperatura.
S
E
L
E
C
T
Toast Color
Time
Temp
Keep
Warm
Bake
Broil
Toast
START
STOP
F
IGURE 1
F
IGURE 2
30
m
ay
2
003
bb
bb
oo
oo
bb
bb
09.37
1b
1d
1e
1a
1c
1f
Toast Color
S
E
L
E
C
T
T
o
a
s
t
C
o
l
o
r
T
i
m
e
T
e
m
p
K
e
e
p
W
a
r
m
B
a
k
e
B
ro
il
T
o
a
s
t
S
T
A
R
T
S
T
O
P
1
2
8
4
7
5
6
3
S
E
L
E
C
T
Toast Color
Time
Temp
Keep
Warm
Bake
Broil
Toast
START
STOP
1b
1d
1e
1a
1c
1f

Transcripción de documentos

– – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – PREPARING YOUR TOASTER OVEN WELCOME Congratulations on your purchase of an OSTER® 6-Slice Toaster Oven! To learn more about OSTER® products, please visit us at www.oster.com. 1. 1a. 1b. 1c. 1d. 1e. 1f. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Digital Control Panel LCD Display Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator Lights Toast Shade Setting Indicator Start Button and Indicator Light Stop Button and Indicator Light Timer and Temperature Setting Button and Indicator Lights Viewing Window Continuous Clean Interior Walls Baking Pan and Broiling Tray Auto Advance Rack Two Rack Positions Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks Removable Crumb Tray 7 – – – FOLD – – – FOR If you are using your toaster oven for the first time, please be sure to: 1 • Remove any stickers from the surface of the oven. 3 • Open oven door and remove all printed documents and paper from inside the toaster oven. • Clean the racks, tray, and pan with hot water, a small amount of dishwashing liquid and a non-abrasive sponge or cleaning pad. DO NOT IMMERSE THE BODY OF THE UNIT IN WATER. Toast Color Time Temp SELECT Bake Broil Toast • Dry the unit thoroughly before using. STOP • • • Plug the toaster oven into an electrical outlet. • Bake Temperature: Press the “▲” button to increase the temperature or press the “▼” button to decrease temperature. POSITIONING RACKS • When the broiling cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “---” will appear on the display and the “Broil” indicator light will turn off. To accommodate a wide variety of foods the oven has two reversible racks and two rack positions. The racks can be inserted in the oven in the up position or down position. The racks will fit into either of the rack guides inside of the toaster oven (see Figure). USING THE KEEP WARM FUNCTION Before removing the racks allow the unit to cool. • The keep warm function is for defrosting foods or keeping food warm. To remove a rack, open the oven door and pull the rack towards the front of the oven. The rack will slide on the rack guides on the inside of the oven. NOTE: For best results, do not set the timer more than 60 minutes because the food will no longer warm but overcook. Positioning of the rack will depend on the size of the food and desired browning. • When you select the Keep Warm function, the Keep Warm indicator light will illuminate. NOTE: Lower rack will not auto advance unless the rack is inside hooks on the glass door. – The default Time is 30 minutes. TIPS: – The default Temperature is 150°F and is NOT adjustable. USING THE BAKE FUNCTION • Insert bottom rack over hooks on glass door so rack moves with door. 8 2 1c SELECT • • Time: Press the “▲” button to increase the time or press the “▼” button to decrease time. STOP • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. BEEPER FUNCTION (1) When you plug the unit in, the beeper sounds once and “ - - - ”appears in the LCD. (2) When you press one of the four menu buttons the beeper will sound one time. (3) When you press the adjustable button, every time you press the button, the beeper will sound once. If you press the button continually, the beeper only sounds one time. (4) When you press the start button the beeper will sound once, and “:” will flash, that means the unit is in operation. Once the unit has begun the cooking cycle, the menu selection, time or temperature cannot be changed. The unit must be stopped and reset. (5) When the unit is in operation, press the stop button, the beeper will sound once and the unit will stop operation. (6) At the end of pre-set time, the unit will sound a long beep to remind you the work is done. Keep Warm START • Select a location for the toaster oven. The location should be in an open area on a flat counter where the plug will reach an outlet. 4 5 6 1a USING YOUR TOASTER OVEN Toast Color • • Plug the unit in, “- - -” will appear in the LCD. The indicator lights will not illuminate. Every time that you press a button, your oven will make a confirmation beep. 1f NOTE: You will need to press one of the menu buttons “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, or “toast” for the unit to start. Then you can set the Time and Temperature. Time Temp TOASTER OVEN FEATURE BENEFITS MENU BUTTONS Broil Toast H OUSEHOLD U SE O NLY – – – FOLD – – – T HIS U NIT I S If you press one of the buttons from the four menus, “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, “toast”, the corresponding indicator light will illuminate and the LCD will display the default time setting. You will then be able to toggle between Time and Temperature with the Time/Temp button. Keep Warm START SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS To reduce the risk of electrical shock, this appliance has a polarized plug (one blade is wider than the other). This plug fits a polarized outlet only one way; if the plug does not fit fully into the outlet, reverse the plug. If it still does not fit, contact a qualified electrician. Do not attempt to defeat this safety feature. Adjust rack downward to prevent top browning and upward to prevent bottom burning. • Time is adjustable and can be set at a maximum of 120 minutes. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes . . . ). The bake function may be used to bake cake, cookies, poultry, beef and pork. When you select the bake function, the bake indicator light will illuminate. – The default Time is 30 minutes. – The default Temperature is 450°F. Both Time and Temperature are adjustable. Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and the “▼” button to decrease the time. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...). Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD display. Press the “▲” button to increase the temperature and “▼” button to decrease the temperature. Temperature changes in 25° increments each time you press “▲” or “▼”. Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up. When the baking cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “---“ will appear on the display and the “Bake” indicator light will turn off. For best toasting results, position the rack in the up position on the lower rack guide. When broiling, position the rack in the up position on the upper rack guide. • Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and “▼” button to decrease the time. To replace the rack in the oven, align rack in rack guide and slide toward the back of the oven. NOTE: Heating elements may cycle ON and OFF to maintain the desired temperature. • Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD. CLEANING YOUR TOASTER OVEN • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up. Before cleaning your OSTER® Toaster Oven, unplug it and allow it to cool. To clean, wipe with damp cloth. DO NOT IMMERSE IN WATER! Make sure to use only mild, soapy water. Abrasive cleaners, scrubbing brushes and chemical cleaners will damage the continuous clean coating on this unit. Empty crumb tray frequently to avoid accumulation of crumbs. • When the Keep Warm cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “ – – – ” will appear on the display and the “Key Warm” indicator light will turn off. STORING YOUR TOASTER OVEN USING THE TOAST FUNCTION • The toast function may be used to toast bread, muffins and waffles or your favorite recipe according to package or recipe instructions. Allow the appliance to cool completely before storing. If storing the toaster oven for long periods of time make certain that the toaster oven is clean and free of food particles. Store the toaster oven in a dry location such as on a table or countertop or in a cupboard shelf. Wind the electrical cord around the cord storage brackets. Other than the recommended cleaning, no further user maintenance should be necessary. • When you select the Toast function, the toast indicator light will illuminate. • The default temperature is 450°F. The temperature is not adjustable. USING THE BROIL FUNCTION • Set the Toast Shade Setting: (See Figure 1) The default setting is the lightest toast shade option. Press the “▲” or “▼” buttons on either side of the Toast button. Press the “▲” button to increase the toast shade and “▼” button to decrease the toast shade. The toast shade indicator lights above the LCD panel will illuminate. (See Figure 2) • The broil function may be used to broil steak, fillets, poultry and other favorite foods according to package or recipe instructions. The maximum cooking time is 120 minutes (2 hours), the time will appear in the LCD display. • When broiling, always use baking/broiling tray with the broiling insert. START BUTTON • Close the door to the first notch, leaving approximately a 3-inch gap at the top. Press this button to begin all functions and the corresponding indicator light will illuminate. If you do not press the “start” button within 30 seconds of choosing your menu selection, the LCD display will go back to “- - -” and all indicator lights will turn off. • When you select the broil function, the broil indicator light will illuminate. NOTE: No default time or temperature will appear when the Time/Temperature button is pressed. The Toast Shade setting can only be adjusted with the toast “▲” or toast “▼” button. – The default Time is 30 minutes. – The default Temperature is 450°F. The temperature cannot be adjusted. • The Time is adjustable. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...). STOP BUTTON Press this button to turn off the power. The display will revert to “- - -”. When the operation is finished or you press the “stop” button, the unit will turn off, “- - -” will appear in the LCD and all of the indicator lights will turn off. • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. After the temperature appears on LCD for 30 seconds, the LCD will go back to show time automatically. • Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and “▼” button to decrease the time. • When the toasting cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “– – –” will appear on the display and the “Toast” indicator light will turn off. NOTE: During broiling, only top heating element will heat up. English-2 – – – FOLD – – – IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS When using electrical appliances, basic safety precautions should always be followed including the following: LEARNING ABOUT YOUR TOASTER OVEN READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Do not touch hot surface. Use oven handles or knobs. Always use oven mitts when handling hot materials and allow metal parts to cool before cleaning. Allow the unit to cool thoroughly before putting in or taking off parts. When the unit is not in use and before cleaning, unplug the toaster oven from the wall outlet. NOTE: Make sure the oven is turned off before unplugging. To protect against electric shock, do not immerse cord, plug or any parts of the oven in water or other liquids. Close supervision is necessary when this or any appliance is used near children. This appliance is not for use by children. Do not operate this or any appliance with a frayed or damaged cord or plug or after the appliance malfunctions or is dropped or has been damaged in any manner. Do not use attachments not recommended by the manufacturer; they may cause fire, electric shock or personal injury. Do not use outdoors or for commercial purposes. Do not use this appliance for other than its intended use. Do not let cord dangle over the edge of a tabletop or countertop or to touch hot surfaces. Do not place appliance on or near a hot gas or electric burner, or in a heated oven or in a microwave oven. Extreme caution should be used when using containers constructed of other than metal or glass. A fire may occur if the oven is covered or touching flammable materials, including curtains, draperies, walls, and the like, when in operation. Do not store any item on the top of the oven during operation. Do not store any materials, other than manufacturer’s recommended accessories, in this oven when not in use. Do not place any flammable materials in the oven, such as paper, cardboard, plastic, or any materials that may catch fire or melt. Do not cover the oven with metal foil. This will cause overheating of the appliance. Oversized foods or metal utensils must not be inserted in the appliance, as they may create a fire or risk of electric shock. Do not clean with metal scouring pads. Pieces can break off the pad and touch electrical parts involving a risk of electric shock. When broiling, use extreme caution when removing tray or disposing of hot grease or other hot liquids. To turn this appliance off, return all controls to the “OFF” position. When operating the oven keep at least four inches of space on all sides of oven to allow for adequate air circulation. 1. Digital Control Panel 1a. LCD Display – For easy viewing of temperature and time settings 1b 1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator Light – Buttons are easy to read and easy to use. The indicator light will show what option (bake, broil, toast or 1d keep warm) has been selected. 1e 1c. Toast Shade Setting Indicator Light – Allows you to visually see the toaster shade setting selected. 1d. Start Button and Indicator Light – Press this button to begin all functions and the according indicator light will illuminate. 1e. Stop Button – Allows you to stop the baking, broiling, toasting or keep warm function at any time. 1f. Timer and Temperature Setting Button – Allows you to toggle between the temperature and timer setting. The buttons allow you to set the time and temperature you desire. The “▲” button allows you to increase the temperature or time and the “▼” button to decrease the temperature or time. Viewing Window – Allows you to see food cooking. Continuous Clean Interior Walls – Allows food to dissipate off for easy cleaning. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray – Makes all of your baking and broiling needs easy. Auto Advance Rack – For easy and safe removal of cooked foods. Two Rack Positions – To accommodate a wide variety of foods from pizza to tall roasts. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks – To accommodate multiple foods and sizes. Removable Crumb Tray – Allows for easy cleaning of crumbs and fallen food particles. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. English-1 English-3 English-4 Bake Broil Toast Keep Warm FIGURE 1 Toast Color FIGURE 2 English-5 English-6 – – – F OLD – – – – – – F OLD – – – English-7 Printed in China Imprimé en Chine Impreso en China Español-1 In the U.S.A., this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Products, Inc., located in Boca Raton, Florida 33431. In Canada, this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited, located at 5975 Falbourne Street, Mississauga, Ontario L5R 3V8. OSTER® es una marca registrada de Sunbeam Products, Inc. ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Todos los derechos reservados. In Canada – If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service, please call 1.800.667.8623 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you. www.oster.com In the U.S.A. – If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service, please call 1.800.334.0759 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you. EE.UU. : 1.800.334.0759 Canadá : 1.800.667.8623 How to Obtain Warranty Service Para preguntas sobre los productos llame: Sunbeam Consumer Service This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from province to province, state to state or jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Distribué par Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida 33431 ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Tous droits réservés. Sunbeam shall not be liable for any damages of any kind resulting from the purchase, use or misuse of, or inability to use the product including incidental, special, consequential or similar damages or loss of profits, or for any breach of contract, fundamental or otherwise, or for any claim brought against purchaser by any other party. 09.37 bo b Sunbeam disclaims all other warranties, conditions or representations, express, implied, statutory or otherwise. may 2003 Español-2 GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES PLEASE DO NOT RETURN THIS PRODUCT TO ANY OF THESE ADDRESSES OR TO THE PLACE OF PURCHASE. Distruibido por Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431 Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, any implied warranty or condition of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose is limited in duration to the duration of the above warranty. Español-3 1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar – Pulse este botón para comenzar a usar todas las funciones y se encenderá la luz indicadora correspondiente. Visit us at www.oster.com 1c. Luz indicadora de las posiciones del nivel de tostado – Le permite ver la posición de nivel de tostado seleccionada. • El horno cubierto o en contacto con material inflamable, incluidas cortinas, tapicería, paredes o elementos similares mientras está en funcionamiento podría causar un incendio. No coloque nada sobre el horno mientras lo esté usando. • No guarde en este horno cuando no lo use ningún material distinto a los accesorios recomendados por el fabricante. • No coloque en el horno material inflamable, como por ejemplo papel, cartón, plástico, ni ningún otro material que pudiere incendiarse o derretirse. • No cubra el horno con papel metalizado, pues podría recalentarse el electrodoméstico. • No inserte en el electrodoméstico alimentos de gran tamaño ni utensilios de metal, pues podrían causar incendio o riesgo de choques eléctricos. • No limpie con esponja de metal. Las partes del aparato podrían romperla y tocar piezas eléctricas, con el consiguiente riesgo de choques eléctricos. • Al asar, ponga extremo cuidado en retirar la bandeja o disponer de la grasa o cualquier otro líquido caliente. • Para apagar este electrodoméstico, lleve todos los controles a la posición “OFF”. • Al operar el horno, deje una separación mínima de cuatro pulgadas alrededor del aparato para permitir la adecuada circulación de aire. Some provinces, states or jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusion may not apply to you. OSTER® est une marque déposée de Sunbeam Products, Inc. www.oster.com États-Unis : 1.800.334.0759 Canada : 1.800.667.8623 30 Pour les questions de produit: Sunbeam Consumer Service 1b. Botones y luz indicadora de las funciones Hornear, Asar, Tostar y Mantener Caliente – Los botones son de fácil lectura y uso. La luz indicadora mostrará la opción seleccionada (hornear, asar, tostar o mantener caliente). 1a. Visor de cristal líquido – Para observar con facilidad las posiciones de tiempo y temperatura 1e START STOP Keep Warm CÓMO USAR EL HORNO-TOSTADORA Toast 1b • Enchufe el horno-tostadora en un tomacorriente. Broil • Inserte el rack inferior sobre ganchos, en la puerta de vidrio, para que se mueva con ésta. ACERCA DE SU HORNO-TOSTADORA 5. Rack de avance automático – Para retirar fácilmente y en forma segura los alimentos cocidos. • Éste o cualquier otro electrodoméstico debe usarse bajo estricta vigilancia en presencia de niños. Este electrodoméstico no debe ser utilizado por niños. 1. Panel de controles digitales 7 1a. Visor de cristal líquido 1b. Botones y luces indicadores de las funciones Hornear, Asar, Tostar y Mantener Caliente 1c. Indicador de posiciones de niveles de tostado 1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar 4 1e. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Parar 1f. Botón y luces indicadoras de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura 2. Visor 3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes 4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar 5. Rack de avance automático 6. Rack de dos posiciones 7. Dos racks de rejilla removibles/reversibles 8. Bandeja para migas removible LEA TODAS LAS INSTRUCCIONES ANTES DE USAR PARA Bake • Elija un lugar dónde colocar el horno-tostadora. Debe ser un área abierta sobre una superficie de trabajo plana, que tenga cerca un tomacorriente para enchufar el cable. SELECT Time Temp 1f • Seque bien la unidad antes de usarla. • Limpiar los racks, la bandeja y la plancha con agua caliente, una pequeña cantidad de líquido lavaplatos y una esponja o paño de limpieza no abrasivo. NO SUMERJA LA CARCASA DE LA UNIDAD EN AGUA. Toast Color 1c 1a • Abrir la puerta del horno y retirar toda la documentación y papeles impresos. 6 2 • Retirar los autoadhesivos de la superficie del horno. 8 5 Cuando use el horno-tostadora por primera vez, asegúrese de: PREPARACIÓN DEL HORNO-TOSTADORA START MODEL/MODÈLE MODELO 8. Bandeja para migas removible – Facilita la limpieza de migas y los restos de alimentos. STOP Keep Warm 6239 Toast 7. Dos racks rejilla removibles/reversibles – Para adaptarse a múltiples alimentos y tamaños. Broil Bake SELECT Time Temp 6. Rack de dos posiciones – Se adapta a una amplia variedad de alimentos, desde pizza hasta grandes asados. Toast Color 3 1 Manuel d’Instructions Manual de Instrucciones 3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes – Los alimentos se disipan para una fácil limpieza. BIENVENIDOS 2. Visor – Para ver cómo se cocinan los alimentos. Para reducir el riesgo de descarga eléctrica, este aparato cuenta con una clavija polarizada (una pata es más ancha que la otra). Esta clavija entra sólo de una manera en un enchufe polarizado. Si la clavija no encaja en el enchufe simplemente colóquela al revés. Si aún así no encaja llame a un electricista calificado. De ninguna manera intente modificar esta medida de seguridad. Cuando use algún aparato eléctrico siempre deben seguirse precauciones básicas de seguridad incluyendo las siguientes: ESTA UNIDAD ES P.N. 111339 NOTA: Deberá pulsar uno de los botones de los menús “mantener caliente”, “asar”, “hornear” o “tostar” para que comience a funcionar la unidad. Después podrá ajustar el tiempo y la temperatura. Enchufe la unidad. En el visor de cristal líquido se presentará “- - -”. No se encenderán las luces indicadoras. Cada vez que pulse un botón, se escuchará una señal audible de confirmación. 1d 1. Panel de controles digitales BENEFICIOS DE LAS FUNCIONES DEL HORNO-TOSTADORA 4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar – Facilita sus necesidades de horneado y asado. • No use accesorios no recomendados por el fabricante; podrían causar incendios, golpes eléctricos o lesiones personales. What Are the Limits on Sunbeam’s Liability? ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. All rights reserved. ¡Felicitaciones por su compra de un Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas. Para aprender más sobre productos OSTER ®, por favor visítenos en www.oster.com! • No use en exteriores ni para propósitos comerciales. • No use este electrodoméstico para un propósito distinto de aquél para el cual fue diseñado. • No deje que el cable cuelgue del borde de la mesa o superficie de trabajo ni que toque superficies calientes. • No coloque el electrodoméstico sobre o cerca de un mechero eléctrico o a gas caliente, en un horno caliente o en un horno a microondas. • Ponga extremo cuidado cuando use recipientes de un material diferente a metal o vidrio. Sunbeam shall not be liable for any incidental or consequential damages caused by the breach of any express, implied or statutory warranty or condition. Distributed by Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431 OSTER® is a registered trademark of Sunbeam Products, Inc. • Cuando no use la unidad y antes de limpiarla, desenchufe el horno-tostadora del tomacorriente. NOTA: Asegúrese de apagar el horno antes de desenchufarlo. • Para protegerse contra choques eléctricos, no sumerja el cable, el enchufe ni parte alguna del horno en agua u otros líquidos. • No opere ni éste ni ningún electrodoméstico que tenga el cable o enchufe gastado o dañado ni después de mal funcionamiento, caída o daño alguno del equipo. This warranty does not cover normal wear of parts or damage resulting from any of the following: negligent use or misuse of the product, use on improper voltage or current, use contrary to the operating instructions, disassembly, repair or alteration by anyone other than Sunbeam or an authorized Sunbeam service center. Further, the warranty does not cover: Acts of God, such as fire, flood, hurricanes and tornadoes. www.oster.com USA : 1.800.334.0759 Canada : 1.800.667.8623 This warranty is valid for the original retail purchaser from the date of initial retail purchase and is not transferable. Keep the original sales receipt. Proof of purchase is required to obtain warranty performance. Sunbeam dealers, service centers, or retail stores selling Sunbeam products do not have the right to alter, modify or any way change the terms and conditions of this warranty. For product questions contact: Sunbeam Consumer Service • No toque la superficie caliente. Use las asas o perillas del horno. Siempre colóquese guantes al manipular materiales calientes y deje que las partes de metal se enfríen antes de limpiarlas. Permita que la unidad se enfríe bien antes de poner o quitar piezas. warrants that for a period of one year from the date of purchase, this product will be free from defects in material and workmanship. Sunbeam, at its option, will repair or replace this product or any component of the product found to be defective during the warranty period. Replacement will be made with a new or remanufactured product or component. If the product is no longer available, replacement may be made with a similar product of equal or greater value. This is your exclusive warranty. Sunbeam Products, Inc., or if in Canada, Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited (collectively “Sunbeam”) PRECAUCIONES IMPORTANTES One-Year Limited Warranty User Manual 1f. Botón de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura – Permite conmutar entre el ajuste de temperatura y el temporizador. Mediante este botón, usted puede regular el tiempo y la temperatura deseada. Con el botón “▲”, usted puede aumentar la temperatura o el tiempo; para disminuirlos, use el botón “▼”. 6-Slice Toaster Oven Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas Grille-Pain Four de 6 Tranches 1e. Botón Parar – Le permite detener en cualquier momento las funciones de horneado, asado, tostado o mantener caliente. USO DOMÉSTICO SOLAMENTE – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – (1) When you plug the unit in, the beeper sounds once and “ - - - ”appears in the LCD. (2) When you press one of the four menu buttons the beeper will sound one time. (3) When you press the adjustable button, every time you press the button, the beeper will sound once. If you press the button continually, the beeper only sounds one time. (4) When you press the start button the beeper will sound once, and “:” will flash, that means the unit is in operation. Once the unit has begun the cooking cycle, the menu selection, time or temperature cannot be changed. The unit must be stopped and reset. (5) When the unit is in operation, press the stop button, the beeper will sound once and the unit will stop operation. (6) At the end of pre-set time, the unit will sound a long beep to remind you the work is done. • Remove any stickers from the surface of the oven. 3 7 1. Digital Control Panel 1a. LCD Display 1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator Lights 1c. Toast Shade Setting Indicator 1d. Start Button and Indicator Light 1e. Stop Button and Indicator Light 1f. Timer and Temperature Setting Button and Indicator Lights 2. Viewing Window 3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls 4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray 5. Auto Advance Rack 6. Two Rack Positions 7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks 8. Removable Crumb Tray • Open oven door and remove all printed documents and paper from inside the toaster oven. • Clean the racks, tray, and pan with hot water, a small amount of dishwashing liquid and a non-abrasive sponge or cleaning pad. DO NOT IMMERSE THE BODY OF THE UNIT IN WATER. Toast Color Time Temp SELECT Bake Broil Toast Keep Warm START • Dry the unit thoroughly before using. STOP • Select a location for the toaster oven. The location should be in an open area on a flat counter where the plug will reach an outlet. 4 5 6 2 1a USING YOUR TOASTER OVEN 1c Toast Color Plug the unit in, “- - -” will appear in the LCD. The indicator lights will not illuminate. Every time that you press a button, your oven will make a confirmation beep. 1f NOTE: You will need to press one of the menu buttons “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, or “toast” for the unit to start. Then you can set the Time and Temperature. Time Temp TOASTER OVEN FEATURE BENEFITS SELECT 1. Digital Control Panel 1a. LCD Display – For easy viewing of temperature and time settings 1b 1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator Light – Buttons are easy to read and easy to use. The indicator light will show what option (bake, broil, toast or 1d keep warm) has been selected. 1e 1c. Toast Shade Setting Indicator Light – Allows you to visually see the toaster shade setting selected. 1d. Start Button and Indicator Light – Press this button to begin all functions and the according indicator light will illuminate. 1e. Stop Button – Allows you to stop the baking, broiling, toasting or keep warm function at any time. 1f. Timer and Temperature Setting Button – Allows you to toggle between the temperature and timer setting. The buttons allow you to set the time and temperature you desire. The “▲” button allows you to increase the temperature or time and the “▼” button to decrease the temperature or time. 2. Viewing Window – Allows you to see food cooking. 3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls – Allows food to dissipate off for easy cleaning. 4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray – Makes all of your baking and broiling needs easy. 5. Auto Advance Rack – For easy and safe removal of cooked foods. 6. Two Rack Positions – To accommodate a wide variety of foods from pizza to tall roasts. 7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks – To accommodate multiple foods and sizes. 8. Removable Crumb Tray – Allows for easy cleaning of crumbs and fallen food particles. Bake MENU BUTTONS Broil If you press one of the buttons from the four menus, “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, “toast”, the corresponding indicator light will illuminate and the LCD will display the default time setting. You will then be able to toggle between Time and Temperature with the Time/Temp button. Toast Keep Warm START SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS H OUSEHOLD U SE O NLY To reduce the risk of electrical shock, this appliance has a polarized plug (one blade is wider than the other). This plug fits a polarized outlet only one way; if the plug does not fit fully into the outlet, reverse the plug. If it still does not fit, contact a qualified electrician. Do not attempt to defeat this safety feature. English-1 Time: Press the “▲” button to increase the time or press the “▼” button to decrease time. STOP Temperature: Press the “▲” button to increase the temperature or press the “▼” button to decrease temperature. Before removing the racks allow the unit to cool. • The keep warm function is for defrosting foods or keeping food warm. To remove a rack, open the oven door and pull the rack towards the front of the oven. The rack will slide on the rack guides on the inside of the oven. NOTE: For best results, do not set the timer more than 60 minutes because the food will no longer warm but overcook. Positioning of the rack will depend on the size of the food and desired browning. • When you select the Keep Warm function, the Keep Warm indicator light will illuminate. NOTE: Lower rack will not auto advance unless the rack is inside hooks on the glass door. – The default Time is 30 minutes. TIPS: – The default Temperature is 150°F and is NOT adjustable. Adjust rack downward to prevent top browning and upward to prevent bottom burning. • Time is adjustable and can be set at a maximum of 120 minutes. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes . . . ). For best toasting results, position the rack in the up position on the lower rack guide. When broiling, position the rack in the up position on the upper rack guide. • Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and “▼” button to decrease the time. To replace the rack in the oven, align rack in rack guide and slide toward the back of the oven. NOTE: Heating elements may cycle ON and OFF to maintain the desired temperature. • Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD. CLEANING YOUR TOASTER OVEN • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up. Before cleaning your OSTER® Toaster Oven, unplug it and allow it to cool. To clean, wipe with damp cloth. DO NOT IMMERSE IN WATER! Make sure to use only mild, soapy water. Abrasive cleaners, scrubbing brushes and chemical cleaners will damage the continuous clean coating on this unit. Empty crumb tray frequently to avoid accumulation of crumbs. • When the Keep Warm cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “ – – – ” will appear on the display and the “Key Warm” indicator light will turn off. STORING YOUR TOASTER OVEN USING THE TOAST FUNCTION • The toast function may be used to toast bread, muffins and waffles or your favorite recipe according to package or recipe instructions. Allow the appliance to cool completely before storing. If storing the toaster oven for long periods of time make certain that the toaster oven is clean and free of food particles. Store the toaster oven in a dry location such as on a table or countertop or in a cupboard shelf. Wind the electrical cord around the cord storage brackets. Other than the recommended cleaning, no further user maintenance should be necessary. • When you select the Toast function, the toast indicator light will illuminate. • The default temperature is 450°F. The temperature is not adjustable. USING THE BROIL FUNCTION The maximum cooking time is 120 minutes (2 hours), the time will appear in the LCD display. • The broil function may be used to broil steak, fillets, poultry and other favorite foods according to package or recipe instructions. START BUTTON • When broiling, always use baking/broiling tray with the broiling insert. • Set the Toast Shade Setting: (See Figure 1) The default setting is the lightest toast shade option. Press the “▲” or “▼” buttons on either side of the Toast button. Press the “▲” button to increase the toast shade and “▼” button to decrease the toast shade. The toast shade indicator lights above the LCD panel will illuminate. (See Figure 2) • Close the door to the first notch, leaving approximately a 3-inch gap at the top. Press this button to begin all functions and the corresponding indicator light will illuminate. If you do not press the “start” button within 30 seconds of choosing your menu selection, the LCD display will go back to “- - -” and all indicator lights will turn off. • When you select the broil function, the broil indicator light will illuminate. NOTE: No default time or temperature will appear when the Time/Temperature button is pressed. The Toast Shade setting can only be adjusted with the toast “▲” or toast “▼” button. – The default Time is 30 minutes. – The default Temperature is 450°F. The temperature cannot be adjusted. • The Time is adjustable. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...). STOP BUTTON Press this button to turn off the power. The display will revert to “- - -”. When the operation is finished or you press the “stop” button, the unit will turn off, “- - -” will appear in the LCD and all of the indicator lights will turn off. • Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and “▼” button to decrease the time. English-3 Broil Toast FIGURE 1 Toast Color • When the toasting cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “– – –” will appear on the display and the “Toast” indicator light will turn off. English-4 Bake Keep Warm • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. After the temperature appears on LCD for 30 seconds, the LCD will go back to show time automatically. NOTE: During broiling, only top heating element will heat up. English-2 To accommodate a wide variety of foods the oven has two reversible racks and two rack positions. The racks can be inserted in the oven in the up position or down position. The racks will fit into either of the rack guides inside of the toaster oven (see Figure). USING THE KEEP WARM FUNCTION • The bake function may be used to bake cake, cookies, poultry, beef and pork. • When you select the bake function, the bake indicator light will illuminate. – The default Time is 30 minutes. – The default Temperature is 450°F. • Both Time and Temperature are adjustable. • Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and the “▼” button to decrease the time. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...). • Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD display. Press the “▲” button to increase the temperature and “▼” button to decrease the temperature. Temperature changes in 25° increments each time you press “▲” or “▼”. • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up. • When the baking cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “---“ will appear on the display and the “Bake” indicator light will turn off. • Plug the toaster oven into an electrical outlet. POSITIONING RACKS • When the broiling cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “---” will appear on the display and the “Broil” indicator light will turn off. USING THE BAKE FUNCTION • Insert bottom rack over hooks on glass door so rack moves with door. 8 • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. BEEPER FUNCTION If you are using your toaster oven for the first time, please be sure to: – – – FOLD – – – READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – LEARNING ABOUT YOUR TOASTER OVEN • Do not touch hot surface. Use oven handles or knobs. Always use oven mitts when handling hot materials and allow metal parts to cool before cleaning. Allow the unit to cool thoroughly before putting in or taking off parts. • When the unit is not in use and before cleaning, unplug the toaster oven from the wall outlet. NOTE: Make sure the oven is turned off before unplugging. • To protect against electric shock, do not immerse cord, plug or any parts of the oven in water or other liquids. • Close supervision is necessary when this or any appliance is used near children. This appliance is not for use by children. • Do not operate this or any appliance with a frayed or damaged cord or plug or after the appliance malfunctions or is dropped or has been damaged in any manner. • Do not use attachments not recommended by the manufacturer; they may cause fire, electric shock or personal injury. • Do not use outdoors or for commercial purposes. • Do not use this appliance for other than its intended use. • Do not let cord dangle over the edge of a tabletop or countertop or to touch hot surfaces. • Do not place appliance on or near a hot gas or electric burner, or in a heated oven or in a microwave oven. • Extreme caution should be used when using containers constructed of other than metal or glass. • A fire may occur if the oven is covered or touching flammable materials, including curtains, draperies, walls, and the like, when in operation. Do not store any item on the top of the oven during operation. • Do not store any materials, other than manufacturer’s recommended accessories, in this oven when not in use. • Do not place any flammable materials in the oven, such as paper, cardboard, plastic, or any materials that may catch fire or melt. • Do not cover the oven with metal foil. This will cause overheating of the appliance. • Oversized foods or metal utensils must not be inserted in the appliance, as they may create a fire or risk of electric shock. • Do not clean with metal scouring pads. Pieces can break off the pad and touch electrical parts involving a risk of electric shock. • When broiling, use extreme caution when removing tray or disposing of hot grease or other hot liquids. • To turn this appliance off, return all controls to the “OFF” position. • When operating the oven keep at least four inches of space on all sides of oven to allow for adequate air circulation. FOR PREPARING YOUR TOASTER OVEN WELCOME Congratulations on your purchase of an OSTER® 6-Slice Toaster Oven! To learn more about OSTER® products, please visit us at www.oster.com. 1 When using electrical appliances, basic safety precautions should always be followed including the following: T HIS U NIT I S – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS FIGURE 2 English-5 English-6 – – – F OLD – – – – – – F OLD – – – English-7 Printed in China Imprimé en Chine Impreso en China Español-1 Distruibido por Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431 ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Todos los derechos reservados. In Canada – If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service, please call 1.800.667.8623 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you. www.oster.com In the U.S.A. – If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service, please call 1.800.334.0759 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you. EE.UU. : 1.800.334.0759 Canadá : 1.800.667.8623 How to Obtain Warranty Service Para preguntas sobre los productos llame: Sunbeam Consumer Service This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from province to province, state to state or jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Some provinces, states or jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusion may not apply to you. Distribué par Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida 33431 OSTER® est une marque déposée de Sunbeam Products, Inc. ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Tous droits réservés. www.oster.com 09.37 États-Unis : 1.800.334.0759 Canada : 1.800.667.8623 30 Pour les questions de produit: Sunbeam Consumer Service Sunbeam shall not be liable for any damages of any kind resulting from the purchase, use or misuse of, or inability to use the product including incidental, special, consequential or similar damages or loss of profits, or for any breach of contract, fundamental or otherwise, or for any claim brought against purchaser by any other party. may 2003 bo b Sunbeam disclaims all other warranties, conditions or representations, express, implied, statutory or otherwise. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, any implied warranty or condition of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose is limited in duration to the duration of the above warranty. Sunbeam shall not be liable for any incidental or consequential damages caused by the breach of any express, implied or statutory warranty or condition. Distributed by Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431 OSTER® is a registered trademark of Sunbeam Products, Inc. What Are the Limits on Sunbeam’s Liability? ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. All rights reserved. This warranty does not cover normal wear of parts or damage resulting from any of the following: negligent use or misuse of the product, use on improper voltage or current, use contrary to the operating instructions, disassembly, repair or alteration by anyone other than Sunbeam or an authorized Sunbeam service center. Further, the warranty does not cover: Acts of God, such as fire, flood, hurricanes and tornadoes. www.oster.com USA : 1.800.334.0759 Canada : 1.800.667.8623 This warranty is valid for the original retail purchaser from the date of initial retail purchase and is not transferable. Keep the original sales receipt. Proof of purchase is required to obtain warranty performance. Sunbeam dealers, service centers, or retail stores selling Sunbeam products do not have the right to alter, modify or any way change the terms and conditions of this warranty. For product questions contact: Sunbeam Consumer Service Sunbeam Products, Inc., or if in Canada, Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited (collectively “Sunbeam”) warrants that for a period of one year from the date of purchase, this product will be free from defects in material and workmanship. Sunbeam, at its option, will repair or replace this product or any component of the product found to be defective during the warranty period. Replacement will be made with a new or remanufactured product or component. If the product is no longer available, replacement may be made with a similar product of equal or greater value. This is your exclusive warranty. Visit us at www.oster.com 1c. Luz indicadora de las posiciones del nivel de tostado – Le permite ver la posición de nivel de tostado seleccionada. 1a. Visor de cristal líquido – Para observar con facilidad las posiciones de tiempo y temperatura Enchufe la unidad. En el visor de cristal líquido se presentará “- - -”. No se encenderán las luces indicadoras. Cada vez que pulse un botón, se escuchará una señal audible de confirmación. 1e STOP START 1d Keep Warm CÓMO USAR EL HORNO-TOSTADORA 1. Panel de controles digitales BENEFICIOS DE LAS FUNCIONES HORNO-TOSTADORA DEL Toast 1b • Enchufe el horno-tostadora en un tomacorriente. Broil • Inserte el rack inferior sobre ganchos, en la puerta de vidrio, para que se mueva con ésta. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 1. Panel de controles digitales 7 1a. Visor de cristal líquido 1b. Botones y luces indicadores de las funciones Hornear, Asar, Tostar y Mantener Caliente 1c. Indicador de posiciones de niveles de tostado 1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar 4 1e. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Parar 1f. Botón y luces indicadoras de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura Visor Paredes interiores autolimpiantes Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar Rack de avance automático Rack de dos posiciones Dos racks de rejilla removibles/reversibles Bandeja para migas removible Bake • Elija un lugar dónde colocar el horno-tostadora. Debe ser un área abierta sobre una superficie de trabajo plana, que tenga cerca un tomacorriente para enchufar el cable. SELECT Time Temp 1f • Seque bien la unidad antes de usarla. • Limpiar los racks, la bandeja y la plancha con agua caliente, una pequeña cantidad de líquido lavaplatos y una esponja o paño de limpieza no abrasivo. NO SUMERJA LA CARCASA DE LA UNIDAD EN AGUA. Toast Color 1c 1a • Abrir la puerta del horno y retirar toda la documentación y papeles impresos. 6 2 • Retirar los autoadhesivos de la superficie del horno. 8 5 Cuando use el horno-tostadora por primera vez, asegúrese de: PREPARACIÓN DEL HORNO-TOSTADORA Keep Warm 7. Dos racks rejilla removibles/reversibles – Para adaptarse a múltiples alimentos y tamaños. Broil Bake SELECT Time Temp 6. Rack de dos posiciones – Se adapta a una amplia variedad de alimentos, desde pizza hasta grandes asados. Toast Color 3 4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar – Facilita sus necesidades de horneado y asado. Manual de Instrucciones 3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes – Los alimentos se disipan para una fácil limpieza. BIENVENIDOS PARA Manuel d’Instructions 5. Rack de avance automático – Para retirar fácilmente y en forma segura los alimentos cocidos. 1 2. Visor – Para ver cómo se cocinan los alimentos. Para reducir el riesgo de descarga eléctrica, este aparato cuenta con una clavija polarizada (una pata es más ancha que la otra). Esta clavija entra sólo de una manera en un enchufe polarizado. Si la clavija no encaja en el enchufe simplemente colóquela al revés. Si aún así no encaja llame a un electricista calificado. De ninguna manera intente modificar esta medida de seguridad. ESTA UNIDAD ES 6239 Toast ¡Felicitaciones por su compra de un Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas. Para aprender más sobre productos OSTER ®, por favor visítenos en www.oster.com! PRECAUCIONES IMPORTANTES MODEL/MODÈLE MODELO 8. Bandeja para migas removible – Facilita la limpieza de migas y los restos de alimentos. STOP START ACERCA DE SU HORNO-TOSTADORA Cuando use algún aparato eléctrico siempre deben seguirse precauciones básicas de seguridad incluyendo las siguientes: P.N. 111339 NOTA: Deberá pulsar uno de los botones de los menús “mantener caliente”, “asar”, “hornear” o “tostar” para que comience a funcionar la unidad. Después podrá ajustar el tiempo y la temperatura. 1b. Botones y luz indicadora de las funciones Hornear, Asar, Tostar y Mantener Caliente – Los botones son de fácil lectura y uso. La luz indicadora mostrará la opción seleccionada (hornear, asar, tostar o mantener caliente). LEA TODAS LAS INSTRUCCIONES ANTES DE USAR One-Year Limited Warranty Español-3 1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar – Pulse este botón para comenzar a usar todas las funciones y se encenderá la luz indicadora correspondiente. • No toque la superficie caliente. Use las asas o perillas del horno. Siempre colóquese guantes al manipular materiales calientes y deje que las partes de metal se enfríen antes de limpiarlas. Permita que la unidad se enfríe bien antes de poner o quitar piezas. • Cuando no use la unidad y antes de limpiarla, desenchufe el horno-tostadora del tomacorriente. NOTA: Asegúrese de apagar el horno antes de desenchufarlo. • Para protegerse contra choques eléctricos, no sumerja el cable, el enchufe ni parte alguna del horno en agua u otros líquidos. • Éste o cualquier otro electrodoméstico debe usarse bajo estricta vigilancia en presencia de niños. Este electrodoméstico no debe ser utilizado por niños. • No opere ni éste ni ningún electrodoméstico que tenga el cable o enchufe gastado o dañado ni después de mal funcionamiento, caída o daño alguno del equipo. • No use accesorios no recomendados por el fabricante; podrían causar incendios, golpes eléctricos o lesiones personales. • No use en exteriores ni para propósitos comerciales. • No use este electrodoméstico para un propósito distinto de aquél para el cual fue diseñado. • No deje que el cable cuelgue del borde de la mesa o superficie de trabajo ni que toque superficies calientes. • No coloque el electrodoméstico sobre o cerca de un mechero eléctrico o a gas caliente, en un horno caliente o en un horno a microondas. • Ponga extremo cuidado cuando use recipientes de un material diferente a metal o vidrio. • El horno cubierto o en contacto con material inflamable, incluidas cortinas, tapicería, paredes o elementos similares mientras está en funcionamiento podría causar un incendio. No coloque nada sobre el horno mientras lo esté usando. • No guarde en este horno cuando no lo use ningún material distinto a los accesorios recomendados por el fabricante. • No coloque en el horno material inflamable, como por ejemplo papel, cartón, plástico, ni ningún otro material que pudiere incendiarse o derretirse. • No cubra el horno con papel metalizado, pues podría recalentarse el electrodoméstico. • No inserte en el electrodoméstico alimentos de gran tamaño ni utensilios de metal, pues podrían causar incendio o riesgo de choques eléctricos. • No limpie con esponja de metal. Las partes del aparato podrían romperla y tocar piezas eléctricas, con el consiguiente riesgo de choques eléctricos. • Al asar, ponga extremo cuidado en retirar la bandeja o disponer de la grasa o cualquier otro líquido caliente. • Para apagar este electrodoméstico, lleve todos los controles a la posición “OFF”. • Al operar el horno, deje una separación mínima de cuatro pulgadas alrededor del aparato para permitir la adecuada circulación de aire. In the U.S.A., this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Products, Inc., located in Boca Raton, Florida 33431. In Canada, this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited, located at 5975 Falbourne Street, Mississauga, Ontario L5R 3V8. OSTER® es una marca registrada de Sunbeam Products, Inc. Español-2 GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES PLEASE DO NOT RETURN THIS PRODUCT TO ANY OF THESE ADDRESSES OR TO THE PLACE OF PURCHASE. – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – User Manual 1f. Botón de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura – Permite conmutar entre el ajuste de temperatura y el temporizador. Mediante este botón, usted puede regular el tiempo y la temperatura deseada. Con el botón “▲”, usted puede aumentar la temperatura o el tiempo; para disminuirlos, use el botón “▼”. 1e. Botón Parar – Le permite detener en cualquier momento las funciones de horneado, asado, tostado o mantener caliente. USO DOMÉSTICO SOLAMENTE – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – 6-Slice Toaster Oven Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas Grille-Pain Four de 6 Tranches (1) When you plug the unit in, the beeper sounds once and “ - - - ”appears in the LCD. (2) When you press one of the four menu buttons the beeper will sound one time. (3) When you press the adjustable button, every time you press the button, the beeper will sound once. If you press the button continually, the beeper only sounds one time. (4) When you press the start button the beeper will sound once, and “:” will flash, that means the unit is in operation. Once the unit has begun the cooking cycle, the menu selection, time or temperature cannot be changed. The unit must be stopped and reset. (5) When the unit is in operation, press the stop button, the beeper will sound once and the unit will stop operation. (6) At the end of pre-set time, the unit will sound a long beep to remind you the work is done. • Remove any stickers from the surface of the oven. 3 7 1. Digital Control Panel 1a. LCD Display 1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator Lights 1c. Toast Shade Setting Indicator 1d. Start Button and Indicator Light 1e. Stop Button and Indicator Light 1f. Timer and Temperature Setting Button and Indicator Lights 2. Viewing Window 3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls 4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray 5. Auto Advance Rack 6. Two Rack Positions 7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks 8. Removable Crumb Tray • Open oven door and remove all printed documents and paper from inside the toaster oven. • Clean the racks, tray, and pan with hot water, a small amount of dishwashing liquid and a non-abrasive sponge or cleaning pad. DO NOT IMMERSE THE BODY OF THE UNIT IN WATER. Toast Color Time Temp SELECT Bake Broil Toast Keep Warm START • Dry the unit thoroughly before using. STOP • Select a location for the toaster oven. The location should be in an open area on a flat counter where the plug will reach an outlet. 4 5 6 2 1a USING YOUR TOASTER OVEN 1c Toast Color Plug the unit in, “- - -” will appear in the LCD. The indicator lights will not illuminate. Every time that you press a button, your oven will make a confirmation beep. 1f NOTE: You will need to press one of the menu buttons “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, or “toast” for the unit to start. Then you can set the Time and Temperature. Time Temp TOASTER OVEN FEATURE BENEFITS SELECT 1. Digital Control Panel 1a. LCD Display – For easy viewing of temperature and time settings 1b 1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator Light – Buttons are easy to read and easy to use. The indicator light will show what option (bake, broil, toast or 1d keep warm) has been selected. 1e 1c. Toast Shade Setting Indicator Light – Allows you to visually see the toaster shade setting selected. 1d. Start Button and Indicator Light – Press this button to begin all functions and the according indicator light will illuminate. 1e. Stop Button – Allows you to stop the baking, broiling, toasting or keep warm function at any time. 1f. Timer and Temperature Setting Button – Allows you to toggle between the temperature and timer setting. The buttons allow you to set the time and temperature you desire. The “▲” button allows you to increase the temperature or time and the “▼” button to decrease the temperature or time. 2. Viewing Window – Allows you to see food cooking. 3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls – Allows food to dissipate off for easy cleaning. 4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray – Makes all of your baking and broiling needs easy. 5. Auto Advance Rack – For easy and safe removal of cooked foods. 6. Two Rack Positions – To accommodate a wide variety of foods from pizza to tall roasts. 7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks – To accommodate multiple foods and sizes. 8. Removable Crumb Tray – Allows for easy cleaning of crumbs and fallen food particles. Bake MENU BUTTONS Broil If you press one of the buttons from the four menus, “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, “toast”, the corresponding indicator light will illuminate and the LCD will display the default time setting. You will then be able to toggle between Time and Temperature with the Time/Temp button. Toast Keep Warm START SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS H OUSEHOLD U SE O NLY To reduce the risk of electrical shock, this appliance has a polarized plug (one blade is wider than the other). This plug fits a polarized outlet only one way; if the plug does not fit fully into the outlet, reverse the plug. If it still does not fit, contact a qualified electrician. Do not attempt to defeat this safety feature. English-1 Time: Press the “▲” button to increase the time or press the “▼” button to decrease time. STOP Temperature: Press the “▲” button to increase the temperature or press the “▼” button to decrease temperature. Before removing the racks allow the unit to cool. • The keep warm function is for defrosting foods or keeping food warm. To remove a rack, open the oven door and pull the rack towards the front of the oven. The rack will slide on the rack guides on the inside of the oven. NOTE: For best results, do not set the timer more than 60 minutes because the food will no longer warm but overcook. Positioning of the rack will depend on the size of the food and desired browning. • When you select the Keep Warm function, the Keep Warm indicator light will illuminate. NOTE: Lower rack will not auto advance unless the rack is inside hooks on the glass door. – The default Time is 30 minutes. TIPS: – The default Temperature is 150°F and is NOT adjustable. Adjust rack downward to prevent top browning and upward to prevent bottom burning. • Time is adjustable and can be set at a maximum of 120 minutes. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes . . . ). For best toasting results, position the rack in the up position on the lower rack guide. When broiling, position the rack in the up position on the upper rack guide. • Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and “▼” button to decrease the time. To replace the rack in the oven, align rack in rack guide and slide toward the back of the oven. NOTE: Heating elements may cycle ON and OFF to maintain the desired temperature. • Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD. CLEANING YOUR TOASTER OVEN • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up. Before cleaning your OSTER® Toaster Oven, unplug it and allow it to cool. To clean, wipe with damp cloth. DO NOT IMMERSE IN WATER! Make sure to use only mild, soapy water. Abrasive cleaners, scrubbing brushes and chemical cleaners will damage the continuous clean coating on this unit. Empty crumb tray frequently to avoid accumulation of crumbs. • When the Keep Warm cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “ – – – ” will appear on the display and the “Key Warm” indicator light will turn off. STORING YOUR TOASTER OVEN USING THE TOAST FUNCTION • The toast function may be used to toast bread, muffins and waffles or your favorite recipe according to package or recipe instructions. Allow the appliance to cool completely before storing. If storing the toaster oven for long periods of time make certain that the toaster oven is clean and free of food particles. Store the toaster oven in a dry location such as on a table or countertop or in a cupboard shelf. Wind the electrical cord around the cord storage brackets. Other than the recommended cleaning, no further user maintenance should be necessary. • When you select the Toast function, the toast indicator light will illuminate. • The default temperature is 450°F. The temperature is not adjustable. USING THE BROIL FUNCTION The maximum cooking time is 120 minutes (2 hours), the time will appear in the LCD display. • The broil function may be used to broil steak, fillets, poultry and other favorite foods according to package or recipe instructions. START BUTTON • When broiling, always use baking/broiling tray with the broiling insert. • Set the Toast Shade Setting: (See Figure 1) The default setting is the lightest toast shade option. Press the “▲” or “▼” buttons on either side of the Toast button. Press the “▲” button to increase the toast shade and “▼” button to decrease the toast shade. The toast shade indicator lights above the LCD panel will illuminate. (See Figure 2) • Close the door to the first notch, leaving approximately a 3-inch gap at the top. Press this button to begin all functions and the corresponding indicator light will illuminate. If you do not press the “start” button within 30 seconds of choosing your menu selection, the LCD display will go back to “- - -” and all indicator lights will turn off. • When you select the broil function, the broil indicator light will illuminate. NOTE: No default time or temperature will appear when the Time/Temperature button is pressed. The Toast Shade setting can only be adjusted with the toast “▲” or toast “▼” button. – The default Time is 30 minutes. – The default Temperature is 450°F. The temperature cannot be adjusted. • The Time is adjustable. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...). STOP BUTTON Press this button to turn off the power. The display will revert to “- - -”. When the operation is finished or you press the “stop” button, the unit will turn off, “- - -” will appear in the LCD and all of the indicator lights will turn off. • Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and “▼” button to decrease the time. English-3 Broil Toast FIGURE 1 Toast Color • When the toasting cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “– – –” will appear on the display and the “Toast” indicator light will turn off. English-4 Bake Keep Warm • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. After the temperature appears on LCD for 30 seconds, the LCD will go back to show time automatically. NOTE: During broiling, only top heating element will heat up. English-2 To accommodate a wide variety of foods the oven has two reversible racks and two rack positions. The racks can be inserted in the oven in the up position or down position. The racks will fit into either of the rack guides inside of the toaster oven (see Figure). USING THE KEEP WARM FUNCTION • The bake function may be used to bake cake, cookies, poultry, beef and pork. • When you select the bake function, the bake indicator light will illuminate. – The default Time is 30 minutes. – The default Temperature is 450°F. • Both Time and Temperature are adjustable. • Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and the “▼” button to decrease the time. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...). • Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD display. Press the “▲” button to increase the temperature and “▼” button to decrease the temperature. Temperature changes in 25° increments each time you press “▲” or “▼”. • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up. • When the baking cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “---“ will appear on the display and the “Bake” indicator light will turn off. • Plug the toaster oven into an electrical outlet. POSITIONING RACKS • When the broiling cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “---” will appear on the display and the “Broil” indicator light will turn off. USING THE BAKE FUNCTION • Insert bottom rack over hooks on glass door so rack moves with door. 8 • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. BEEPER FUNCTION If you are using your toaster oven for the first time, please be sure to: – – – FOLD – – – READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – LEARNING ABOUT YOUR TOASTER OVEN • Do not touch hot surface. Use oven handles or knobs. Always use oven mitts when handling hot materials and allow metal parts to cool before cleaning. Allow the unit to cool thoroughly before putting in or taking off parts. • When the unit is not in use and before cleaning, unplug the toaster oven from the wall outlet. NOTE: Make sure the oven is turned off before unplugging. • To protect against electric shock, do not immerse cord, plug or any parts of the oven in water or other liquids. • Close supervision is necessary when this or any appliance is used near children. This appliance is not for use by children. • Do not operate this or any appliance with a frayed or damaged cord or plug or after the appliance malfunctions or is dropped or has been damaged in any manner. • Do not use attachments not recommended by the manufacturer; they may cause fire, electric shock or personal injury. • Do not use outdoors or for commercial purposes. • Do not use this appliance for other than its intended use. • Do not let cord dangle over the edge of a tabletop or countertop or to touch hot surfaces. • Do not place appliance on or near a hot gas or electric burner, or in a heated oven or in a microwave oven. • Extreme caution should be used when using containers constructed of other than metal or glass. • A fire may occur if the oven is covered or touching flammable materials, including curtains, draperies, walls, and the like, when in operation. Do not store any item on the top of the oven during operation. • Do not store any materials, other than manufacturer’s recommended accessories, in this oven when not in use. • Do not place any flammable materials in the oven, such as paper, cardboard, plastic, or any materials that may catch fire or melt. • Do not cover the oven with metal foil. This will cause overheating of the appliance. • Oversized foods or metal utensils must not be inserted in the appliance, as they may create a fire or risk of electric shock. • Do not clean with metal scouring pads. Pieces can break off the pad and touch electrical parts involving a risk of electric shock. • When broiling, use extreme caution when removing tray or disposing of hot grease or other hot liquids. • To turn this appliance off, return all controls to the “OFF” position. • When operating the oven keep at least four inches of space on all sides of oven to allow for adequate air circulation. FOR PREPARING YOUR TOASTER OVEN WELCOME Congratulations on your purchase of an OSTER® 6-Slice Toaster Oven! To learn more about OSTER® products, please visit us at www.oster.com. 1 When using electrical appliances, basic safety precautions should always be followed including the following: T HIS U NIT I S – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS FIGURE 2 English-5 English-6 – – – F OLD – – – – – – F OLD – – – English-7 Printed in China Imprimé en Chine Impreso en China Español-1 Distruibido por Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431 ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Todos los derechos reservados. In Canada – If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service, please call 1.800.667.8623 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you. www.oster.com In the U.S.A. – If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service, please call 1.800.334.0759 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you. EE.UU. : 1.800.334.0759 Canadá : 1.800.667.8623 How to Obtain Warranty Service Para preguntas sobre los productos llame: Sunbeam Consumer Service This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from province to province, state to state or jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Some provinces, states or jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusion may not apply to you. Distribué par Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida 33431 OSTER® est une marque déposée de Sunbeam Products, Inc. ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Tous droits réservés. www.oster.com 09.37 États-Unis : 1.800.334.0759 Canada : 1.800.667.8623 30 Pour les questions de produit: Sunbeam Consumer Service Sunbeam shall not be liable for any damages of any kind resulting from the purchase, use or misuse of, or inability to use the product including incidental, special, consequential or similar damages or loss of profits, or for any breach of contract, fundamental or otherwise, or for any claim brought against purchaser by any other party. may 2003 bo b Sunbeam disclaims all other warranties, conditions or representations, express, implied, statutory or otherwise. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, any implied warranty or condition of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose is limited in duration to the duration of the above warranty. Sunbeam shall not be liable for any incidental or consequential damages caused by the breach of any express, implied or statutory warranty or condition. Distributed by Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431 OSTER® is a registered trademark of Sunbeam Products, Inc. What Are the Limits on Sunbeam’s Liability? ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. All rights reserved. This warranty does not cover normal wear of parts or damage resulting from any of the following: negligent use or misuse of the product, use on improper voltage or current, use contrary to the operating instructions, disassembly, repair or alteration by anyone other than Sunbeam or an authorized Sunbeam service center. Further, the warranty does not cover: Acts of God, such as fire, flood, hurricanes and tornadoes. www.oster.com USA : 1.800.334.0759 Canada : 1.800.667.8623 This warranty is valid for the original retail purchaser from the date of initial retail purchase and is not transferable. Keep the original sales receipt. Proof of purchase is required to obtain warranty performance. Sunbeam dealers, service centers, or retail stores selling Sunbeam products do not have the right to alter, modify or any way change the terms and conditions of this warranty. For product questions contact: Sunbeam Consumer Service Sunbeam Products, Inc., or if in Canada, Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited (collectively “Sunbeam”) warrants that for a period of one year from the date of purchase, this product will be free from defects in material and workmanship. Sunbeam, at its option, will repair or replace this product or any component of the product found to be defective during the warranty period. Replacement will be made with a new or remanufactured product or component. If the product is no longer available, replacement may be made with a similar product of equal or greater value. This is your exclusive warranty. Visit us at www.oster.com 1c. Luz indicadora de las posiciones del nivel de tostado – Le permite ver la posición de nivel de tostado seleccionada. 1a. Visor de cristal líquido – Para observar con facilidad las posiciones de tiempo y temperatura Enchufe la unidad. En el visor de cristal líquido se presentará “- - -”. No se encenderán las luces indicadoras. Cada vez que pulse un botón, se escuchará una señal audible de confirmación. 1e STOP START 1d Keep Warm CÓMO USAR EL HORNO-TOSTADORA 1. Panel de controles digitales BENEFICIOS DE LAS FUNCIONES HORNO-TOSTADORA DEL Toast 1b • Enchufe el horno-tostadora en un tomacorriente. Broil • Inserte el rack inferior sobre ganchos, en la puerta de vidrio, para que se mueva con ésta. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 1. Panel de controles digitales 7 1a. Visor de cristal líquido 1b. Botones y luces indicadores de las funciones Hornear, Asar, Tostar y Mantener Caliente 1c. Indicador de posiciones de niveles de tostado 1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar 4 1e. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Parar 1f. Botón y luces indicadoras de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura Visor Paredes interiores autolimpiantes Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar Rack de avance automático Rack de dos posiciones Dos racks de rejilla removibles/reversibles Bandeja para migas removible Bake • Elija un lugar dónde colocar el horno-tostadora. Debe ser un área abierta sobre una superficie de trabajo plana, que tenga cerca un tomacorriente para enchufar el cable. SELECT Time Temp 1f • Seque bien la unidad antes de usarla. • Limpiar los racks, la bandeja y la plancha con agua caliente, una pequeña cantidad de líquido lavaplatos y una esponja o paño de limpieza no abrasivo. NO SUMERJA LA CARCASA DE LA UNIDAD EN AGUA. Toast Color 1c 1a • Abrir la puerta del horno y retirar toda la documentación y papeles impresos. 6 2 • Retirar los autoadhesivos de la superficie del horno. 8 5 Cuando use el horno-tostadora por primera vez, asegúrese de: PREPARACIÓN DEL HORNO-TOSTADORA Keep Warm 7. Dos racks rejilla removibles/reversibles – Para adaptarse a múltiples alimentos y tamaños. Broil Bake SELECT Time Temp 6. Rack de dos posiciones – Se adapta a una amplia variedad de alimentos, desde pizza hasta grandes asados. Toast Color 3 4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar – Facilita sus necesidades de horneado y asado. Manual de Instrucciones 3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes – Los alimentos se disipan para una fácil limpieza. BIENVENIDOS PARA Manuel d’Instructions 5. Rack de avance automático – Para retirar fácilmente y en forma segura los alimentos cocidos. 1 2. Visor – Para ver cómo se cocinan los alimentos. Para reducir el riesgo de descarga eléctrica, este aparato cuenta con una clavija polarizada (una pata es más ancha que la otra). Esta clavija entra sólo de una manera en un enchufe polarizado. Si la clavija no encaja en el enchufe simplemente colóquela al revés. Si aún así no encaja llame a un electricista calificado. De ninguna manera intente modificar esta medida de seguridad. ESTA UNIDAD ES 6239 Toast ¡Felicitaciones por su compra de un Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas. Para aprender más sobre productos OSTER ®, por favor visítenos en www.oster.com! PRECAUCIONES IMPORTANTES MODEL/MODÈLE MODELO 8. Bandeja para migas removible – Facilita la limpieza de migas y los restos de alimentos. STOP START ACERCA DE SU HORNO-TOSTADORA Cuando use algún aparato eléctrico siempre deben seguirse precauciones básicas de seguridad incluyendo las siguientes: P.N. 111339 NOTA: Deberá pulsar uno de los botones de los menús “mantener caliente”, “asar”, “hornear” o “tostar” para que comience a funcionar la unidad. Después podrá ajustar el tiempo y la temperatura. 1b. Botones y luz indicadora de las funciones Hornear, Asar, Tostar y Mantener Caliente – Los botones son de fácil lectura y uso. La luz indicadora mostrará la opción seleccionada (hornear, asar, tostar o mantener caliente). LEA TODAS LAS INSTRUCCIONES ANTES DE USAR One-Year Limited Warranty Español-3 1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar – Pulse este botón para comenzar a usar todas las funciones y se encenderá la luz indicadora correspondiente. • No toque la superficie caliente. Use las asas o perillas del horno. Siempre colóquese guantes al manipular materiales calientes y deje que las partes de metal se enfríen antes de limpiarlas. Permita que la unidad se enfríe bien antes de poner o quitar piezas. • Cuando no use la unidad y antes de limpiarla, desenchufe el horno-tostadora del tomacorriente. NOTA: Asegúrese de apagar el horno antes de desenchufarlo. • Para protegerse contra choques eléctricos, no sumerja el cable, el enchufe ni parte alguna del horno en agua u otros líquidos. • Éste o cualquier otro electrodoméstico debe usarse bajo estricta vigilancia en presencia de niños. Este electrodoméstico no debe ser utilizado por niños. • No opere ni éste ni ningún electrodoméstico que tenga el cable o enchufe gastado o dañado ni después de mal funcionamiento, caída o daño alguno del equipo. • No use accesorios no recomendados por el fabricante; podrían causar incendios, golpes eléctricos o lesiones personales. • No use en exteriores ni para propósitos comerciales. • No use este electrodoméstico para un propósito distinto de aquél para el cual fue diseñado. • No deje que el cable cuelgue del borde de la mesa o superficie de trabajo ni que toque superficies calientes. • No coloque el electrodoméstico sobre o cerca de un mechero eléctrico o a gas caliente, en un horno caliente o en un horno a microondas. • Ponga extremo cuidado cuando use recipientes de un material diferente a metal o vidrio. • El horno cubierto o en contacto con material inflamable, incluidas cortinas, tapicería, paredes o elementos similares mientras está en funcionamiento podría causar un incendio. No coloque nada sobre el horno mientras lo esté usando. • No guarde en este horno cuando no lo use ningún material distinto a los accesorios recomendados por el fabricante. • No coloque en el horno material inflamable, como por ejemplo papel, cartón, plástico, ni ningún otro material que pudiere incendiarse o derretirse. • No cubra el horno con papel metalizado, pues podría recalentarse el electrodoméstico. • No inserte en el electrodoméstico alimentos de gran tamaño ni utensilios de metal, pues podrían causar incendio o riesgo de choques eléctricos. • No limpie con esponja de metal. Las partes del aparato podrían romperla y tocar piezas eléctricas, con el consiguiente riesgo de choques eléctricos. • Al asar, ponga extremo cuidado en retirar la bandeja o disponer de la grasa o cualquier otro líquido caliente. • Para apagar este electrodoméstico, lleve todos los controles a la posición “OFF”. • Al operar el horno, deje una separación mínima de cuatro pulgadas alrededor del aparato para permitir la adecuada circulación de aire. In the U.S.A., this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Products, Inc., located in Boca Raton, Florida 33431. In Canada, this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited, located at 5975 Falbourne Street, Mississauga, Ontario L5R 3V8. OSTER® es una marca registrada de Sunbeam Products, Inc. Español-2 GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES PLEASE DO NOT RETURN THIS PRODUCT TO ANY OF THESE ADDRESSES OR TO THE PLACE OF PURCHASE. – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – User Manual 1f. Botón de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura – Permite conmutar entre el ajuste de temperatura y el temporizador. Mediante este botón, usted puede regular el tiempo y la temperatura deseada. Con el botón “▲”, usted puede aumentar la temperatura o el tiempo; para disminuirlos, use el botón “▼”. 1e. Botón Parar – Le permite detener en cualquier momento las funciones de horneado, asado, tostado o mantener caliente. USO DOMÉSTICO SOLAMENTE – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – 6-Slice Toaster Oven Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas Grille-Pain Four de 6 Tranches (1) When you plug the unit in, the beeper sounds once and “ - - - ”appears in the LCD. (2) When you press one of the four menu buttons the beeper will sound one time. (3) When you press the adjustable button, every time you press the button, the beeper will sound once. If you press the button continually, the beeper only sounds one time. (4) When you press the start button the beeper will sound once, and “:” will flash, that means the unit is in operation. Once the unit has begun the cooking cycle, the menu selection, time or temperature cannot be changed. The unit must be stopped and reset. (5) When the unit is in operation, press the stop button, the beeper will sound once and the unit will stop operation. (6) At the end of pre-set time, the unit will sound a long beep to remind you the work is done. • Remove any stickers from the surface of the oven. 3 7 1. Digital Control Panel 1a. LCD Display 1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator Lights 1c. Toast Shade Setting Indicator 1d. Start Button and Indicator Light 1e. Stop Button and Indicator Light 1f. Timer and Temperature Setting Button and Indicator Lights 2. Viewing Window 3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls 4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray 5. Auto Advance Rack 6. Two Rack Positions 7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks 8. Removable Crumb Tray • Open oven door and remove all printed documents and paper from inside the toaster oven. • Clean the racks, tray, and pan with hot water, a small amount of dishwashing liquid and a non-abrasive sponge or cleaning pad. DO NOT IMMERSE THE BODY OF THE UNIT IN WATER. Toast Color Time Temp SELECT Bake Broil Toast Keep Warm START • Dry the unit thoroughly before using. STOP • Select a location for the toaster oven. The location should be in an open area on a flat counter where the plug will reach an outlet. 4 5 6 2 1a USING YOUR TOASTER OVEN 1c Toast Color Plug the unit in, “- - -” will appear in the LCD. The indicator lights will not illuminate. Every time that you press a button, your oven will make a confirmation beep. 1f NOTE: You will need to press one of the menu buttons “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, or “toast” for the unit to start. Then you can set the Time and Temperature. Time Temp TOASTER OVEN FEATURE BENEFITS SELECT 1. Digital Control Panel 1a. LCD Display – For easy viewing of temperature and time settings 1b 1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator Light – Buttons are easy to read and easy to use. The indicator light will show what option (bake, broil, toast or 1d keep warm) has been selected. 1e 1c. Toast Shade Setting Indicator Light – Allows you to visually see the toaster shade setting selected. 1d. Start Button and Indicator Light – Press this button to begin all functions and the according indicator light will illuminate. 1e. Stop Button – Allows you to stop the baking, broiling, toasting or keep warm function at any time. 1f. Timer and Temperature Setting Button – Allows you to toggle between the temperature and timer setting. The buttons allow you to set the time and temperature you desire. The “▲” button allows you to increase the temperature or time and the “▼” button to decrease the temperature or time. 2. Viewing Window – Allows you to see food cooking. 3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls – Allows food to dissipate off for easy cleaning. 4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray – Makes all of your baking and broiling needs easy. 5. Auto Advance Rack – For easy and safe removal of cooked foods. 6. Two Rack Positions – To accommodate a wide variety of foods from pizza to tall roasts. 7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks – To accommodate multiple foods and sizes. 8. Removable Crumb Tray – Allows for easy cleaning of crumbs and fallen food particles. Bake MENU BUTTONS Broil If you press one of the buttons from the four menus, “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, “toast”, the corresponding indicator light will illuminate and the LCD will display the default time setting. You will then be able to toggle between Time and Temperature with the Time/Temp button. Toast Keep Warm START SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS H OUSEHOLD U SE O NLY To reduce the risk of electrical shock, this appliance has a polarized plug (one blade is wider than the other). This plug fits a polarized outlet only one way; if the plug does not fit fully into the outlet, reverse the plug. If it still does not fit, contact a qualified electrician. Do not attempt to defeat this safety feature. English-1 Time: Press the “▲” button to increase the time or press the “▼” button to decrease time. STOP Temperature: Press the “▲” button to increase the temperature or press the “▼” button to decrease temperature. Before removing the racks allow the unit to cool. • The keep warm function is for defrosting foods or keeping food warm. To remove a rack, open the oven door and pull the rack towards the front of the oven. The rack will slide on the rack guides on the inside of the oven. NOTE: For best results, do not set the timer more than 60 minutes because the food will no longer warm but overcook. Positioning of the rack will depend on the size of the food and desired browning. • When you select the Keep Warm function, the Keep Warm indicator light will illuminate. NOTE: Lower rack will not auto advance unless the rack is inside hooks on the glass door. – The default Time is 30 minutes. TIPS: – The default Temperature is 150°F and is NOT adjustable. Adjust rack downward to prevent top browning and upward to prevent bottom burning. • Time is adjustable and can be set at a maximum of 120 minutes. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes . . . ). For best toasting results, position the rack in the up position on the lower rack guide. When broiling, position the rack in the up position on the upper rack guide. • Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and “▼” button to decrease the time. To replace the rack in the oven, align rack in rack guide and slide toward the back of the oven. NOTE: Heating elements may cycle ON and OFF to maintain the desired temperature. • Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD. CLEANING YOUR TOASTER OVEN • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up. Before cleaning your OSTER® Toaster Oven, unplug it and allow it to cool. To clean, wipe with damp cloth. DO NOT IMMERSE IN WATER! Make sure to use only mild, soapy water. Abrasive cleaners, scrubbing brushes and chemical cleaners will damage the continuous clean coating on this unit. Empty crumb tray frequently to avoid accumulation of crumbs. • When the Keep Warm cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “ – – – ” will appear on the display and the “Key Warm” indicator light will turn off. STORING YOUR TOASTER OVEN USING THE TOAST FUNCTION • The toast function may be used to toast bread, muffins and waffles or your favorite recipe according to package or recipe instructions. Allow the appliance to cool completely before storing. If storing the toaster oven for long periods of time make certain that the toaster oven is clean and free of food particles. Store the toaster oven in a dry location such as on a table or countertop or in a cupboard shelf. Wind the electrical cord around the cord storage brackets. Other than the recommended cleaning, no further user maintenance should be necessary. • When you select the Toast function, the toast indicator light will illuminate. • The default temperature is 450°F. The temperature is not adjustable. USING THE BROIL FUNCTION The maximum cooking time is 120 minutes (2 hours), the time will appear in the LCD display. • The broil function may be used to broil steak, fillets, poultry and other favorite foods according to package or recipe instructions. START BUTTON • When broiling, always use baking/broiling tray with the broiling insert. • Set the Toast Shade Setting: (See Figure 1) The default setting is the lightest toast shade option. Press the “▲” or “▼” buttons on either side of the Toast button. Press the “▲” button to increase the toast shade and “▼” button to decrease the toast shade. The toast shade indicator lights above the LCD panel will illuminate. (See Figure 2) • Close the door to the first notch, leaving approximately a 3-inch gap at the top. Press this button to begin all functions and the corresponding indicator light will illuminate. If you do not press the “start” button within 30 seconds of choosing your menu selection, the LCD display will go back to “- - -” and all indicator lights will turn off. • When you select the broil function, the broil indicator light will illuminate. NOTE: No default time or temperature will appear when the Time/Temperature button is pressed. The Toast Shade setting can only be adjusted with the toast “▲” or toast “▼” button. – The default Time is 30 minutes. – The default Temperature is 450°F. The temperature cannot be adjusted. • The Time is adjustable. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...). STOP BUTTON Press this button to turn off the power. The display will revert to “- - -”. When the operation is finished or you press the “stop” button, the unit will turn off, “- - -” will appear in the LCD and all of the indicator lights will turn off. • Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and “▼” button to decrease the time. English-3 Broil Toast FIGURE 1 Toast Color • When the toasting cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “– – –” will appear on the display and the “Toast” indicator light will turn off. English-4 Bake Keep Warm • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. After the temperature appears on LCD for 30 seconds, the LCD will go back to show time automatically. NOTE: During broiling, only top heating element will heat up. English-2 To accommodate a wide variety of foods the oven has two reversible racks and two rack positions. The racks can be inserted in the oven in the up position or down position. The racks will fit into either of the rack guides inside of the toaster oven (see Figure). USING THE KEEP WARM FUNCTION • The bake function may be used to bake cake, cookies, poultry, beef and pork. • When you select the bake function, the bake indicator light will illuminate. – The default Time is 30 minutes. – The default Temperature is 450°F. • Both Time and Temperature are adjustable. • Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and the “▼” button to decrease the time. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...). • Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD display. Press the “▲” button to increase the temperature and “▼” button to decrease the temperature. Temperature changes in 25° increments each time you press “▲” or “▼”. • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up. • When the baking cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “---“ will appear on the display and the “Bake” indicator light will turn off. • Plug the toaster oven into an electrical outlet. POSITIONING RACKS • When the broiling cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “---” will appear on the display and the “Broil” indicator light will turn off. USING THE BAKE FUNCTION • Insert bottom rack over hooks on glass door so rack moves with door. 8 • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. BEEPER FUNCTION If you are using your toaster oven for the first time, please be sure to: – – – FOLD – – – READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – LEARNING ABOUT YOUR TOASTER OVEN • Do not touch hot surface. Use oven handles or knobs. Always use oven mitts when handling hot materials and allow metal parts to cool before cleaning. Allow the unit to cool thoroughly before putting in or taking off parts. • When the unit is not in use and before cleaning, unplug the toaster oven from the wall outlet. NOTE: Make sure the oven is turned off before unplugging. • To protect against electric shock, do not immerse cord, plug or any parts of the oven in water or other liquids. • Close supervision is necessary when this or any appliance is used near children. This appliance is not for use by children. • Do not operate this or any appliance with a frayed or damaged cord or plug or after the appliance malfunctions or is dropped or has been damaged in any manner. • Do not use attachments not recommended by the manufacturer; they may cause fire, electric shock or personal injury. • Do not use outdoors or for commercial purposes. • Do not use this appliance for other than its intended use. • Do not let cord dangle over the edge of a tabletop or countertop or to touch hot surfaces. • Do not place appliance on or near a hot gas or electric burner, or in a heated oven or in a microwave oven. • Extreme caution should be used when using containers constructed of other than metal or glass. • A fire may occur if the oven is covered or touching flammable materials, including curtains, draperies, walls, and the like, when in operation. Do not store any item on the top of the oven during operation. • Do not store any materials, other than manufacturer’s recommended accessories, in this oven when not in use. • Do not place any flammable materials in the oven, such as paper, cardboard, plastic, or any materials that may catch fire or melt. • Do not cover the oven with metal foil. This will cause overheating of the appliance. • Oversized foods or metal utensils must not be inserted in the appliance, as they may create a fire or risk of electric shock. • Do not clean with metal scouring pads. Pieces can break off the pad and touch electrical parts involving a risk of electric shock. • When broiling, use extreme caution when removing tray or disposing of hot grease or other hot liquids. • To turn this appliance off, return all controls to the “OFF” position. • When operating the oven keep at least four inches of space on all sides of oven to allow for adequate air circulation. FOR PREPARING YOUR TOASTER OVEN WELCOME Congratulations on your purchase of an OSTER® 6-Slice Toaster Oven! To learn more about OSTER® products, please visit us at www.oster.com. 1 When using electrical appliances, basic safety precautions should always be followed including the following: T HIS U NIT I S – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS FIGURE 2 English-5 English-6 – – – F OLD – – – – – – F OLD – – – English-7 Printed in China Imprimé en Chine Impreso en China Español-1 Distruibido por Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431 ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Todos los derechos reservados. In Canada – If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service, please call 1.800.667.8623 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you. www.oster.com In the U.S.A. – If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service, please call 1.800.334.0759 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you. EE.UU. : 1.800.334.0759 Canadá : 1.800.667.8623 How to Obtain Warranty Service Para preguntas sobre los productos llame: Sunbeam Consumer Service This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from province to province, state to state or jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Some provinces, states or jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusion may not apply to you. Distribué par Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida 33431 OSTER® est une marque déposée de Sunbeam Products, Inc. ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Tous droits réservés. www.oster.com 09.37 États-Unis : 1.800.334.0759 Canada : 1.800.667.8623 30 Pour les questions de produit: Sunbeam Consumer Service Sunbeam shall not be liable for any damages of any kind resulting from the purchase, use or misuse of, or inability to use the product including incidental, special, consequential or similar damages or loss of profits, or for any breach of contract, fundamental or otherwise, or for any claim brought against purchaser by any other party. may 2003 bo b Sunbeam disclaims all other warranties, conditions or representations, express, implied, statutory or otherwise. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, any implied warranty or condition of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose is limited in duration to the duration of the above warranty. Sunbeam shall not be liable for any incidental or consequential damages caused by the breach of any express, implied or statutory warranty or condition. Distributed by Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431 OSTER® is a registered trademark of Sunbeam Products, Inc. What Are the Limits on Sunbeam’s Liability? ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. All rights reserved. This warranty does not cover normal wear of parts or damage resulting from any of the following: negligent use or misuse of the product, use on improper voltage or current, use contrary to the operating instructions, disassembly, repair or alteration by anyone other than Sunbeam or an authorized Sunbeam service center. Further, the warranty does not cover: Acts of God, such as fire, flood, hurricanes and tornadoes. www.oster.com USA : 1.800.334.0759 Canada : 1.800.667.8623 This warranty is valid for the original retail purchaser from the date of initial retail purchase and is not transferable. Keep the original sales receipt. Proof of purchase is required to obtain warranty performance. Sunbeam dealers, service centers, or retail stores selling Sunbeam products do not have the right to alter, modify or any way change the terms and conditions of this warranty. For product questions contact: Sunbeam Consumer Service Sunbeam Products, Inc., or if in Canada, Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited (collectively “Sunbeam”) warrants that for a period of one year from the date of purchase, this product will be free from defects in material and workmanship. Sunbeam, at its option, will repair or replace this product or any component of the product found to be defective during the warranty period. Replacement will be made with a new or remanufactured product or component. If the product is no longer available, replacement may be made with a similar product of equal or greater value. This is your exclusive warranty. Visit us at www.oster.com 1c. Luz indicadora de las posiciones del nivel de tostado – Le permite ver la posición de nivel de tostado seleccionada. 1a. Visor de cristal líquido – Para observar con facilidad las posiciones de tiempo y temperatura Enchufe la unidad. En el visor de cristal líquido se presentará “- - -”. No se encenderán las luces indicadoras. Cada vez que pulse un botón, se escuchará una señal audible de confirmación. 1e STOP START 1d Keep Warm CÓMO USAR EL HORNO-TOSTADORA 1. Panel de controles digitales BENEFICIOS DE LAS FUNCIONES HORNO-TOSTADORA DEL Toast 1b • Enchufe el horno-tostadora en un tomacorriente. Broil • Inserte el rack inferior sobre ganchos, en la puerta de vidrio, para que se mueva con ésta. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 1. Panel de controles digitales 7 1a. Visor de cristal líquido 1b. Botones y luces indicadores de las funciones Hornear, Asar, Tostar y Mantener Caliente 1c. Indicador de posiciones de niveles de tostado 1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar 4 1e. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Parar 1f. Botón y luces indicadoras de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura Visor Paredes interiores autolimpiantes Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar Rack de avance automático Rack de dos posiciones Dos racks de rejilla removibles/reversibles Bandeja para migas removible Bake • Elija un lugar dónde colocar el horno-tostadora. Debe ser un área abierta sobre una superficie de trabajo plana, que tenga cerca un tomacorriente para enchufar el cable. SELECT Time Temp 1f • Seque bien la unidad antes de usarla. • Limpiar los racks, la bandeja y la plancha con agua caliente, una pequeña cantidad de líquido lavaplatos y una esponja o paño de limpieza no abrasivo. NO SUMERJA LA CARCASA DE LA UNIDAD EN AGUA. Toast Color 1c 1a • Abrir la puerta del horno y retirar toda la documentación y papeles impresos. 6 2 • Retirar los autoadhesivos de la superficie del horno. 8 5 Cuando use el horno-tostadora por primera vez, asegúrese de: PREPARACIÓN DEL HORNO-TOSTADORA Keep Warm 7. Dos racks rejilla removibles/reversibles – Para adaptarse a múltiples alimentos y tamaños. Broil Bake SELECT Time Temp 6. Rack de dos posiciones – Se adapta a una amplia variedad de alimentos, desde pizza hasta grandes asados. Toast Color 3 4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar – Facilita sus necesidades de horneado y asado. Manual de Instrucciones 3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes – Los alimentos se disipan para una fácil limpieza. BIENVENIDOS PARA Manuel d’Instructions 5. Rack de avance automático – Para retirar fácilmente y en forma segura los alimentos cocidos. 1 2. Visor – Para ver cómo se cocinan los alimentos. Para reducir el riesgo de descarga eléctrica, este aparato cuenta con una clavija polarizada (una pata es más ancha que la otra). Esta clavija entra sólo de una manera en un enchufe polarizado. Si la clavija no encaja en el enchufe simplemente colóquela al revés. Si aún así no encaja llame a un electricista calificado. De ninguna manera intente modificar esta medida de seguridad. ESTA UNIDAD ES 6239 Toast ¡Felicitaciones por su compra de un Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas. Para aprender más sobre productos OSTER ®, por favor visítenos en www.oster.com! PRECAUCIONES IMPORTANTES MODEL/MODÈLE MODELO 8. Bandeja para migas removible – Facilita la limpieza de migas y los restos de alimentos. STOP START ACERCA DE SU HORNO-TOSTADORA Cuando use algún aparato eléctrico siempre deben seguirse precauciones básicas de seguridad incluyendo las siguientes: P.N. 111339 NOTA: Deberá pulsar uno de los botones de los menús “mantener caliente”, “asar”, “hornear” o “tostar” para que comience a funcionar la unidad. Después podrá ajustar el tiempo y la temperatura. 1b. Botones y luz indicadora de las funciones Hornear, Asar, Tostar y Mantener Caliente – Los botones son de fácil lectura y uso. La luz indicadora mostrará la opción seleccionada (hornear, asar, tostar o mantener caliente). LEA TODAS LAS INSTRUCCIONES ANTES DE USAR One-Year Limited Warranty Español-3 1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar – Pulse este botón para comenzar a usar todas las funciones y se encenderá la luz indicadora correspondiente. • No toque la superficie caliente. Use las asas o perillas del horno. Siempre colóquese guantes al manipular materiales calientes y deje que las partes de metal se enfríen antes de limpiarlas. Permita que la unidad se enfríe bien antes de poner o quitar piezas. • Cuando no use la unidad y antes de limpiarla, desenchufe el horno-tostadora del tomacorriente. NOTA: Asegúrese de apagar el horno antes de desenchufarlo. • Para protegerse contra choques eléctricos, no sumerja el cable, el enchufe ni parte alguna del horno en agua u otros líquidos. • Éste o cualquier otro electrodoméstico debe usarse bajo estricta vigilancia en presencia de niños. Este electrodoméstico no debe ser utilizado por niños. • No opere ni éste ni ningún electrodoméstico que tenga el cable o enchufe gastado o dañado ni después de mal funcionamiento, caída o daño alguno del equipo. • No use accesorios no recomendados por el fabricante; podrían causar incendios, golpes eléctricos o lesiones personales. • No use en exteriores ni para propósitos comerciales. • No use este electrodoméstico para un propósito distinto de aquél para el cual fue diseñado. • No deje que el cable cuelgue del borde de la mesa o superficie de trabajo ni que toque superficies calientes. • No coloque el electrodoméstico sobre o cerca de un mechero eléctrico o a gas caliente, en un horno caliente o en un horno a microondas. • Ponga extremo cuidado cuando use recipientes de un material diferente a metal o vidrio. • El horno cubierto o en contacto con material inflamable, incluidas cortinas, tapicería, paredes o elementos similares mientras está en funcionamiento podría causar un incendio. No coloque nada sobre el horno mientras lo esté usando. • No guarde en este horno cuando no lo use ningún material distinto a los accesorios recomendados por el fabricante. • No coloque en el horno material inflamable, como por ejemplo papel, cartón, plástico, ni ningún otro material que pudiere incendiarse o derretirse. • No cubra el horno con papel metalizado, pues podría recalentarse el electrodoméstico. • No inserte en el electrodoméstico alimentos de gran tamaño ni utensilios de metal, pues podrían causar incendio o riesgo de choques eléctricos. • No limpie con esponja de metal. Las partes del aparato podrían romperla y tocar piezas eléctricas, con el consiguiente riesgo de choques eléctricos. • Al asar, ponga extremo cuidado en retirar la bandeja o disponer de la grasa o cualquier otro líquido caliente. • Para apagar este electrodoméstico, lleve todos los controles a la posición “OFF”. • Al operar el horno, deje una separación mínima de cuatro pulgadas alrededor del aparato para permitir la adecuada circulación de aire. In the U.S.A., this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Products, Inc., located in Boca Raton, Florida 33431. In Canada, this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited, located at 5975 Falbourne Street, Mississauga, Ontario L5R 3V8. OSTER® es una marca registrada de Sunbeam Products, Inc. Español-2 GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES PLEASE DO NOT RETURN THIS PRODUCT TO ANY OF THESE ADDRESSES OR TO THE PLACE OF PURCHASE. – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – User Manual 1f. Botón de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura – Permite conmutar entre el ajuste de temperatura y el temporizador. Mediante este botón, usted puede regular el tiempo y la temperatura deseada. Con el botón “▲”, usted puede aumentar la temperatura o el tiempo; para disminuirlos, use el botón “▼”. 1e. Botón Parar – Le permite detener en cualquier momento las funciones de horneado, asado, tostado o mantener caliente. USO DOMÉSTICO SOLAMENTE – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – 6-Slice Toaster Oven Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas Grille-Pain Four de 6 Tranches (1) When you plug the unit in, the beeper sounds once and “ - - - ”appears in the LCD. (2) When you press one of the four menu buttons the beeper will sound one time. (3) When you press the adjustable button, every time you press the button, the beeper will sound once. If you press the button continually, the beeper only sounds one time. (4) When you press the start button the beeper will sound once, and “:” will flash, that means the unit is in operation. Once the unit has begun the cooking cycle, the menu selection, time or temperature cannot be changed. The unit must be stopped and reset. (5) When the unit is in operation, press the stop button, the beeper will sound once and the unit will stop operation. (6) At the end of pre-set time, the unit will sound a long beep to remind you the work is done. • Remove any stickers from the surface of the oven. 3 7 1. Digital Control Panel 1a. LCD Display 1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator Lights 1c. Toast Shade Setting Indicator 1d. Start Button and Indicator Light 1e. Stop Button and Indicator Light 1f. Timer and Temperature Setting Button and Indicator Lights 2. Viewing Window 3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls 4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray 5. Auto Advance Rack 6. Two Rack Positions 7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks 8. Removable Crumb Tray • Open oven door and remove all printed documents and paper from inside the toaster oven. • Clean the racks, tray, and pan with hot water, a small amount of dishwashing liquid and a non-abrasive sponge or cleaning pad. DO NOT IMMERSE THE BODY OF THE UNIT IN WATER. Toast Color Time Temp SELECT Bake Broil Toast Keep Warm START • Dry the unit thoroughly before using. STOP • Select a location for the toaster oven. The location should be in an open area on a flat counter where the plug will reach an outlet. 4 5 6 2 1a USING YOUR TOASTER OVEN 1c Toast Color Plug the unit in, “- - -” will appear in the LCD. The indicator lights will not illuminate. Every time that you press a button, your oven will make a confirmation beep. 1f NOTE: You will need to press one of the menu buttons “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, or “toast” for the unit to start. Then you can set the Time and Temperature. Time Temp TOASTER OVEN FEATURE BENEFITS SELECT 1. Digital Control Panel 1a. LCD Display – For easy viewing of temperature and time settings 1b 1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator Light – Buttons are easy to read and easy to use. The indicator light will show what option (bake, broil, toast or 1d keep warm) has been selected. 1e 1c. Toast Shade Setting Indicator Light – Allows you to visually see the toaster shade setting selected. 1d. Start Button and Indicator Light – Press this button to begin all functions and the according indicator light will illuminate. 1e. Stop Button – Allows you to stop the baking, broiling, toasting or keep warm function at any time. 1f. Timer and Temperature Setting Button – Allows you to toggle between the temperature and timer setting. The buttons allow you to set the time and temperature you desire. The “▲” button allows you to increase the temperature or time and the “▼” button to decrease the temperature or time. 2. Viewing Window – Allows you to see food cooking. 3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls – Allows food to dissipate off for easy cleaning. 4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray – Makes all of your baking and broiling needs easy. 5. Auto Advance Rack – For easy and safe removal of cooked foods. 6. Two Rack Positions – To accommodate a wide variety of foods from pizza to tall roasts. 7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks – To accommodate multiple foods and sizes. 8. Removable Crumb Tray – Allows for easy cleaning of crumbs and fallen food particles. Bake MENU BUTTONS Broil If you press one of the buttons from the four menus, “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, “toast”, the corresponding indicator light will illuminate and the LCD will display the default time setting. You will then be able to toggle between Time and Temperature with the Time/Temp button. Toast Keep Warm START SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS H OUSEHOLD U SE O NLY To reduce the risk of electrical shock, this appliance has a polarized plug (one blade is wider than the other). This plug fits a polarized outlet only one way; if the plug does not fit fully into the outlet, reverse the plug. If it still does not fit, contact a qualified electrician. Do not attempt to defeat this safety feature. English-1 Time: Press the “▲” button to increase the time or press the “▼” button to decrease time. STOP Temperature: Press the “▲” button to increase the temperature or press the “▼” button to decrease temperature. Before removing the racks allow the unit to cool. • The keep warm function is for defrosting foods or keeping food warm. To remove a rack, open the oven door and pull the rack towards the front of the oven. The rack will slide on the rack guides on the inside of the oven. NOTE: For best results, do not set the timer more than 60 minutes because the food will no longer warm but overcook. Positioning of the rack will depend on the size of the food and desired browning. • When you select the Keep Warm function, the Keep Warm indicator light will illuminate. NOTE: Lower rack will not auto advance unless the rack is inside hooks on the glass door. – The default Time is 30 minutes. TIPS: – The default Temperature is 150°F and is NOT adjustable. Adjust rack downward to prevent top browning and upward to prevent bottom burning. • Time is adjustable and can be set at a maximum of 120 minutes. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes . . . ). For best toasting results, position the rack in the up position on the lower rack guide. When broiling, position the rack in the up position on the upper rack guide. • Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and “▼” button to decrease the time. To replace the rack in the oven, align rack in rack guide and slide toward the back of the oven. NOTE: Heating elements may cycle ON and OFF to maintain the desired temperature. • Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD. CLEANING YOUR TOASTER OVEN • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up. Before cleaning your OSTER® Toaster Oven, unplug it and allow it to cool. To clean, wipe with damp cloth. DO NOT IMMERSE IN WATER! Make sure to use only mild, soapy water. Abrasive cleaners, scrubbing brushes and chemical cleaners will damage the continuous clean coating on this unit. Empty crumb tray frequently to avoid accumulation of crumbs. • When the Keep Warm cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “ – – – ” will appear on the display and the “Key Warm” indicator light will turn off. STORING YOUR TOASTER OVEN USING THE TOAST FUNCTION • The toast function may be used to toast bread, muffins and waffles or your favorite recipe according to package or recipe instructions. Allow the appliance to cool completely before storing. If storing the toaster oven for long periods of time make certain that the toaster oven is clean and free of food particles. Store the toaster oven in a dry location such as on a table or countertop or in a cupboard shelf. Wind the electrical cord around the cord storage brackets. Other than the recommended cleaning, no further user maintenance should be necessary. • When you select the Toast function, the toast indicator light will illuminate. • The default temperature is 450°F. The temperature is not adjustable. USING THE BROIL FUNCTION The maximum cooking time is 120 minutes (2 hours), the time will appear in the LCD display. • The broil function may be used to broil steak, fillets, poultry and other favorite foods according to package or recipe instructions. START BUTTON • When broiling, always use baking/broiling tray with the broiling insert. • Set the Toast Shade Setting: (See Figure 1) The default setting is the lightest toast shade option. Press the “▲” or “▼” buttons on either side of the Toast button. Press the “▲” button to increase the toast shade and “▼” button to decrease the toast shade. The toast shade indicator lights above the LCD panel will illuminate. (See Figure 2) • Close the door to the first notch, leaving approximately a 3-inch gap at the top. Press this button to begin all functions and the corresponding indicator light will illuminate. If you do not press the “start” button within 30 seconds of choosing your menu selection, the LCD display will go back to “- - -” and all indicator lights will turn off. • When you select the broil function, the broil indicator light will illuminate. NOTE: No default time or temperature will appear when the Time/Temperature button is pressed. The Toast Shade setting can only be adjusted with the toast “▲” or toast “▼” button. – The default Time is 30 minutes. – The default Temperature is 450°F. The temperature cannot be adjusted. • The Time is adjustable. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...). STOP BUTTON Press this button to turn off the power. The display will revert to “- - -”. When the operation is finished or you press the “stop” button, the unit will turn off, “- - -” will appear in the LCD and all of the indicator lights will turn off. • Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and “▼” button to decrease the time. English-3 Broil Toast FIGURE 1 Toast Color • When the toasting cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “– – –” will appear on the display and the “Toast” indicator light will turn off. English-4 Bake Keep Warm • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. After the temperature appears on LCD for 30 seconds, the LCD will go back to show time automatically. NOTE: During broiling, only top heating element will heat up. English-2 To accommodate a wide variety of foods the oven has two reversible racks and two rack positions. The racks can be inserted in the oven in the up position or down position. The racks will fit into either of the rack guides inside of the toaster oven (see Figure). USING THE KEEP WARM FUNCTION • The bake function may be used to bake cake, cookies, poultry, beef and pork. • When you select the bake function, the bake indicator light will illuminate. – The default Time is 30 minutes. – The default Temperature is 450°F. • Both Time and Temperature are adjustable. • Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and the “▼” button to decrease the time. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...). • Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD display. Press the “▲” button to increase the temperature and “▼” button to decrease the temperature. Temperature changes in 25° increments each time you press “▲” or “▼”. • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up. • When the baking cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “---“ will appear on the display and the “Bake” indicator light will turn off. • Plug the toaster oven into an electrical outlet. POSITIONING RACKS • When the broiling cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “---” will appear on the display and the “Broil” indicator light will turn off. USING THE BAKE FUNCTION • Insert bottom rack over hooks on glass door so rack moves with door. 8 • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. BEEPER FUNCTION If you are using your toaster oven for the first time, please be sure to: – – – FOLD – – – READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – LEARNING ABOUT YOUR TOASTER OVEN • Do not touch hot surface. Use oven handles or knobs. Always use oven mitts when handling hot materials and allow metal parts to cool before cleaning. Allow the unit to cool thoroughly before putting in or taking off parts. • When the unit is not in use and before cleaning, unplug the toaster oven from the wall outlet. NOTE: Make sure the oven is turned off before unplugging. • To protect against electric shock, do not immerse cord, plug or any parts of the oven in water or other liquids. • Close supervision is necessary when this or any appliance is used near children. This appliance is not for use by children. • Do not operate this or any appliance with a frayed or damaged cord or plug or after the appliance malfunctions or is dropped or has been damaged in any manner. • Do not use attachments not recommended by the manufacturer; they may cause fire, electric shock or personal injury. • Do not use outdoors or for commercial purposes. • Do not use this appliance for other than its intended use. • Do not let cord dangle over the edge of a tabletop or countertop or to touch hot surfaces. • Do not place appliance on or near a hot gas or electric burner, or in a heated oven or in a microwave oven. • Extreme caution should be used when using containers constructed of other than metal or glass. • A fire may occur if the oven is covered or touching flammable materials, including curtains, draperies, walls, and the like, when in operation. Do not store any item on the top of the oven during operation. • Do not store any materials, other than manufacturer’s recommended accessories, in this oven when not in use. • Do not place any flammable materials in the oven, such as paper, cardboard, plastic, or any materials that may catch fire or melt. • Do not cover the oven with metal foil. This will cause overheating of the appliance. • Oversized foods or metal utensils must not be inserted in the appliance, as they may create a fire or risk of electric shock. • Do not clean with metal scouring pads. Pieces can break off the pad and touch electrical parts involving a risk of electric shock. • When broiling, use extreme caution when removing tray or disposing of hot grease or other hot liquids. • To turn this appliance off, return all controls to the “OFF” position. • When operating the oven keep at least four inches of space on all sides of oven to allow for adequate air circulation. FOR PREPARING YOUR TOASTER OVEN WELCOME Congratulations on your purchase of an OSTER® 6-Slice Toaster Oven! To learn more about OSTER® products, please visit us at www.oster.com. 1 When using electrical appliances, basic safety precautions should always be followed including the following: T HIS U NIT I S – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS FIGURE 2 English-5 English-6 – – – F OLD – – – – – – F OLD – – – English-7 Printed in China Imprimé en Chine Impreso en China Español-1 Distruibido por Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431 ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Todos los derechos reservados. In Canada – If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service, please call 1.800.667.8623 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you. www.oster.com In the U.S.A. – If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service, please call 1.800.334.0759 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you. EE.UU. : 1.800.334.0759 Canadá : 1.800.667.8623 How to Obtain Warranty Service Para preguntas sobre los productos llame: Sunbeam Consumer Service This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from province to province, state to state or jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Some provinces, states or jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusion may not apply to you. Distribué par Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida 33431 OSTER® est une marque déposée de Sunbeam Products, Inc. ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Tous droits réservés. www.oster.com 09.37 États-Unis : 1.800.334.0759 Canada : 1.800.667.8623 30 Pour les questions de produit: Sunbeam Consumer Service Sunbeam shall not be liable for any damages of any kind resulting from the purchase, use or misuse of, or inability to use the product including incidental, special, consequential or similar damages or loss of profits, or for any breach of contract, fundamental or otherwise, or for any claim brought against purchaser by any other party. may 2003 bo b Sunbeam disclaims all other warranties, conditions or representations, express, implied, statutory or otherwise. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, any implied warranty or condition of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose is limited in duration to the duration of the above warranty. Sunbeam shall not be liable for any incidental or consequential damages caused by the breach of any express, implied or statutory warranty or condition. Distributed by Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431 OSTER® is a registered trademark of Sunbeam Products, Inc. What Are the Limits on Sunbeam’s Liability? ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. All rights reserved. This warranty does not cover normal wear of parts or damage resulting from any of the following: negligent use or misuse of the product, use on improper voltage or current, use contrary to the operating instructions, disassembly, repair or alteration by anyone other than Sunbeam or an authorized Sunbeam service center. Further, the warranty does not cover: Acts of God, such as fire, flood, hurricanes and tornadoes. www.oster.com USA : 1.800.334.0759 Canada : 1.800.667.8623 This warranty is valid for the original retail purchaser from the date of initial retail purchase and is not transferable. Keep the original sales receipt. Proof of purchase is required to obtain warranty performance. Sunbeam dealers, service centers, or retail stores selling Sunbeam products do not have the right to alter, modify or any way change the terms and conditions of this warranty. For product questions contact: Sunbeam Consumer Service Sunbeam Products, Inc., or if in Canada, Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited (collectively “Sunbeam”) warrants that for a period of one year from the date of purchase, this product will be free from defects in material and workmanship. Sunbeam, at its option, will repair or replace this product or any component of the product found to be defective during the warranty period. Replacement will be made with a new or remanufactured product or component. If the product is no longer available, replacement may be made with a similar product of equal or greater value. This is your exclusive warranty. Visit us at www.oster.com 1c. Luz indicadora de las posiciones del nivel de tostado – Le permite ver la posición de nivel de tostado seleccionada. 1a. Visor de cristal líquido – Para observar con facilidad las posiciones de tiempo y temperatura Enchufe la unidad. En el visor de cristal líquido se presentará “- - -”. No se encenderán las luces indicadoras. Cada vez que pulse un botón, se escuchará una señal audible de confirmación. 1e STOP START 1d Keep Warm CÓMO USAR EL HORNO-TOSTADORA 1. Panel de controles digitales BENEFICIOS DE LAS FUNCIONES HORNO-TOSTADORA DEL Toast 1b • Enchufe el horno-tostadora en un tomacorriente. Broil • Inserte el rack inferior sobre ganchos, en la puerta de vidrio, para que se mueva con ésta. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 1. Panel de controles digitales 7 1a. Visor de cristal líquido 1b. Botones y luces indicadores de las funciones Hornear, Asar, Tostar y Mantener Caliente 1c. Indicador de posiciones de niveles de tostado 1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar 4 1e. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Parar 1f. Botón y luces indicadoras de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura Visor Paredes interiores autolimpiantes Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar Rack de avance automático Rack de dos posiciones Dos racks de rejilla removibles/reversibles Bandeja para migas removible Bake • Elija un lugar dónde colocar el horno-tostadora. Debe ser un área abierta sobre una superficie de trabajo plana, que tenga cerca un tomacorriente para enchufar el cable. SELECT Time Temp 1f • Seque bien la unidad antes de usarla. • Limpiar los racks, la bandeja y la plancha con agua caliente, una pequeña cantidad de líquido lavaplatos y una esponja o paño de limpieza no abrasivo. NO SUMERJA LA CARCASA DE LA UNIDAD EN AGUA. Toast Color 1c 1a • Abrir la puerta del horno y retirar toda la documentación y papeles impresos. 6 2 • Retirar los autoadhesivos de la superficie del horno. 8 5 Cuando use el horno-tostadora por primera vez, asegúrese de: PREPARACIÓN DEL HORNO-TOSTADORA Keep Warm 7. Dos racks rejilla removibles/reversibles – Para adaptarse a múltiples alimentos y tamaños. Broil Bake SELECT Time Temp 6. Rack de dos posiciones – Se adapta a una amplia variedad de alimentos, desde pizza hasta grandes asados. Toast Color 3 4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar – Facilita sus necesidades de horneado y asado. Manual de Instrucciones 3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes – Los alimentos se disipan para una fácil limpieza. BIENVENIDOS PARA Manuel d’Instructions 5. Rack de avance automático – Para retirar fácilmente y en forma segura los alimentos cocidos. 1 2. Visor – Para ver cómo se cocinan los alimentos. Para reducir el riesgo de descarga eléctrica, este aparato cuenta con una clavija polarizada (una pata es más ancha que la otra). Esta clavija entra sólo de una manera en un enchufe polarizado. Si la clavija no encaja en el enchufe simplemente colóquela al revés. Si aún así no encaja llame a un electricista calificado. De ninguna manera intente modificar esta medida de seguridad. ESTA UNIDAD ES 6239 Toast ¡Felicitaciones por su compra de un Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas. Para aprender más sobre productos OSTER ®, por favor visítenos en www.oster.com! PRECAUCIONES IMPORTANTES MODEL/MODÈLE MODELO 8. Bandeja para migas removible – Facilita la limpieza de migas y los restos de alimentos. STOP START ACERCA DE SU HORNO-TOSTADORA Cuando use algún aparato eléctrico siempre deben seguirse precauciones básicas de seguridad incluyendo las siguientes: P.N. 111339 NOTA: Deberá pulsar uno de los botones de los menús “mantener caliente”, “asar”, “hornear” o “tostar” para que comience a funcionar la unidad. Después podrá ajustar el tiempo y la temperatura. 1b. Botones y luz indicadora de las funciones Hornear, Asar, Tostar y Mantener Caliente – Los botones son de fácil lectura y uso. La luz indicadora mostrará la opción seleccionada (hornear, asar, tostar o mantener caliente). LEA TODAS LAS INSTRUCCIONES ANTES DE USAR One-Year Limited Warranty Español-3 1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar – Pulse este botón para comenzar a usar todas las funciones y se encenderá la luz indicadora correspondiente. • No toque la superficie caliente. Use las asas o perillas del horno. Siempre colóquese guantes al manipular materiales calientes y deje que las partes de metal se enfríen antes de limpiarlas. Permita que la unidad se enfríe bien antes de poner o quitar piezas. • Cuando no use la unidad y antes de limpiarla, desenchufe el horno-tostadora del tomacorriente. NOTA: Asegúrese de apagar el horno antes de desenchufarlo. • Para protegerse contra choques eléctricos, no sumerja el cable, el enchufe ni parte alguna del horno en agua u otros líquidos. • Éste o cualquier otro electrodoméstico debe usarse bajo estricta vigilancia en presencia de niños. Este electrodoméstico no debe ser utilizado por niños. • No opere ni éste ni ningún electrodoméstico que tenga el cable o enchufe gastado o dañado ni después de mal funcionamiento, caída o daño alguno del equipo. • No use accesorios no recomendados por el fabricante; podrían causar incendios, golpes eléctricos o lesiones personales. • No use en exteriores ni para propósitos comerciales. • No use este electrodoméstico para un propósito distinto de aquél para el cual fue diseñado. • No deje que el cable cuelgue del borde de la mesa o superficie de trabajo ni que toque superficies calientes. • No coloque el electrodoméstico sobre o cerca de un mechero eléctrico o a gas caliente, en un horno caliente o en un horno a microondas. • Ponga extremo cuidado cuando use recipientes de un material diferente a metal o vidrio. • El horno cubierto o en contacto con material inflamable, incluidas cortinas, tapicería, paredes o elementos similares mientras está en funcionamiento podría causar un incendio. No coloque nada sobre el horno mientras lo esté usando. • No guarde en este horno cuando no lo use ningún material distinto a los accesorios recomendados por el fabricante. • No coloque en el horno material inflamable, como por ejemplo papel, cartón, plástico, ni ningún otro material que pudiere incendiarse o derretirse. • No cubra el horno con papel metalizado, pues podría recalentarse el electrodoméstico. • No inserte en el electrodoméstico alimentos de gran tamaño ni utensilios de metal, pues podrían causar incendio o riesgo de choques eléctricos. • No limpie con esponja de metal. Las partes del aparato podrían romperla y tocar piezas eléctricas, con el consiguiente riesgo de choques eléctricos. • Al asar, ponga extremo cuidado en retirar la bandeja o disponer de la grasa o cualquier otro líquido caliente. • Para apagar este electrodoméstico, lleve todos los controles a la posición “OFF”. • Al operar el horno, deje una separación mínima de cuatro pulgadas alrededor del aparato para permitir la adecuada circulación de aire. In the U.S.A., this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Products, Inc., located in Boca Raton, Florida 33431. In Canada, this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited, located at 5975 Falbourne Street, Mississauga, Ontario L5R 3V8. OSTER® es una marca registrada de Sunbeam Products, Inc. Español-2 GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES PLEASE DO NOT RETURN THIS PRODUCT TO ANY OF THESE ADDRESSES OR TO THE PLACE OF PURCHASE. – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – User Manual 1f. Botón de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura – Permite conmutar entre el ajuste de temperatura y el temporizador. Mediante este botón, usted puede regular el tiempo y la temperatura deseada. Con el botón “▲”, usted puede aumentar la temperatura o el tiempo; para disminuirlos, use el botón “▼”. 1e. Botón Parar – Le permite detener en cualquier momento las funciones de horneado, asado, tostado o mantener caliente. USO DOMÉSTICO SOLAMENTE – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – 6-Slice Toaster Oven Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas Grille-Pain Four de 6 Tranches (1) When you plug the unit in, the beeper sounds once and “ - - - ”appears in the LCD. (2) When you press one of the four menu buttons the beeper will sound one time. (3) When you press the adjustable button, every time you press the button, the beeper will sound once. If you press the button continually, the beeper only sounds one time. (4) When you press the start button the beeper will sound once, and “:” will flash, that means the unit is in operation. Once the unit has begun the cooking cycle, the menu selection, time or temperature cannot be changed. The unit must be stopped and reset. (5) When the unit is in operation, press the stop button, the beeper will sound once and the unit will stop operation. (6) At the end of pre-set time, the unit will sound a long beep to remind you the work is done. • Remove any stickers from the surface of the oven. 3 7 1. Digital Control Panel 1a. LCD Display 1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator Lights 1c. Toast Shade Setting Indicator 1d. Start Button and Indicator Light 1e. Stop Button and Indicator Light 1f. Timer and Temperature Setting Button and Indicator Lights 2. Viewing Window 3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls 4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray 5. Auto Advance Rack 6. Two Rack Positions 7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks 8. Removable Crumb Tray • Open oven door and remove all printed documents and paper from inside the toaster oven. • Clean the racks, tray, and pan with hot water, a small amount of dishwashing liquid and a non-abrasive sponge or cleaning pad. DO NOT IMMERSE THE BODY OF THE UNIT IN WATER. Toast Color Time Temp SELECT Bake Broil Toast Keep Warm START • Dry the unit thoroughly before using. STOP • Select a location for the toaster oven. The location should be in an open area on a flat counter where the plug will reach an outlet. 4 5 6 2 1a USING YOUR TOASTER OVEN 1c Toast Color Plug the unit in, “- - -” will appear in the LCD. The indicator lights will not illuminate. Every time that you press a button, your oven will make a confirmation beep. 1f NOTE: You will need to press one of the menu buttons “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, or “toast” for the unit to start. Then you can set the Time and Temperature. Time Temp TOASTER OVEN FEATURE BENEFITS SELECT 1. Digital Control Panel 1a. LCD Display – For easy viewing of temperature and time settings 1b 1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator Light – Buttons are easy to read and easy to use. The indicator light will show what option (bake, broil, toast or 1d keep warm) has been selected. 1e 1c. Toast Shade Setting Indicator Light – Allows you to visually see the toaster shade setting selected. 1d. Start Button and Indicator Light – Press this button to begin all functions and the according indicator light will illuminate. 1e. Stop Button – Allows you to stop the baking, broiling, toasting or keep warm function at any time. 1f. Timer and Temperature Setting Button – Allows you to toggle between the temperature and timer setting. The buttons allow you to set the time and temperature you desire. The “▲” button allows you to increase the temperature or time and the “▼” button to decrease the temperature or time. 2. Viewing Window – Allows you to see food cooking. 3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls – Allows food to dissipate off for easy cleaning. 4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray – Makes all of your baking and broiling needs easy. 5. Auto Advance Rack – For easy and safe removal of cooked foods. 6. Two Rack Positions – To accommodate a wide variety of foods from pizza to tall roasts. 7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks – To accommodate multiple foods and sizes. 8. Removable Crumb Tray – Allows for easy cleaning of crumbs and fallen food particles. Bake MENU BUTTONS Broil If you press one of the buttons from the four menus, “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, “toast”, the corresponding indicator light will illuminate and the LCD will display the default time setting. You will then be able to toggle between Time and Temperature with the Time/Temp button. Toast Keep Warm START SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS H OUSEHOLD U SE O NLY To reduce the risk of electrical shock, this appliance has a polarized plug (one blade is wider than the other). This plug fits a polarized outlet only one way; if the plug does not fit fully into the outlet, reverse the plug. If it still does not fit, contact a qualified electrician. Do not attempt to defeat this safety feature. English-1 Time: Press the “▲” button to increase the time or press the “▼” button to decrease time. STOP Temperature: Press the “▲” button to increase the temperature or press the “▼” button to decrease temperature. Before removing the racks allow the unit to cool. • The keep warm function is for defrosting foods or keeping food warm. To remove a rack, open the oven door and pull the rack towards the front of the oven. The rack will slide on the rack guides on the inside of the oven. NOTE: For best results, do not set the timer more than 60 minutes because the food will no longer warm but overcook. Positioning of the rack will depend on the size of the food and desired browning. • When you select the Keep Warm function, the Keep Warm indicator light will illuminate. NOTE: Lower rack will not auto advance unless the rack is inside hooks on the glass door. – The default Time is 30 minutes. TIPS: – The default Temperature is 150°F and is NOT adjustable. Adjust rack downward to prevent top browning and upward to prevent bottom burning. • Time is adjustable and can be set at a maximum of 120 minutes. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes . . . ). For best toasting results, position the rack in the up position on the lower rack guide. When broiling, position the rack in the up position on the upper rack guide. • Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and “▼” button to decrease the time. To replace the rack in the oven, align rack in rack guide and slide toward the back of the oven. NOTE: Heating elements may cycle ON and OFF to maintain the desired temperature. • Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD. CLEANING YOUR TOASTER OVEN • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up. Before cleaning your OSTER® Toaster Oven, unplug it and allow it to cool. To clean, wipe with damp cloth. DO NOT IMMERSE IN WATER! Make sure to use only mild, soapy water. Abrasive cleaners, scrubbing brushes and chemical cleaners will damage the continuous clean coating on this unit. Empty crumb tray frequently to avoid accumulation of crumbs. • When the Keep Warm cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “ – – – ” will appear on the display and the “Key Warm” indicator light will turn off. STORING YOUR TOASTER OVEN USING THE TOAST FUNCTION • The toast function may be used to toast bread, muffins and waffles or your favorite recipe according to package or recipe instructions. Allow the appliance to cool completely before storing. If storing the toaster oven for long periods of time make certain that the toaster oven is clean and free of food particles. Store the toaster oven in a dry location such as on a table or countertop or in a cupboard shelf. Wind the electrical cord around the cord storage brackets. Other than the recommended cleaning, no further user maintenance should be necessary. • When you select the Toast function, the toast indicator light will illuminate. • The default temperature is 450°F. The temperature is not adjustable. USING THE BROIL FUNCTION The maximum cooking time is 120 minutes (2 hours), the time will appear in the LCD display. • The broil function may be used to broil steak, fillets, poultry and other favorite foods according to package or recipe instructions. START BUTTON • When broiling, always use baking/broiling tray with the broiling insert. • Set the Toast Shade Setting: (See Figure 1) The default setting is the lightest toast shade option. Press the “▲” or “▼” buttons on either side of the Toast button. Press the “▲” button to increase the toast shade and “▼” button to decrease the toast shade. The toast shade indicator lights above the LCD panel will illuminate. (See Figure 2) • Close the door to the first notch, leaving approximately a 3-inch gap at the top. Press this button to begin all functions and the corresponding indicator light will illuminate. If you do not press the “start” button within 30 seconds of choosing your menu selection, the LCD display will go back to “- - -” and all indicator lights will turn off. • When you select the broil function, the broil indicator light will illuminate. NOTE: No default time or temperature will appear when the Time/Temperature button is pressed. The Toast Shade setting can only be adjusted with the toast “▲” or toast “▼” button. – The default Time is 30 minutes. – The default Temperature is 450°F. The temperature cannot be adjusted. • The Time is adjustable. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...). STOP BUTTON Press this button to turn off the power. The display will revert to “- - -”. When the operation is finished or you press the “stop” button, the unit will turn off, “- - -” will appear in the LCD and all of the indicator lights will turn off. • Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and “▼” button to decrease the time. English-3 Broil Toast FIGURE 1 Toast Color • When the toasting cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “– – –” will appear on the display and the “Toast” indicator light will turn off. English-4 Bake Keep Warm • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. After the temperature appears on LCD for 30 seconds, the LCD will go back to show time automatically. NOTE: During broiling, only top heating element will heat up. English-2 To accommodate a wide variety of foods the oven has two reversible racks and two rack positions. The racks can be inserted in the oven in the up position or down position. The racks will fit into either of the rack guides inside of the toaster oven (see Figure). USING THE KEEP WARM FUNCTION • The bake function may be used to bake cake, cookies, poultry, beef and pork. • When you select the bake function, the bake indicator light will illuminate. – The default Time is 30 minutes. – The default Temperature is 450°F. • Both Time and Temperature are adjustable. • Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and the “▼” button to decrease the time. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...). • Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD display. Press the “▲” button to increase the temperature and “▼” button to decrease the temperature. Temperature changes in 25° increments each time you press “▲” or “▼”. • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up. • When the baking cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “---“ will appear on the display and the “Bake” indicator light will turn off. • Plug the toaster oven into an electrical outlet. POSITIONING RACKS • When the broiling cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “---” will appear on the display and the “Broil” indicator light will turn off. USING THE BAKE FUNCTION • Insert bottom rack over hooks on glass door so rack moves with door. 8 • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. BEEPER FUNCTION If you are using your toaster oven for the first time, please be sure to: – – – FOLD – – – READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – LEARNING ABOUT YOUR TOASTER OVEN • Do not touch hot surface. Use oven handles or knobs. Always use oven mitts when handling hot materials and allow metal parts to cool before cleaning. Allow the unit to cool thoroughly before putting in or taking off parts. • When the unit is not in use and before cleaning, unplug the toaster oven from the wall outlet. NOTE: Make sure the oven is turned off before unplugging. • To protect against electric shock, do not immerse cord, plug or any parts of the oven in water or other liquids. • Close supervision is necessary when this or any appliance is used near children. This appliance is not for use by children. • Do not operate this or any appliance with a frayed or damaged cord or plug or after the appliance malfunctions or is dropped or has been damaged in any manner. • Do not use attachments not recommended by the manufacturer; they may cause fire, electric shock or personal injury. • Do not use outdoors or for commercial purposes. • Do not use this appliance for other than its intended use. • Do not let cord dangle over the edge of a tabletop or countertop or to touch hot surfaces. • Do not place appliance on or near a hot gas or electric burner, or in a heated oven or in a microwave oven. • Extreme caution should be used when using containers constructed of other than metal or glass. • A fire may occur if the oven is covered or touching flammable materials, including curtains, draperies, walls, and the like, when in operation. Do not store any item on the top of the oven during operation. • Do not store any materials, other than manufacturer’s recommended accessories, in this oven when not in use. • Do not place any flammable materials in the oven, such as paper, cardboard, plastic, or any materials that may catch fire or melt. • Do not cover the oven with metal foil. This will cause overheating of the appliance. • Oversized foods or metal utensils must not be inserted in the appliance, as they may create a fire or risk of electric shock. • Do not clean with metal scouring pads. Pieces can break off the pad and touch electrical parts involving a risk of electric shock. • When broiling, use extreme caution when removing tray or disposing of hot grease or other hot liquids. • To turn this appliance off, return all controls to the “OFF” position. • When operating the oven keep at least four inches of space on all sides of oven to allow for adequate air circulation. FOR PREPARING YOUR TOASTER OVEN WELCOME Congratulations on your purchase of an OSTER® 6-Slice Toaster Oven! To learn more about OSTER® products, please visit us at www.oster.com. 1 When using electrical appliances, basic safety precautions should always be followed including the following: T HIS U NIT I S – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS FIGURE 2 English-5 English-6 – – – F OLD – – – – – – F OLD – – – English-7 Printed in China Imprimé en Chine Impreso en China Español-1 Distruibido por Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431 ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Todos los derechos reservados. In Canada – If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service, please call 1.800.667.8623 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you. www.oster.com In the U.S.A. – If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service, please call 1.800.334.0759 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you. EE.UU. : 1.800.334.0759 Canadá : 1.800.667.8623 How to Obtain Warranty Service Para preguntas sobre los productos llame: Sunbeam Consumer Service This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from province to province, state to state or jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Some provinces, states or jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusion may not apply to you. Distribué par Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida 33431 OSTER® est une marque déposée de Sunbeam Products, Inc. ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Tous droits réservés. www.oster.com 09.37 États-Unis : 1.800.334.0759 Canada : 1.800.667.8623 30 Pour les questions de produit: Sunbeam Consumer Service Sunbeam shall not be liable for any damages of any kind resulting from the purchase, use or misuse of, or inability to use the product including incidental, special, consequential or similar damages or loss of profits, or for any breach of contract, fundamental or otherwise, or for any claim brought against purchaser by any other party. may 2003 bo b Sunbeam disclaims all other warranties, conditions or representations, express, implied, statutory or otherwise. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, any implied warranty or condition of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose is limited in duration to the duration of the above warranty. Sunbeam shall not be liable for any incidental or consequential damages caused by the breach of any express, implied or statutory warranty or condition. Distributed by Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431 OSTER® is a registered trademark of Sunbeam Products, Inc. What Are the Limits on Sunbeam’s Liability? ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. All rights reserved. This warranty does not cover normal wear of parts or damage resulting from any of the following: negligent use or misuse of the product, use on improper voltage or current, use contrary to the operating instructions, disassembly, repair or alteration by anyone other than Sunbeam or an authorized Sunbeam service center. Further, the warranty does not cover: Acts of God, such as fire, flood, hurricanes and tornadoes. www.oster.com USA : 1.800.334.0759 Canada : 1.800.667.8623 This warranty is valid for the original retail purchaser from the date of initial retail purchase and is not transferable. Keep the original sales receipt. Proof of purchase is required to obtain warranty performance. Sunbeam dealers, service centers, or retail stores selling Sunbeam products do not have the right to alter, modify or any way change the terms and conditions of this warranty. For product questions contact: Sunbeam Consumer Service Sunbeam Products, Inc., or if in Canada, Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited (collectively “Sunbeam”) warrants that for a period of one year from the date of purchase, this product will be free from defects in material and workmanship. Sunbeam, at its option, will repair or replace this product or any component of the product found to be defective during the warranty period. Replacement will be made with a new or remanufactured product or component. If the product is no longer available, replacement may be made with a similar product of equal or greater value. This is your exclusive warranty. Visit us at www.oster.com 1c. Luz indicadora de las posiciones del nivel de tostado – Le permite ver la posición de nivel de tostado seleccionada. 1a. Visor de cristal líquido – Para observar con facilidad las posiciones de tiempo y temperatura Enchufe la unidad. En el visor de cristal líquido se presentará “- - -”. No se encenderán las luces indicadoras. Cada vez que pulse un botón, se escuchará una señal audible de confirmación. 1e STOP START 1d Keep Warm CÓMO USAR EL HORNO-TOSTADORA 1. Panel de controles digitales BENEFICIOS DE LAS FUNCIONES HORNO-TOSTADORA DEL Toast 1b • Enchufe el horno-tostadora en un tomacorriente. Broil • Inserte el rack inferior sobre ganchos, en la puerta de vidrio, para que se mueva con ésta. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 1. Panel de controles digitales 7 1a. Visor de cristal líquido 1b. Botones y luces indicadores de las funciones Hornear, Asar, Tostar y Mantener Caliente 1c. Indicador de posiciones de niveles de tostado 1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar 4 1e. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Parar 1f. Botón y luces indicadoras de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura Visor Paredes interiores autolimpiantes Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar Rack de avance automático Rack de dos posiciones Dos racks de rejilla removibles/reversibles Bandeja para migas removible Bake • Elija un lugar dónde colocar el horno-tostadora. Debe ser un área abierta sobre una superficie de trabajo plana, que tenga cerca un tomacorriente para enchufar el cable. SELECT Time Temp 1f • Seque bien la unidad antes de usarla. • Limpiar los racks, la bandeja y la plancha con agua caliente, una pequeña cantidad de líquido lavaplatos y una esponja o paño de limpieza no abrasivo. NO SUMERJA LA CARCASA DE LA UNIDAD EN AGUA. Toast Color 1c 1a • Abrir la puerta del horno y retirar toda la documentación y papeles impresos. 6 2 • Retirar los autoadhesivos de la superficie del horno. 8 5 Cuando use el horno-tostadora por primera vez, asegúrese de: PREPARACIÓN DEL HORNO-TOSTADORA Keep Warm 7. Dos racks rejilla removibles/reversibles – Para adaptarse a múltiples alimentos y tamaños. Broil Bake SELECT Time Temp 6. Rack de dos posiciones – Se adapta a una amplia variedad de alimentos, desde pizza hasta grandes asados. Toast Color 3 4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar – Facilita sus necesidades de horneado y asado. Manual de Instrucciones 3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes – Los alimentos se disipan para una fácil limpieza. BIENVENIDOS PARA Manuel d’Instructions 5. Rack de avance automático – Para retirar fácilmente y en forma segura los alimentos cocidos. 1 2. Visor – Para ver cómo se cocinan los alimentos. Para reducir el riesgo de descarga eléctrica, este aparato cuenta con una clavija polarizada (una pata es más ancha que la otra). Esta clavija entra sólo de una manera en un enchufe polarizado. Si la clavija no encaja en el enchufe simplemente colóquela al revés. Si aún así no encaja llame a un electricista calificado. De ninguna manera intente modificar esta medida de seguridad. ESTA UNIDAD ES 6239 Toast ¡Felicitaciones por su compra de un Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas. Para aprender más sobre productos OSTER ®, por favor visítenos en www.oster.com! PRECAUCIONES IMPORTANTES MODEL/MODÈLE MODELO 8. Bandeja para migas removible – Facilita la limpieza de migas y los restos de alimentos. STOP START ACERCA DE SU HORNO-TOSTADORA Cuando use algún aparato eléctrico siempre deben seguirse precauciones básicas de seguridad incluyendo las siguientes: P.N. 111339 NOTA: Deberá pulsar uno de los botones de los menús “mantener caliente”, “asar”, “hornear” o “tostar” para que comience a funcionar la unidad. Después podrá ajustar el tiempo y la temperatura. 1b. Botones y luz indicadora de las funciones Hornear, Asar, Tostar y Mantener Caliente – Los botones son de fácil lectura y uso. La luz indicadora mostrará la opción seleccionada (hornear, asar, tostar o mantener caliente). LEA TODAS LAS INSTRUCCIONES ANTES DE USAR One-Year Limited Warranty Español-3 1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar – Pulse este botón para comenzar a usar todas las funciones y se encenderá la luz indicadora correspondiente. • No toque la superficie caliente. Use las asas o perillas del horno. Siempre colóquese guantes al manipular materiales calientes y deje que las partes de metal se enfríen antes de limpiarlas. Permita que la unidad se enfríe bien antes de poner o quitar piezas. • Cuando no use la unidad y antes de limpiarla, desenchufe el horno-tostadora del tomacorriente. NOTA: Asegúrese de apagar el horno antes de desenchufarlo. • Para protegerse contra choques eléctricos, no sumerja el cable, el enchufe ni parte alguna del horno en agua u otros líquidos. • Éste o cualquier otro electrodoméstico debe usarse bajo estricta vigilancia en presencia de niños. Este electrodoméstico no debe ser utilizado por niños. • No opere ni éste ni ningún electrodoméstico que tenga el cable o enchufe gastado o dañado ni después de mal funcionamiento, caída o daño alguno del equipo. • No use accesorios no recomendados por el fabricante; podrían causar incendios, golpes eléctricos o lesiones personales. • No use en exteriores ni para propósitos comerciales. • No use este electrodoméstico para un propósito distinto de aquél para el cual fue diseñado. • No deje que el cable cuelgue del borde de la mesa o superficie de trabajo ni que toque superficies calientes. • No coloque el electrodoméstico sobre o cerca de un mechero eléctrico o a gas caliente, en un horno caliente o en un horno a microondas. • Ponga extremo cuidado cuando use recipientes de un material diferente a metal o vidrio. • El horno cubierto o en contacto con material inflamable, incluidas cortinas, tapicería, paredes o elementos similares mientras está en funcionamiento podría causar un incendio. No coloque nada sobre el horno mientras lo esté usando. • No guarde en este horno cuando no lo use ningún material distinto a los accesorios recomendados por el fabricante. • No coloque en el horno material inflamable, como por ejemplo papel, cartón, plástico, ni ningún otro material que pudiere incendiarse o derretirse. • No cubra el horno con papel metalizado, pues podría recalentarse el electrodoméstico. • No inserte en el electrodoméstico alimentos de gran tamaño ni utensilios de metal, pues podrían causar incendio o riesgo de choques eléctricos. • No limpie con esponja de metal. Las partes del aparato podrían romperla y tocar piezas eléctricas, con el consiguiente riesgo de choques eléctricos. • Al asar, ponga extremo cuidado en retirar la bandeja o disponer de la grasa o cualquier otro líquido caliente. • Para apagar este electrodoméstico, lleve todos los controles a la posición “OFF”. • Al operar el horno, deje una separación mínima de cuatro pulgadas alrededor del aparato para permitir la adecuada circulación de aire. In the U.S.A., this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Products, Inc., located in Boca Raton, Florida 33431. In Canada, this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited, located at 5975 Falbourne Street, Mississauga, Ontario L5R 3V8. OSTER® es una marca registrada de Sunbeam Products, Inc. Español-2 GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES PLEASE DO NOT RETURN THIS PRODUCT TO ANY OF THESE ADDRESSES OR TO THE PLACE OF PURCHASE. – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – User Manual 1f. Botón de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura – Permite conmutar entre el ajuste de temperatura y el temporizador. Mediante este botón, usted puede regular el tiempo y la temperatura deseada. Con el botón “▲”, usted puede aumentar la temperatura o el tiempo; para disminuirlos, use el botón “▼”. 1e. Botón Parar – Le permite detener en cualquier momento las funciones de horneado, asado, tostado o mantener caliente. USO DOMÉSTICO SOLAMENTE – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – 6-Slice Toaster Oven Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas Grille-Pain Four de 6 Tranches (1) When you plug the unit in, the beeper sounds once and “ - - - ”appears in the LCD. (2) When you press one of the four menu buttons the beeper will sound one time. (3) When you press the adjustable button, every time you press the button, the beeper will sound once. If you press the button continually, the beeper only sounds one time. (4) When you press the start button the beeper will sound once, and “:” will flash, that means the unit is in operation. Once the unit has begun the cooking cycle, the menu selection, time or temperature cannot be changed. The unit must be stopped and reset. (5) When the unit is in operation, press the stop button, the beeper will sound once and the unit will stop operation. (6) At the end of pre-set time, the unit will sound a long beep to remind you the work is done. • Remove any stickers from the surface of the oven. 3 7 1. Digital Control Panel 1a. LCD Display 1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator Lights 1c. Toast Shade Setting Indicator 1d. Start Button and Indicator Light 1e. Stop Button and Indicator Light 1f. Timer and Temperature Setting Button and Indicator Lights 2. Viewing Window 3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls 4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray 5. Auto Advance Rack 6. Two Rack Positions 7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks 8. Removable Crumb Tray • Open oven door and remove all printed documents and paper from inside the toaster oven. • Clean the racks, tray, and pan with hot water, a small amount of dishwashing liquid and a non-abrasive sponge or cleaning pad. DO NOT IMMERSE THE BODY OF THE UNIT IN WATER. Toast Color Time Temp SELECT Bake Broil Toast Keep Warm START • Dry the unit thoroughly before using. STOP • Select a location for the toaster oven. The location should be in an open area on a flat counter where the plug will reach an outlet. 4 5 6 2 1a USING YOUR TOASTER OVEN 1c Toast Color Plug the unit in, “- - -” will appear in the LCD. The indicator lights will not illuminate. Every time that you press a button, your oven will make a confirmation beep. 1f NOTE: You will need to press one of the menu buttons “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, or “toast” for the unit to start. Then you can set the Time and Temperature. Time Temp TOASTER OVEN FEATURE BENEFITS SELECT 1. Digital Control Panel 1a. LCD Display – For easy viewing of temperature and time settings 1b 1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator Light – Buttons are easy to read and easy to use. The indicator light will show what option (bake, broil, toast or 1d keep warm) has been selected. 1e 1c. Toast Shade Setting Indicator Light – Allows you to visually see the toaster shade setting selected. 1d. Start Button and Indicator Light – Press this button to begin all functions and the according indicator light will illuminate. 1e. Stop Button – Allows you to stop the baking, broiling, toasting or keep warm function at any time. 1f. Timer and Temperature Setting Button – Allows you to toggle between the temperature and timer setting. The buttons allow you to set the time and temperature you desire. The “▲” button allows you to increase the temperature or time and the “▼” button to decrease the temperature or time. 2. Viewing Window – Allows you to see food cooking. 3. Continuous Clean Interior Walls – Allows food to dissipate off for easy cleaning. 4. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray – Makes all of your baking and broiling needs easy. 5. Auto Advance Rack – For easy and safe removal of cooked foods. 6. Two Rack Positions – To accommodate a wide variety of foods from pizza to tall roasts. 7. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks – To accommodate multiple foods and sizes. 8. Removable Crumb Tray – Allows for easy cleaning of crumbs and fallen food particles. Bake MENU BUTTONS Broil If you press one of the buttons from the four menus, “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, “toast”, the corresponding indicator light will illuminate and the LCD will display the default time setting. You will then be able to toggle between Time and Temperature with the Time/Temp button. Toast Keep Warm START SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS H OUSEHOLD U SE O NLY To reduce the risk of electrical shock, this appliance has a polarized plug (one blade is wider than the other). This plug fits a polarized outlet only one way; if the plug does not fit fully into the outlet, reverse the plug. If it still does not fit, contact a qualified electrician. Do not attempt to defeat this safety feature. English-1 Time: Press the “▲” button to increase the time or press the “▼” button to decrease time. STOP Temperature: Press the “▲” button to increase the temperature or press the “▼” button to decrease temperature. Before removing the racks allow the unit to cool. • The keep warm function is for defrosting foods or keeping food warm. To remove a rack, open the oven door and pull the rack towards the front of the oven. The rack will slide on the rack guides on the inside of the oven. NOTE: For best results, do not set the timer more than 60 minutes because the food will no longer warm but overcook. Positioning of the rack will depend on the size of the food and desired browning. • When you select the Keep Warm function, the Keep Warm indicator light will illuminate. NOTE: Lower rack will not auto advance unless the rack is inside hooks on the glass door. – The default Time is 30 minutes. TIPS: – The default Temperature is 150°F and is NOT adjustable. Adjust rack downward to prevent top browning and upward to prevent bottom burning. • Time is adjustable and can be set at a maximum of 120 minutes. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes . . . ). For best toasting results, position the rack in the up position on the lower rack guide. When broiling, position the rack in the up position on the upper rack guide. • Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and “▼” button to decrease the time. To replace the rack in the oven, align rack in rack guide and slide toward the back of the oven. NOTE: Heating elements may cycle ON and OFF to maintain the desired temperature. • Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD. CLEANING YOUR TOASTER OVEN • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up. Before cleaning your OSTER® Toaster Oven, unplug it and allow it to cool. To clean, wipe with damp cloth. DO NOT IMMERSE IN WATER! Make sure to use only mild, soapy water. Abrasive cleaners, scrubbing brushes and chemical cleaners will damage the continuous clean coating on this unit. Empty crumb tray frequently to avoid accumulation of crumbs. • When the Keep Warm cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “ – – – ” will appear on the display and the “Key Warm” indicator light will turn off. STORING YOUR TOASTER OVEN USING THE TOAST FUNCTION • The toast function may be used to toast bread, muffins and waffles or your favorite recipe according to package or recipe instructions. Allow the appliance to cool completely before storing. If storing the toaster oven for long periods of time make certain that the toaster oven is clean and free of food particles. Store the toaster oven in a dry location such as on a table or countertop or in a cupboard shelf. Wind the electrical cord around the cord storage brackets. Other than the recommended cleaning, no further user maintenance should be necessary. • When you select the Toast function, the toast indicator light will illuminate. • The default temperature is 450°F. The temperature is not adjustable. USING THE BROIL FUNCTION The maximum cooking time is 120 minutes (2 hours), the time will appear in the LCD display. • The broil function may be used to broil steak, fillets, poultry and other favorite foods according to package or recipe instructions. START BUTTON • When broiling, always use baking/broiling tray with the broiling insert. • Set the Toast Shade Setting: (See Figure 1) The default setting is the lightest toast shade option. Press the “▲” or “▼” buttons on either side of the Toast button. Press the “▲” button to increase the toast shade and “▼” button to decrease the toast shade. The toast shade indicator lights above the LCD panel will illuminate. (See Figure 2) • Close the door to the first notch, leaving approximately a 3-inch gap at the top. Press this button to begin all functions and the corresponding indicator light will illuminate. If you do not press the “start” button within 30 seconds of choosing your menu selection, the LCD display will go back to “- - -” and all indicator lights will turn off. • When you select the broil function, the broil indicator light will illuminate. NOTE: No default time or temperature will appear when the Time/Temperature button is pressed. The Toast Shade setting can only be adjusted with the toast “▲” or toast “▼” button. – The default Time is 30 minutes. – The default Temperature is 450°F. The temperature cannot be adjusted. • The Time is adjustable. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...). STOP BUTTON Press this button to turn off the power. The display will revert to “- - -”. When the operation is finished or you press the “stop” button, the unit will turn off, “- - -” will appear in the LCD and all of the indicator lights will turn off. • Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and “▼” button to decrease the time. English-3 Broil Toast FIGURE 1 Toast Color • When the toasting cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “– – –” will appear on the display and the “Toast” indicator light will turn off. English-4 Bake Keep Warm • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. After the temperature appears on LCD for 30 seconds, the LCD will go back to show time automatically. NOTE: During broiling, only top heating element will heat up. English-2 To accommodate a wide variety of foods the oven has two reversible racks and two rack positions. The racks can be inserted in the oven in the up position or down position. The racks will fit into either of the rack guides inside of the toaster oven (see Figure). USING THE KEEP WARM FUNCTION • The bake function may be used to bake cake, cookies, poultry, beef and pork. • When you select the bake function, the bake indicator light will illuminate. – The default Time is 30 minutes. – The default Temperature is 450°F. • Both Time and Temperature are adjustable. • Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and the “▼” button to decrease the time. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...). • Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD display. Press the “▲” button to increase the temperature and “▼” button to decrease the temperature. Temperature changes in 25° increments each time you press “▲” or “▼”. • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up. • When the baking cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “---“ will appear on the display and the “Bake” indicator light will turn off. • Plug the toaster oven into an electrical outlet. POSITIONING RACKS • When the broiling cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “---” will appear on the display and the “Broil” indicator light will turn off. USING THE BAKE FUNCTION • Insert bottom rack over hooks on glass door so rack moves with door. 8 • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. BEEPER FUNCTION If you are using your toaster oven for the first time, please be sure to: – – – FOLD – – – READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – LEARNING ABOUT YOUR TOASTER OVEN • Do not touch hot surface. Use oven handles or knobs. Always use oven mitts when handling hot materials and allow metal parts to cool before cleaning. Allow the unit to cool thoroughly before putting in or taking off parts. • When the unit is not in use and before cleaning, unplug the toaster oven from the wall outlet. NOTE: Make sure the oven is turned off before unplugging. • To protect against electric shock, do not immerse cord, plug or any parts of the oven in water or other liquids. • Close supervision is necessary when this or any appliance is used near children. This appliance is not for use by children. • Do not operate this or any appliance with a frayed or damaged cord or plug or after the appliance malfunctions or is dropped or has been damaged in any manner. • Do not use attachments not recommended by the manufacturer; they may cause fire, electric shock or personal injury. • Do not use outdoors or for commercial purposes. • Do not use this appliance for other than its intended use. • Do not let cord dangle over the edge of a tabletop or countertop or to touch hot surfaces. • Do not place appliance on or near a hot gas or electric burner, or in a heated oven or in a microwave oven. • Extreme caution should be used when using containers constructed of other than metal or glass. • A fire may occur if the oven is covered or touching flammable materials, including curtains, draperies, walls, and the like, when in operation. Do not store any item on the top of the oven during operation. • Do not store any materials, other than manufacturer’s recommended accessories, in this oven when not in use. • Do not place any flammable materials in the oven, such as paper, cardboard, plastic, or any materials that may catch fire or melt. • Do not cover the oven with metal foil. This will cause overheating of the appliance. • Oversized foods or metal utensils must not be inserted in the appliance, as they may create a fire or risk of electric shock. • Do not clean with metal scouring pads. Pieces can break off the pad and touch electrical parts involving a risk of electric shock. • When broiling, use extreme caution when removing tray or disposing of hot grease or other hot liquids. • To turn this appliance off, return all controls to the “OFF” position. • When operating the oven keep at least four inches of space on all sides of oven to allow for adequate air circulation. FOR PREPARING YOUR TOASTER OVEN WELCOME Congratulations on your purchase of an OSTER® 6-Slice Toaster Oven! To learn more about OSTER® products, please visit us at www.oster.com. 1 When using electrical appliances, basic safety precautions should always be followed including the following: T HIS U NIT I S – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS FIGURE 2 English-5 English-6 – – – F OLD – – – – – – F OLD – – – English-7 Printed in China Imprimé en Chine Impreso en China Español-1 Distruibido por Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431 ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Todos los derechos reservados. In Canada – If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service, please call 1.800.667.8623 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you. www.oster.com In the U.S.A. – If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service, please call 1.800.334.0759 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you. EE.UU. : 1.800.334.0759 Canadá : 1.800.667.8623 How to Obtain Warranty Service Para preguntas sobre los productos llame: Sunbeam Consumer Service This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from province to province, state to state or jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Some provinces, states or jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusion may not apply to you. Distribué par Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida 33431 OSTER® est une marque déposée de Sunbeam Products, Inc. ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Tous droits réservés. www.oster.com 09.37 États-Unis : 1.800.334.0759 Canada : 1.800.667.8623 30 Pour les questions de produit: Sunbeam Consumer Service Sunbeam shall not be liable for any damages of any kind resulting from the purchase, use or misuse of, or inability to use the product including incidental, special, consequential or similar damages or loss of profits, or for any breach of contract, fundamental or otherwise, or for any claim brought against purchaser by any other party. may 2003 bo b Sunbeam disclaims all other warranties, conditions or representations, express, implied, statutory or otherwise. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, any implied warranty or condition of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose is limited in duration to the duration of the above warranty. Sunbeam shall not be liable for any incidental or consequential damages caused by the breach of any express, implied or statutory warranty or condition. Distributed by Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431 OSTER® is a registered trademark of Sunbeam Products, Inc. What Are the Limits on Sunbeam’s Liability? ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. All rights reserved. This warranty does not cover normal wear of parts or damage resulting from any of the following: negligent use or misuse of the product, use on improper voltage or current, use contrary to the operating instructions, disassembly, repair or alteration by anyone other than Sunbeam or an authorized Sunbeam service center. Further, the warranty does not cover: Acts of God, such as fire, flood, hurricanes and tornadoes. www.oster.com USA : 1.800.334.0759 Canada : 1.800.667.8623 This warranty is valid for the original retail purchaser from the date of initial retail purchase and is not transferable. Keep the original sales receipt. Proof of purchase is required to obtain warranty performance. Sunbeam dealers, service centers, or retail stores selling Sunbeam products do not have the right to alter, modify or any way change the terms and conditions of this warranty. For product questions contact: Sunbeam Consumer Service Sunbeam Products, Inc., or if in Canada, Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited (collectively “Sunbeam”) warrants that for a period of one year from the date of purchase, this product will be free from defects in material and workmanship. Sunbeam, at its option, will repair or replace this product or any component of the product found to be defective during the warranty period. Replacement will be made with a new or remanufactured product or component. If the product is no longer available, replacement may be made with a similar product of equal or greater value. This is your exclusive warranty. Visit us at www.oster.com 1c. Luz indicadora de las posiciones del nivel de tostado – Le permite ver la posición de nivel de tostado seleccionada. 1a. Visor de cristal líquido – Para observar con facilidad las posiciones de tiempo y temperatura Enchufe la unidad. En el visor de cristal líquido se presentará “- - -”. No se encenderán las luces indicadoras. Cada vez que pulse un botón, se escuchará una señal audible de confirmación. 1e STOP START 1d Keep Warm CÓMO USAR EL HORNO-TOSTADORA 1. Panel de controles digitales BENEFICIOS DE LAS FUNCIONES HORNO-TOSTADORA DEL Toast 1b • Enchufe el horno-tostadora en un tomacorriente. Broil • Inserte el rack inferior sobre ganchos, en la puerta de vidrio, para que se mueva con ésta. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 1. Panel de controles digitales 7 1a. Visor de cristal líquido 1b. Botones y luces indicadores de las funciones Hornear, Asar, Tostar y Mantener Caliente 1c. Indicador de posiciones de niveles de tostado 1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar 4 1e. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Parar 1f. Botón y luces indicadoras de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura Visor Paredes interiores autolimpiantes Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar Rack de avance automático Rack de dos posiciones Dos racks de rejilla removibles/reversibles Bandeja para migas removible Bake • Elija un lugar dónde colocar el horno-tostadora. Debe ser un área abierta sobre una superficie de trabajo plana, que tenga cerca un tomacorriente para enchufar el cable. SELECT Time Temp 1f • Seque bien la unidad antes de usarla. • Limpiar los racks, la bandeja y la plancha con agua caliente, una pequeña cantidad de líquido lavaplatos y una esponja o paño de limpieza no abrasivo. NO SUMERJA LA CARCASA DE LA UNIDAD EN AGUA. Toast Color 1c 1a • Abrir la puerta del horno y retirar toda la documentación y papeles impresos. 6 2 • Retirar los autoadhesivos de la superficie del horno. 8 5 Cuando use el horno-tostadora por primera vez, asegúrese de: PREPARACIÓN DEL HORNO-TOSTADORA Keep Warm 7. Dos racks rejilla removibles/reversibles – Para adaptarse a múltiples alimentos y tamaños. Broil Bake SELECT Time Temp 6. Rack de dos posiciones – Se adapta a una amplia variedad de alimentos, desde pizza hasta grandes asados. Toast Color 3 4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar – Facilita sus necesidades de horneado y asado. Manual de Instrucciones 3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes – Los alimentos se disipan para una fácil limpieza. BIENVENIDOS PARA Manuel d’Instructions 5. Rack de avance automático – Para retirar fácilmente y en forma segura los alimentos cocidos. 1 2. Visor – Para ver cómo se cocinan los alimentos. Para reducir el riesgo de descarga eléctrica, este aparato cuenta con una clavija polarizada (una pata es más ancha que la otra). Esta clavija entra sólo de una manera en un enchufe polarizado. Si la clavija no encaja en el enchufe simplemente colóquela al revés. Si aún así no encaja llame a un electricista calificado. De ninguna manera intente modificar esta medida de seguridad. ESTA UNIDAD ES 6239 Toast ¡Felicitaciones por su compra de un Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas. Para aprender más sobre productos OSTER ®, por favor visítenos en www.oster.com! PRECAUCIONES IMPORTANTES MODEL/MODÈLE MODELO 8. Bandeja para migas removible – Facilita la limpieza de migas y los restos de alimentos. STOP START ACERCA DE SU HORNO-TOSTADORA Cuando use algún aparato eléctrico siempre deben seguirse precauciones básicas de seguridad incluyendo las siguientes: P.N. 111339 NOTA: Deberá pulsar uno de los botones de los menús “mantener caliente”, “asar”, “hornear” o “tostar” para que comience a funcionar la unidad. Después podrá ajustar el tiempo y la temperatura. 1b. Botones y luz indicadora de las funciones Hornear, Asar, Tostar y Mantener Caliente – Los botones son de fácil lectura y uso. La luz indicadora mostrará la opción seleccionada (hornear, asar, tostar o mantener caliente). LEA TODAS LAS INSTRUCCIONES ANTES DE USAR One-Year Limited Warranty Español-3 1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar – Pulse este botón para comenzar a usar todas las funciones y se encenderá la luz indicadora correspondiente. • No toque la superficie caliente. Use las asas o perillas del horno. Siempre colóquese guantes al manipular materiales calientes y deje que las partes de metal se enfríen antes de limpiarlas. Permita que la unidad se enfríe bien antes de poner o quitar piezas. • Cuando no use la unidad y antes de limpiarla, desenchufe el horno-tostadora del tomacorriente. NOTA: Asegúrese de apagar el horno antes de desenchufarlo. • Para protegerse contra choques eléctricos, no sumerja el cable, el enchufe ni parte alguna del horno en agua u otros líquidos. • Éste o cualquier otro electrodoméstico debe usarse bajo estricta vigilancia en presencia de niños. Este electrodoméstico no debe ser utilizado por niños. • No opere ni éste ni ningún electrodoméstico que tenga el cable o enchufe gastado o dañado ni después de mal funcionamiento, caída o daño alguno del equipo. • No use accesorios no recomendados por el fabricante; podrían causar incendios, golpes eléctricos o lesiones personales. • No use en exteriores ni para propósitos comerciales. • No use este electrodoméstico para un propósito distinto de aquél para el cual fue diseñado. • No deje que el cable cuelgue del borde de la mesa o superficie de trabajo ni que toque superficies calientes. • No coloque el electrodoméstico sobre o cerca de un mechero eléctrico o a gas caliente, en un horno caliente o en un horno a microondas. • Ponga extremo cuidado cuando use recipientes de un material diferente a metal o vidrio. • El horno cubierto o en contacto con material inflamable, incluidas cortinas, tapicería, paredes o elementos similares mientras está en funcionamiento podría causar un incendio. No coloque nada sobre el horno mientras lo esté usando. • No guarde en este horno cuando no lo use ningún material distinto a los accesorios recomendados por el fabricante. • No coloque en el horno material inflamable, como por ejemplo papel, cartón, plástico, ni ningún otro material que pudiere incendiarse o derretirse. • No cubra el horno con papel metalizado, pues podría recalentarse el electrodoméstico. • No inserte en el electrodoméstico alimentos de gran tamaño ni utensilios de metal, pues podrían causar incendio o riesgo de choques eléctricos. • No limpie con esponja de metal. Las partes del aparato podrían romperla y tocar piezas eléctricas, con el consiguiente riesgo de choques eléctricos. • Al asar, ponga extremo cuidado en retirar la bandeja o disponer de la grasa o cualquier otro líquido caliente. • Para apagar este electrodoméstico, lleve todos los controles a la posición “OFF”. • Al operar el horno, deje una separación mínima de cuatro pulgadas alrededor del aparato para permitir la adecuada circulación de aire. In the U.S.A., this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Products, Inc., located in Boca Raton, Florida 33431. In Canada, this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited, located at 5975 Falbourne Street, Mississauga, Ontario L5R 3V8. OSTER® es una marca registrada de Sunbeam Products, Inc. Español-2 GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES PLEASE DO NOT RETURN THIS PRODUCT TO ANY OF THESE ADDRESSES OR TO THE PLACE OF PURCHASE. – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – User Manual 1f. Botón de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura – Permite conmutar entre el ajuste de temperatura y el temporizador. Mediante este botón, usted puede regular el tiempo y la temperatura deseada. Con el botón “▲”, usted puede aumentar la temperatura o el tiempo; para disminuirlos, use el botón “▼”. 1e. Botón Parar – Le permite detener en cualquier momento las funciones de horneado, asado, tostado o mantener caliente. USO DOMÉSTICO SOLAMENTE – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – 6-Slice Toaster Oven Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas Grille-Pain Four de 6 Tranches – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – PREPARING YOUR TOASTER OVEN WELCOME Congratulations on your purchase of an OSTER® 6-Slice Toaster Oven! To learn more about OSTER® products, please visit us at www.oster.com. 1. 1a. 1b. 1c. 1d. 1e. 1f. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Digital Control Panel LCD Display Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator Lights Toast Shade Setting Indicator Start Button and Indicator Light Stop Button and Indicator Light Timer and Temperature Setting Button and Indicator Lights Viewing Window Continuous Clean Interior Walls Baking Pan and Broiling Tray Auto Advance Rack Two Rack Positions Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks Removable Crumb Tray 7 – – – FOLD – – – FOR If you are using your toaster oven for the first time, please be sure to: 1 • Remove any stickers from the surface of the oven. 3 • Open oven door and remove all printed documents and paper from inside the toaster oven. • Clean the racks, tray, and pan with hot water, a small amount of dishwashing liquid and a non-abrasive sponge or cleaning pad. DO NOT IMMERSE THE BODY OF THE UNIT IN WATER. Toast Color Time Temp SELECT Bake Broil Toast • Dry the unit thoroughly before using. STOP • • • Plug the toaster oven into an electrical outlet. • Bake Temperature: Press the “▲” button to increase the temperature or press the “▼” button to decrease temperature. POSITIONING RACKS • When the broiling cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “---” will appear on the display and the “Broil” indicator light will turn off. To accommodate a wide variety of foods the oven has two reversible racks and two rack positions. The racks can be inserted in the oven in the up position or down position. The racks will fit into either of the rack guides inside of the toaster oven (see Figure). USING THE KEEP WARM FUNCTION Before removing the racks allow the unit to cool. • The keep warm function is for defrosting foods or keeping food warm. To remove a rack, open the oven door and pull the rack towards the front of the oven. The rack will slide on the rack guides on the inside of the oven. NOTE: For best results, do not set the timer more than 60 minutes because the food will no longer warm but overcook. Positioning of the rack will depend on the size of the food and desired browning. • When you select the Keep Warm function, the Keep Warm indicator light will illuminate. NOTE: Lower rack will not auto advance unless the rack is inside hooks on the glass door. – The default Time is 30 minutes. TIPS: – The default Temperature is 150°F and is NOT adjustable. USING THE BAKE FUNCTION • Insert bottom rack over hooks on glass door so rack moves with door. 8 2 1c SELECT • • Time: Press the “▲” button to increase the time or press the “▼” button to decrease time. STOP • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. BEEPER FUNCTION (1) When you plug the unit in, the beeper sounds once and “ - - - ”appears in the LCD. (2) When you press one of the four menu buttons the beeper will sound one time. (3) When you press the adjustable button, every time you press the button, the beeper will sound once. If you press the button continually, the beeper only sounds one time. (4) When you press the start button the beeper will sound once, and “:” will flash, that means the unit is in operation. Once the unit has begun the cooking cycle, the menu selection, time or temperature cannot be changed. The unit must be stopped and reset. (5) When the unit is in operation, press the stop button, the beeper will sound once and the unit will stop operation. (6) At the end of pre-set time, the unit will sound a long beep to remind you the work is done. Keep Warm START • Select a location for the toaster oven. The location should be in an open area on a flat counter where the plug will reach an outlet. 4 5 6 1a USING YOUR TOASTER OVEN Toast Color • • Plug the unit in, “- - -” will appear in the LCD. The indicator lights will not illuminate. Every time that you press a button, your oven will make a confirmation beep. 1f NOTE: You will need to press one of the menu buttons “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, or “toast” for the unit to start. Then you can set the Time and Temperature. Time Temp TOASTER OVEN FEATURE BENEFITS MENU BUTTONS Broil Toast H OUSEHOLD U SE O NLY – – – FOLD – – – T HIS U NIT I S If you press one of the buttons from the four menus, “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, “toast”, the corresponding indicator light will illuminate and the LCD will display the default time setting. You will then be able to toggle between Time and Temperature with the Time/Temp button. Keep Warm START SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS To reduce the risk of electrical shock, this appliance has a polarized plug (one blade is wider than the other). This plug fits a polarized outlet only one way; if the plug does not fit fully into the outlet, reverse the plug. If it still does not fit, contact a qualified electrician. Do not attempt to defeat this safety feature. Adjust rack downward to prevent top browning and upward to prevent bottom burning. • Time is adjustable and can be set at a maximum of 120 minutes. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes . . . ). The bake function may be used to bake cake, cookies, poultry, beef and pork. When you select the bake function, the bake indicator light will illuminate. – The default Time is 30 minutes. – The default Temperature is 450°F. Both Time and Temperature are adjustable. Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and the “▼” button to decrease the time. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...). Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD display. Press the “▲” button to increase the temperature and “▼” button to decrease the temperature. Temperature changes in 25° increments each time you press “▲” or “▼”. Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up. When the baking cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “---“ will appear on the display and the “Bake” indicator light will turn off. For best toasting results, position the rack in the up position on the lower rack guide. When broiling, position the rack in the up position on the upper rack guide. • Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and “▼” button to decrease the time. To replace the rack in the oven, align rack in rack guide and slide toward the back of the oven. NOTE: Heating elements may cycle ON and OFF to maintain the desired temperature. • Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD. CLEANING YOUR TOASTER OVEN • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up. Before cleaning your OSTER® Toaster Oven, unplug it and allow it to cool. To clean, wipe with damp cloth. DO NOT IMMERSE IN WATER! Make sure to use only mild, soapy water. Abrasive cleaners, scrubbing brushes and chemical cleaners will damage the continuous clean coating on this unit. Empty crumb tray frequently to avoid accumulation of crumbs. • When the Keep Warm cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “ – – – ” will appear on the display and the “Key Warm” indicator light will turn off. STORING YOUR TOASTER OVEN USING THE TOAST FUNCTION • The toast function may be used to toast bread, muffins and waffles or your favorite recipe according to package or recipe instructions. Allow the appliance to cool completely before storing. If storing the toaster oven for long periods of time make certain that the toaster oven is clean and free of food particles. Store the toaster oven in a dry location such as on a table or countertop or in a cupboard shelf. Wind the electrical cord around the cord storage brackets. Other than the recommended cleaning, no further user maintenance should be necessary. • When you select the Toast function, the toast indicator light will illuminate. • The default temperature is 450°F. The temperature is not adjustable. USING THE BROIL FUNCTION • Set the Toast Shade Setting: (See Figure 1) The default setting is the lightest toast shade option. Press the “▲” or “▼” buttons on either side of the Toast button. Press the “▲” button to increase the toast shade and “▼” button to decrease the toast shade. The toast shade indicator lights above the LCD panel will illuminate. (See Figure 2) • The broil function may be used to broil steak, fillets, poultry and other favorite foods according to package or recipe instructions. The maximum cooking time is 120 minutes (2 hours), the time will appear in the LCD display. • When broiling, always use baking/broiling tray with the broiling insert. START BUTTON • Close the door to the first notch, leaving approximately a 3-inch gap at the top. Press this button to begin all functions and the corresponding indicator light will illuminate. If you do not press the “start” button within 30 seconds of choosing your menu selection, the LCD display will go back to “- - -” and all indicator lights will turn off. • When you select the broil function, the broil indicator light will illuminate. NOTE: No default time or temperature will appear when the Time/Temperature button is pressed. The Toast Shade setting can only be adjusted with the toast “▲” or toast “▼” button. – The default Time is 30 minutes. – The default Temperature is 450°F. The temperature cannot be adjusted. • The Time is adjustable. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...). STOP BUTTON Press this button to turn off the power. The display will revert to “- - -”. When the operation is finished or you press the “stop” button, the unit will turn off, “- - -” will appear in the LCD and all of the indicator lights will turn off. • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. After the temperature appears on LCD for 30 seconds, the LCD will go back to show time automatically. • Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and “▼” button to decrease the time. • When the toasting cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “– – –” will appear on the display and the “Toast” indicator light will turn off. NOTE: During broiling, only top heating element will heat up. English-2 – – – FOLD – – – IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS When using electrical appliances, basic safety precautions should always be followed including the following: LEARNING ABOUT YOUR TOASTER OVEN READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Do not touch hot surface. Use oven handles or knobs. Always use oven mitts when handling hot materials and allow metal parts to cool before cleaning. Allow the unit to cool thoroughly before putting in or taking off parts. When the unit is not in use and before cleaning, unplug the toaster oven from the wall outlet. NOTE: Make sure the oven is turned off before unplugging. To protect against electric shock, do not immerse cord, plug or any parts of the oven in water or other liquids. Close supervision is necessary when this or any appliance is used near children. This appliance is not for use by children. Do not operate this or any appliance with a frayed or damaged cord or plug or after the appliance malfunctions or is dropped or has been damaged in any manner. Do not use attachments not recommended by the manufacturer; they may cause fire, electric shock or personal injury. Do not use outdoors or for commercial purposes. Do not use this appliance for other than its intended use. Do not let cord dangle over the edge of a tabletop or countertop or to touch hot surfaces. Do not place appliance on or near a hot gas or electric burner, or in a heated oven or in a microwave oven. Extreme caution should be used when using containers constructed of other than metal or glass. A fire may occur if the oven is covered or touching flammable materials, including curtains, draperies, walls, and the like, when in operation. Do not store any item on the top of the oven during operation. Do not store any materials, other than manufacturer’s recommended accessories, in this oven when not in use. Do not place any flammable materials in the oven, such as paper, cardboard, plastic, or any materials that may catch fire or melt. Do not cover the oven with metal foil. This will cause overheating of the appliance. Oversized foods or metal utensils must not be inserted in the appliance, as they may create a fire or risk of electric shock. Do not clean with metal scouring pads. Pieces can break off the pad and touch electrical parts involving a risk of electric shock. When broiling, use extreme caution when removing tray or disposing of hot grease or other hot liquids. To turn this appliance off, return all controls to the “OFF” position. When operating the oven keep at least four inches of space on all sides of oven to allow for adequate air circulation. 1. Digital Control Panel 1a. LCD Display – For easy viewing of temperature and time settings 1b 1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator Light – Buttons are easy to read and easy to use. The indicator light will show what option (bake, broil, toast or 1d keep warm) has been selected. 1e 1c. Toast Shade Setting Indicator Light – Allows you to visually see the toaster shade setting selected. 1d. Start Button and Indicator Light – Press this button to begin all functions and the according indicator light will illuminate. 1e. Stop Button – Allows you to stop the baking, broiling, toasting or keep warm function at any time. 1f. Timer and Temperature Setting Button – Allows you to toggle between the temperature and timer setting. The buttons allow you to set the time and temperature you desire. The “▲” button allows you to increase the temperature or time and the “▼” button to decrease the temperature or time. Viewing Window – Allows you to see food cooking. Continuous Clean Interior Walls – Allows food to dissipate off for easy cleaning. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray – Makes all of your baking and broiling needs easy. Auto Advance Rack – For easy and safe removal of cooked foods. Two Rack Positions – To accommodate a wide variety of foods from pizza to tall roasts. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks – To accommodate multiple foods and sizes. Removable Crumb Tray – Allows for easy cleaning of crumbs and fallen food particles. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. English-1 English-3 English-4 Bake Broil Toast Keep Warm FIGURE 1 Toast Color FIGURE 2 English-5 English-6 – – – F OLD – – – – – – F OLD – – – English-7 Printed in China Imprimé en Chine Impreso en China Español-1 In the U.S.A., this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Products, Inc., located in Boca Raton, Florida 33431. In Canada, this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited, located at 5975 Falbourne Street, Mississauga, Ontario L5R 3V8. OSTER® es una marca registrada de Sunbeam Products, Inc. ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Todos los derechos reservados. In Canada – If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service, please call 1.800.667.8623 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you. www.oster.com In the U.S.A. – If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service, please call 1.800.334.0759 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you. EE.UU. : 1.800.334.0759 Canadá : 1.800.667.8623 How to Obtain Warranty Service Para preguntas sobre los productos llame: Sunbeam Consumer Service This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from province to province, state to state or jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Distribué par Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida 33431 ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Tous droits réservés. Sunbeam shall not be liable for any damages of any kind resulting from the purchase, use or misuse of, or inability to use the product including incidental, special, consequential or similar damages or loss of profits, or for any breach of contract, fundamental or otherwise, or for any claim brought against purchaser by any other party. 09.37 bo b Sunbeam disclaims all other warranties, conditions or representations, express, implied, statutory or otherwise. may 2003 Español-2 GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES PLEASE DO NOT RETURN THIS PRODUCT TO ANY OF THESE ADDRESSES OR TO THE PLACE OF PURCHASE. Distruibido por Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431 Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, any implied warranty or condition of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose is limited in duration to the duration of the above warranty. Español-3 1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar – Pulse este botón para comenzar a usar todas las funciones y se encenderá la luz indicadora correspondiente. Visit us at www.oster.com 1c. Luz indicadora de las posiciones del nivel de tostado – Le permite ver la posición de nivel de tostado seleccionada. • El horno cubierto o en contacto con material inflamable, incluidas cortinas, tapicería, paredes o elementos similares mientras está en funcionamiento podría causar un incendio. No coloque nada sobre el horno mientras lo esté usando. • No guarde en este horno cuando no lo use ningún material distinto a los accesorios recomendados por el fabricante. • No coloque en el horno material inflamable, como por ejemplo papel, cartón, plástico, ni ningún otro material que pudiere incendiarse o derretirse. • No cubra el horno con papel metalizado, pues podría recalentarse el electrodoméstico. • No inserte en el electrodoméstico alimentos de gran tamaño ni utensilios de metal, pues podrían causar incendio o riesgo de choques eléctricos. • No limpie con esponja de metal. Las partes del aparato podrían romperla y tocar piezas eléctricas, con el consiguiente riesgo de choques eléctricos. • Al asar, ponga extremo cuidado en retirar la bandeja o disponer de la grasa o cualquier otro líquido caliente. • Para apagar este electrodoméstico, lleve todos los controles a la posición “OFF”. • Al operar el horno, deje una separación mínima de cuatro pulgadas alrededor del aparato para permitir la adecuada circulación de aire. Some provinces, states or jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusion may not apply to you. OSTER® est une marque déposée de Sunbeam Products, Inc. www.oster.com États-Unis : 1.800.334.0759 Canada : 1.800.667.8623 30 Pour les questions de produit: Sunbeam Consumer Service 1b. Botones y luz indicadora de las funciones Hornear, Asar, Tostar y Mantener Caliente – Los botones son de fácil lectura y uso. La luz indicadora mostrará la opción seleccionada (hornear, asar, tostar o mantener caliente). 1a. Visor de cristal líquido – Para observar con facilidad las posiciones de tiempo y temperatura 1e START STOP Keep Warm CÓMO USAR EL HORNO-TOSTADORA Toast 1b • Enchufe el horno-tostadora en un tomacorriente. Broil • Inserte el rack inferior sobre ganchos, en la puerta de vidrio, para que se mueva con ésta. ACERCA DE SU HORNO-TOSTADORA 5. Rack de avance automático – Para retirar fácilmente y en forma segura los alimentos cocidos. • Éste o cualquier otro electrodoméstico debe usarse bajo estricta vigilancia en presencia de niños. Este electrodoméstico no debe ser utilizado por niños. 1. Panel de controles digitales 7 1a. Visor de cristal líquido 1b. Botones y luces indicadores de las funciones Hornear, Asar, Tostar y Mantener Caliente 1c. Indicador de posiciones de niveles de tostado 1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar 4 1e. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Parar 1f. Botón y luces indicadoras de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura 2. Visor 3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes 4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar 5. Rack de avance automático 6. Rack de dos posiciones 7. Dos racks de rejilla removibles/reversibles 8. Bandeja para migas removible LEA TODAS LAS INSTRUCCIONES ANTES DE USAR PARA Bake • Elija un lugar dónde colocar el horno-tostadora. Debe ser un área abierta sobre una superficie de trabajo plana, que tenga cerca un tomacorriente para enchufar el cable. SELECT Time Temp 1f • Seque bien la unidad antes de usarla. • Limpiar los racks, la bandeja y la plancha con agua caliente, una pequeña cantidad de líquido lavaplatos y una esponja o paño de limpieza no abrasivo. NO SUMERJA LA CARCASA DE LA UNIDAD EN AGUA. Toast Color 1c 1a • Abrir la puerta del horno y retirar toda la documentación y papeles impresos. 6 2 • Retirar los autoadhesivos de la superficie del horno. 8 5 Cuando use el horno-tostadora por primera vez, asegúrese de: PREPARACIÓN DEL HORNO-TOSTADORA START MODEL/MODÈLE MODELO 8. Bandeja para migas removible – Facilita la limpieza de migas y los restos de alimentos. STOP Keep Warm 6239 Toast 7. Dos racks rejilla removibles/reversibles – Para adaptarse a múltiples alimentos y tamaños. Broil Bake SELECT Time Temp 6. Rack de dos posiciones – Se adapta a una amplia variedad de alimentos, desde pizza hasta grandes asados. Toast Color 3 1 Manuel d’Instructions Manual de Instrucciones 3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes – Los alimentos se disipan para una fácil limpieza. BIENVENIDOS 2. Visor – Para ver cómo se cocinan los alimentos. Para reducir el riesgo de descarga eléctrica, este aparato cuenta con una clavija polarizada (una pata es más ancha que la otra). Esta clavija entra sólo de una manera en un enchufe polarizado. Si la clavija no encaja en el enchufe simplemente colóquela al revés. Si aún así no encaja llame a un electricista calificado. De ninguna manera intente modificar esta medida de seguridad. Cuando use algún aparato eléctrico siempre deben seguirse precauciones básicas de seguridad incluyendo las siguientes: ESTA UNIDAD ES P.N. 111339 NOTA: Deberá pulsar uno de los botones de los menús “mantener caliente”, “asar”, “hornear” o “tostar” para que comience a funcionar la unidad. Después podrá ajustar el tiempo y la temperatura. Enchufe la unidad. En el visor de cristal líquido se presentará “- - -”. No se encenderán las luces indicadoras. Cada vez que pulse un botón, se escuchará una señal audible de confirmación. 1d 1. Panel de controles digitales BENEFICIOS DE LAS FUNCIONES DEL HORNO-TOSTADORA 4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar – Facilita sus necesidades de horneado y asado. • No use accesorios no recomendados por el fabricante; podrían causar incendios, golpes eléctricos o lesiones personales. What Are the Limits on Sunbeam’s Liability? ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. All rights reserved. ¡Felicitaciones por su compra de un Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas. Para aprender más sobre productos OSTER ®, por favor visítenos en www.oster.com! • No use en exteriores ni para propósitos comerciales. • No use este electrodoméstico para un propósito distinto de aquél para el cual fue diseñado. • No deje que el cable cuelgue del borde de la mesa o superficie de trabajo ni que toque superficies calientes. • No coloque el electrodoméstico sobre o cerca de un mechero eléctrico o a gas caliente, en un horno caliente o en un horno a microondas. • Ponga extremo cuidado cuando use recipientes de un material diferente a metal o vidrio. Sunbeam shall not be liable for any incidental or consequential damages caused by the breach of any express, implied or statutory warranty or condition. Distributed by Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431 OSTER® is a registered trademark of Sunbeam Products, Inc. • Cuando no use la unidad y antes de limpiarla, desenchufe el horno-tostadora del tomacorriente. NOTA: Asegúrese de apagar el horno antes de desenchufarlo. • Para protegerse contra choques eléctricos, no sumerja el cable, el enchufe ni parte alguna del horno en agua u otros líquidos. • No opere ni éste ni ningún electrodoméstico que tenga el cable o enchufe gastado o dañado ni después de mal funcionamiento, caída o daño alguno del equipo. This warranty does not cover normal wear of parts or damage resulting from any of the following: negligent use or misuse of the product, use on improper voltage or current, use contrary to the operating instructions, disassembly, repair or alteration by anyone other than Sunbeam or an authorized Sunbeam service center. Further, the warranty does not cover: Acts of God, such as fire, flood, hurricanes and tornadoes. www.oster.com USA : 1.800.334.0759 Canada : 1.800.667.8623 This warranty is valid for the original retail purchaser from the date of initial retail purchase and is not transferable. Keep the original sales receipt. Proof of purchase is required to obtain warranty performance. Sunbeam dealers, service centers, or retail stores selling Sunbeam products do not have the right to alter, modify or any way change the terms and conditions of this warranty. For product questions contact: Sunbeam Consumer Service • No toque la superficie caliente. Use las asas o perillas del horno. Siempre colóquese guantes al manipular materiales calientes y deje que las partes de metal se enfríen antes de limpiarlas. Permita que la unidad se enfríe bien antes de poner o quitar piezas. warrants that for a period of one year from the date of purchase, this product will be free from defects in material and workmanship. Sunbeam, at its option, will repair or replace this product or any component of the product found to be defective during the warranty period. Replacement will be made with a new or remanufactured product or component. If the product is no longer available, replacement may be made with a similar product of equal or greater value. This is your exclusive warranty. Sunbeam Products, Inc., or if in Canada, Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited (collectively “Sunbeam”) PRECAUCIONES IMPORTANTES One-Year Limited Warranty User Manual 1f. Botón de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura – Permite conmutar entre el ajuste de temperatura y el temporizador. Mediante este botón, usted puede regular el tiempo y la temperatura deseada. Con el botón “▲”, usted puede aumentar la temperatura o el tiempo; para disminuirlos, use el botón “▼”. 6-Slice Toaster Oven Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas Grille-Pain Four de 6 Tranches 1e. Botón Parar – Le permite detener en cualquier momento las funciones de horneado, asado, tostado o mantener caliente. USO DOMÉSTICO SOLAMENTE – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – PREPARING YOUR TOASTER OVEN WELCOME Congratulations on your purchase of an OSTER® 6-Slice Toaster Oven! To learn more about OSTER® products, please visit us at www.oster.com. 1. 1a. 1b. 1c. 1d. 1e. 1f. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Digital Control Panel LCD Display Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator Lights Toast Shade Setting Indicator Start Button and Indicator Light Stop Button and Indicator Light Timer and Temperature Setting Button and Indicator Lights Viewing Window Continuous Clean Interior Walls Baking Pan and Broiling Tray Auto Advance Rack Two Rack Positions Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks Removable Crumb Tray 7 – – – FOLD – – – FOR If you are using your toaster oven for the first time, please be sure to: 1 • Remove any stickers from the surface of the oven. 3 • Open oven door and remove all printed documents and paper from inside the toaster oven. • Clean the racks, tray, and pan with hot water, a small amount of dishwashing liquid and a non-abrasive sponge or cleaning pad. DO NOT IMMERSE THE BODY OF THE UNIT IN WATER. Toast Color Time Temp SELECT Bake Broil Toast • Dry the unit thoroughly before using. STOP • • • Plug the toaster oven into an electrical outlet. • Bake Temperature: Press the “▲” button to increase the temperature or press the “▼” button to decrease temperature. POSITIONING RACKS • When the broiling cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “---” will appear on the display and the “Broil” indicator light will turn off. To accommodate a wide variety of foods the oven has two reversible racks and two rack positions. The racks can be inserted in the oven in the up position or down position. The racks will fit into either of the rack guides inside of the toaster oven (see Figure). USING THE KEEP WARM FUNCTION Before removing the racks allow the unit to cool. • The keep warm function is for defrosting foods or keeping food warm. To remove a rack, open the oven door and pull the rack towards the front of the oven. The rack will slide on the rack guides on the inside of the oven. NOTE: For best results, do not set the timer more than 60 minutes because the food will no longer warm but overcook. Positioning of the rack will depend on the size of the food and desired browning. • When you select the Keep Warm function, the Keep Warm indicator light will illuminate. NOTE: Lower rack will not auto advance unless the rack is inside hooks on the glass door. – The default Time is 30 minutes. TIPS: – The default Temperature is 150°F and is NOT adjustable. USING THE BAKE FUNCTION • Insert bottom rack over hooks on glass door so rack moves with door. 8 2 1c SELECT • • Time: Press the “▲” button to increase the time or press the “▼” button to decrease time. STOP • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. BEEPER FUNCTION (1) When you plug the unit in, the beeper sounds once and “ - - - ”appears in the LCD. (2) When you press one of the four menu buttons the beeper will sound one time. (3) When you press the adjustable button, every time you press the button, the beeper will sound once. If you press the button continually, the beeper only sounds one time. (4) When you press the start button the beeper will sound once, and “:” will flash, that means the unit is in operation. Once the unit has begun the cooking cycle, the menu selection, time or temperature cannot be changed. The unit must be stopped and reset. (5) When the unit is in operation, press the stop button, the beeper will sound once and the unit will stop operation. (6) At the end of pre-set time, the unit will sound a long beep to remind you the work is done. Keep Warm START • Select a location for the toaster oven. The location should be in an open area on a flat counter where the plug will reach an outlet. 4 5 6 1a USING YOUR TOASTER OVEN Toast Color • • Plug the unit in, “- - -” will appear in the LCD. The indicator lights will not illuminate. Every time that you press a button, your oven will make a confirmation beep. 1f NOTE: You will need to press one of the menu buttons “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, or “toast” for the unit to start. Then you can set the Time and Temperature. Time Temp TOASTER OVEN FEATURE BENEFITS MENU BUTTONS Broil Toast H OUSEHOLD U SE O NLY – – – FOLD – – – T HIS U NIT I S If you press one of the buttons from the four menus, “keep warm”, “broil”, “bake”, “toast”, the corresponding indicator light will illuminate and the LCD will display the default time setting. You will then be able to toggle between Time and Temperature with the Time/Temp button. Keep Warm START SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS To reduce the risk of electrical shock, this appliance has a polarized plug (one blade is wider than the other). This plug fits a polarized outlet only one way; if the plug does not fit fully into the outlet, reverse the plug. If it still does not fit, contact a qualified electrician. Do not attempt to defeat this safety feature. Adjust rack downward to prevent top browning and upward to prevent bottom burning. • Time is adjustable and can be set at a maximum of 120 minutes. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes . . . ). The bake function may be used to bake cake, cookies, poultry, beef and pork. When you select the bake function, the bake indicator light will illuminate. – The default Time is 30 minutes. – The default Temperature is 450°F. Both Time and Temperature are adjustable. Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and the “▼” button to decrease the time. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...). Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD display. Press the “▲” button to increase the temperature and “▼” button to decrease the temperature. Temperature changes in 25° increments each time you press “▲” or “▼”. Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up. When the baking cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “---“ will appear on the display and the “Bake” indicator light will turn off. For best toasting results, position the rack in the up position on the lower rack guide. When broiling, position the rack in the up position on the upper rack guide. • Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and “▼” button to decrease the time. To replace the rack in the oven, align rack in rack guide and slide toward the back of the oven. NOTE: Heating elements may cycle ON and OFF to maintain the desired temperature. • Set the Temperature: Press the Time/Temp button to set the Temperature. This button will toggle between Time and Temperature. The default Temperature will appear on the LCD. CLEANING YOUR TOASTER OVEN • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. Both top and bottom elements will heat up. Before cleaning your OSTER® Toaster Oven, unplug it and allow it to cool. To clean, wipe with damp cloth. DO NOT IMMERSE IN WATER! Make sure to use only mild, soapy water. Abrasive cleaners, scrubbing brushes and chemical cleaners will damage the continuous clean coating on this unit. Empty crumb tray frequently to avoid accumulation of crumbs. • When the Keep Warm cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “ – – – ” will appear on the display and the “Key Warm” indicator light will turn off. STORING YOUR TOASTER OVEN USING THE TOAST FUNCTION • The toast function may be used to toast bread, muffins and waffles or your favorite recipe according to package or recipe instructions. Allow the appliance to cool completely before storing. If storing the toaster oven for long periods of time make certain that the toaster oven is clean and free of food particles. Store the toaster oven in a dry location such as on a table or countertop or in a cupboard shelf. Wind the electrical cord around the cord storage brackets. Other than the recommended cleaning, no further user maintenance should be necessary. • When you select the Toast function, the toast indicator light will illuminate. • The default temperature is 450°F. The temperature is not adjustable. USING THE BROIL FUNCTION • Set the Toast Shade Setting: (See Figure 1) The default setting is the lightest toast shade option. Press the “▲” or “▼” buttons on either side of the Toast button. Press the “▲” button to increase the toast shade and “▼” button to decrease the toast shade. The toast shade indicator lights above the LCD panel will illuminate. (See Figure 2) • The broil function may be used to broil steak, fillets, poultry and other favorite foods according to package or recipe instructions. The maximum cooking time is 120 minutes (2 hours), the time will appear in the LCD display. • When broiling, always use baking/broiling tray with the broiling insert. START BUTTON • Close the door to the first notch, leaving approximately a 3-inch gap at the top. Press this button to begin all functions and the corresponding indicator light will illuminate. If you do not press the “start” button within 30 seconds of choosing your menu selection, the LCD display will go back to “- - -” and all indicator lights will turn off. • When you select the broil function, the broil indicator light will illuminate. NOTE: No default time or temperature will appear when the Time/Temperature button is pressed. The Toast Shade setting can only be adjusted with the toast “▲” or toast “▼” button. – The default Time is 30 minutes. – The default Temperature is 450°F. The temperature cannot be adjusted. • The Time is adjustable. Time will “▲” or “▼” in 5 minute increments. Once 5 minutes is reached, you have the option of decreasing in one minute increments when you press “▼” (4 minutes, 3 minutes...). STOP BUTTON Press this button to turn off the power. The display will revert to “- - -”. When the operation is finished or you press the “stop” button, the unit will turn off, “- - -” will appear in the LCD and all of the indicator lights will turn off. • Press Start – The unit starts working. The LCD displays the setting time. The “:” begins flashing and the time starts counting down. After the temperature appears on LCD for 30 seconds, the LCD will go back to show time automatically. • Set the Time: The default Time will appear first on the LCD. Press the “▲” button to increase the time and “▼” button to decrease the time. • When the toasting cycle is complete, the unit will sound a long beep and turn the unit off automatically. The “– – –” will appear on the display and the “Toast” indicator light will turn off. NOTE: During broiling, only top heating element will heat up. English-2 – – – FOLD – – – IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS When using electrical appliances, basic safety precautions should always be followed including the following: LEARNING ABOUT YOUR TOASTER OVEN READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Do not touch hot surface. Use oven handles or knobs. Always use oven mitts when handling hot materials and allow metal parts to cool before cleaning. Allow the unit to cool thoroughly before putting in or taking off parts. When the unit is not in use and before cleaning, unplug the toaster oven from the wall outlet. NOTE: Make sure the oven is turned off before unplugging. To protect against electric shock, do not immerse cord, plug or any parts of the oven in water or other liquids. Close supervision is necessary when this or any appliance is used near children. This appliance is not for use by children. Do not operate this or any appliance with a frayed or damaged cord or plug or after the appliance malfunctions or is dropped or has been damaged in any manner. Do not use attachments not recommended by the manufacturer; they may cause fire, electric shock or personal injury. Do not use outdoors or for commercial purposes. Do not use this appliance for other than its intended use. Do not let cord dangle over the edge of a tabletop or countertop or to touch hot surfaces. Do not place appliance on or near a hot gas or electric burner, or in a heated oven or in a microwave oven. Extreme caution should be used when using containers constructed of other than metal or glass. A fire may occur if the oven is covered or touching flammable materials, including curtains, draperies, walls, and the like, when in operation. Do not store any item on the top of the oven during operation. Do not store any materials, other than manufacturer’s recommended accessories, in this oven when not in use. Do not place any flammable materials in the oven, such as paper, cardboard, plastic, or any materials that may catch fire or melt. Do not cover the oven with metal foil. This will cause overheating of the appliance. Oversized foods or metal utensils must not be inserted in the appliance, as they may create a fire or risk of electric shock. Do not clean with metal scouring pads. Pieces can break off the pad and touch electrical parts involving a risk of electric shock. When broiling, use extreme caution when removing tray or disposing of hot grease or other hot liquids. To turn this appliance off, return all controls to the “OFF” position. When operating the oven keep at least four inches of space on all sides of oven to allow for adequate air circulation. 1. Digital Control Panel 1a. LCD Display – For easy viewing of temperature and time settings 1b 1b. Bake, Broil, Toast and Keep Warm Buttons and Indicator Light – Buttons are easy to read and easy to use. The indicator light will show what option (bake, broil, toast or 1d keep warm) has been selected. 1e 1c. Toast Shade Setting Indicator Light – Allows you to visually see the toaster shade setting selected. 1d. Start Button and Indicator Light – Press this button to begin all functions and the according indicator light will illuminate. 1e. Stop Button – Allows you to stop the baking, broiling, toasting or keep warm function at any time. 1f. Timer and Temperature Setting Button – Allows you to toggle between the temperature and timer setting. The buttons allow you to set the time and temperature you desire. The “▲” button allows you to increase the temperature or time and the “▼” button to decrease the temperature or time. Viewing Window – Allows you to see food cooking. Continuous Clean Interior Walls – Allows food to dissipate off for easy cleaning. Baking Pan and Broiling Tray – Makes all of your baking and broiling needs easy. Auto Advance Rack – For easy and safe removal of cooked foods. Two Rack Positions – To accommodate a wide variety of foods from pizza to tall roasts. Two Removable/Reversible Wire Racks – To accommodate multiple foods and sizes. Removable Crumb Tray – Allows for easy cleaning of crumbs and fallen food particles. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. English-1 English-3 English-4 Bake Broil Toast Keep Warm FIGURE 1 Toast Color FIGURE 2 English-5 English-6 – – – F OLD – – – – – – F OLD – – – English-7 Printed in China Imprimé en Chine Impreso en China Español-1 In the U.S.A., this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Products, Inc., located in Boca Raton, Florida 33431. In Canada, this warranty is offered by Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited, located at 5975 Falbourne Street, Mississauga, Ontario L5R 3V8. OSTER® es una marca registrada de Sunbeam Products, Inc. ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Todos los derechos reservados. In Canada – If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service, please call 1.800.667.8623 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you. www.oster.com In the U.S.A. – If you have any question regarding this warranty or would like to obtain warranty service, please call 1.800.334.0759 and a convenient service center address will be provided to you. EE.UU. : 1.800.334.0759 Canadá : 1.800.667.8623 How to Obtain Warranty Service Para preguntas sobre los productos llame: Sunbeam Consumer Service This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from province to province, state to state or jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Distribué par Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida 33431 ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. Tous droits réservés. Sunbeam shall not be liable for any damages of any kind resulting from the purchase, use or misuse of, or inability to use the product including incidental, special, consequential or similar damages or loss of profits, or for any breach of contract, fundamental or otherwise, or for any claim brought against purchaser by any other party. 09.37 bo b Sunbeam disclaims all other warranties, conditions or representations, express, implied, statutory or otherwise. may 2003 Español-2 GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES PLEASE DO NOT RETURN THIS PRODUCT TO ANY OF THESE ADDRESSES OR TO THE PLACE OF PURCHASE. Distruibido por Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431 Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, any implied warranty or condition of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose is limited in duration to the duration of the above warranty. Español-3 1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar – Pulse este botón para comenzar a usar todas las funciones y se encenderá la luz indicadora correspondiente. Visit us at www.oster.com 1c. Luz indicadora de las posiciones del nivel de tostado – Le permite ver la posición de nivel de tostado seleccionada. • El horno cubierto o en contacto con material inflamable, incluidas cortinas, tapicería, paredes o elementos similares mientras está en funcionamiento podría causar un incendio. No coloque nada sobre el horno mientras lo esté usando. • No guarde en este horno cuando no lo use ningún material distinto a los accesorios recomendados por el fabricante. • No coloque en el horno material inflamable, como por ejemplo papel, cartón, plástico, ni ningún otro material que pudiere incendiarse o derretirse. • No cubra el horno con papel metalizado, pues podría recalentarse el electrodoméstico. • No inserte en el electrodoméstico alimentos de gran tamaño ni utensilios de metal, pues podrían causar incendio o riesgo de choques eléctricos. • No limpie con esponja de metal. Las partes del aparato podrían romperla y tocar piezas eléctricas, con el consiguiente riesgo de choques eléctricos. • Al asar, ponga extremo cuidado en retirar la bandeja o disponer de la grasa o cualquier otro líquido caliente. • Para apagar este electrodoméstico, lleve todos los controles a la posición “OFF”. • Al operar el horno, deje una separación mínima de cuatro pulgadas alrededor del aparato para permitir la adecuada circulación de aire. Some provinces, states or jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusion may not apply to you. OSTER® est une marque déposée de Sunbeam Products, Inc. www.oster.com États-Unis : 1.800.334.0759 Canada : 1.800.667.8623 30 Pour les questions de produit: Sunbeam Consumer Service 1b. Botones y luz indicadora de las funciones Hornear, Asar, Tostar y Mantener Caliente – Los botones son de fácil lectura y uso. La luz indicadora mostrará la opción seleccionada (hornear, asar, tostar o mantener caliente). 1a. Visor de cristal líquido – Para observar con facilidad las posiciones de tiempo y temperatura 1e START STOP Keep Warm CÓMO USAR EL HORNO-TOSTADORA Toast 1b • Enchufe el horno-tostadora en un tomacorriente. Broil • Inserte el rack inferior sobre ganchos, en la puerta de vidrio, para que se mueva con ésta. ACERCA DE SU HORNO-TOSTADORA 5. Rack de avance automático – Para retirar fácilmente y en forma segura los alimentos cocidos. • Éste o cualquier otro electrodoméstico debe usarse bajo estricta vigilancia en presencia de niños. Este electrodoméstico no debe ser utilizado por niños. 1. Panel de controles digitales 7 1a. Visor de cristal líquido 1b. Botones y luces indicadores de las funciones Hornear, Asar, Tostar y Mantener Caliente 1c. Indicador de posiciones de niveles de tostado 1d. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Iniciar 4 1e. Botón y luz indicadora de la función Parar 1f. Botón y luces indicadoras de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura 2. Visor 3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes 4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar 5. Rack de avance automático 6. Rack de dos posiciones 7. Dos racks de rejilla removibles/reversibles 8. Bandeja para migas removible LEA TODAS LAS INSTRUCCIONES ANTES DE USAR PARA Bake • Elija un lugar dónde colocar el horno-tostadora. Debe ser un área abierta sobre una superficie de trabajo plana, que tenga cerca un tomacorriente para enchufar el cable. SELECT Time Temp 1f • Seque bien la unidad antes de usarla. • Limpiar los racks, la bandeja y la plancha con agua caliente, una pequeña cantidad de líquido lavaplatos y una esponja o paño de limpieza no abrasivo. NO SUMERJA LA CARCASA DE LA UNIDAD EN AGUA. Toast Color 1c 1a • Abrir la puerta del horno y retirar toda la documentación y papeles impresos. 6 2 • Retirar los autoadhesivos de la superficie del horno. 8 5 Cuando use el horno-tostadora por primera vez, asegúrese de: PREPARACIÓN DEL HORNO-TOSTADORA START MODEL/MODÈLE MODELO 8. Bandeja para migas removible – Facilita la limpieza de migas y los restos de alimentos. STOP Keep Warm 6239 Toast 7. Dos racks rejilla removibles/reversibles – Para adaptarse a múltiples alimentos y tamaños. Broil Bake SELECT Time Temp 6. Rack de dos posiciones – Se adapta a una amplia variedad de alimentos, desde pizza hasta grandes asados. Toast Color 3 1 Manuel d’Instructions Manual de Instrucciones 3. Paredes interiores autolimpiantes – Los alimentos se disipan para una fácil limpieza. BIENVENIDOS 2. Visor – Para ver cómo se cocinan los alimentos. Para reducir el riesgo de descarga eléctrica, este aparato cuenta con una clavija polarizada (una pata es más ancha que la otra). Esta clavija entra sólo de una manera en un enchufe polarizado. Si la clavija no encaja en el enchufe simplemente colóquela al revés. Si aún así no encaja llame a un electricista calificado. De ninguna manera intente modificar esta medida de seguridad. Cuando use algún aparato eléctrico siempre deben seguirse precauciones básicas de seguridad incluyendo las siguientes: ESTA UNIDAD ES P.N. 111339 NOTA: Deberá pulsar uno de los botones de los menús “mantener caliente”, “asar”, “hornear” o “tostar” para que comience a funcionar la unidad. Después podrá ajustar el tiempo y la temperatura. Enchufe la unidad. En el visor de cristal líquido se presentará “- - -”. No se encenderán las luces indicadoras. Cada vez que pulse un botón, se escuchará una señal audible de confirmación. 1d 1. Panel de controles digitales BENEFICIOS DE LAS FUNCIONES DEL HORNO-TOSTADORA 4. Plancha para hornear y bandeja para asar – Facilita sus necesidades de horneado y asado. • No use accesorios no recomendados por el fabricante; podrían causar incendios, golpes eléctricos o lesiones personales. What Are the Limits on Sunbeam’s Liability? ©2003 Sunbeam Products, Inc. All rights reserved. ¡Felicitaciones por su compra de un Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas. Para aprender más sobre productos OSTER ®, por favor visítenos en www.oster.com! • No use en exteriores ni para propósitos comerciales. • No use este electrodoméstico para un propósito distinto de aquél para el cual fue diseñado. • No deje que el cable cuelgue del borde de la mesa o superficie de trabajo ni que toque superficies calientes. • No coloque el electrodoméstico sobre o cerca de un mechero eléctrico o a gas caliente, en un horno caliente o en un horno a microondas. • Ponga extremo cuidado cuando use recipientes de un material diferente a metal o vidrio. Sunbeam shall not be liable for any incidental or consequential damages caused by the breach of any express, implied or statutory warranty or condition. Distributed by Sunbeam Products, Inc., Boca Raton, FL 33431 OSTER® is a registered trademark of Sunbeam Products, Inc. • Cuando no use la unidad y antes de limpiarla, desenchufe el horno-tostadora del tomacorriente. NOTA: Asegúrese de apagar el horno antes de desenchufarlo. • Para protegerse contra choques eléctricos, no sumerja el cable, el enchufe ni parte alguna del horno en agua u otros líquidos. • No opere ni éste ni ningún electrodoméstico que tenga el cable o enchufe gastado o dañado ni después de mal funcionamiento, caída o daño alguno del equipo. This warranty does not cover normal wear of parts or damage resulting from any of the following: negligent use or misuse of the product, use on improper voltage or current, use contrary to the operating instructions, disassembly, repair or alteration by anyone other than Sunbeam or an authorized Sunbeam service center. Further, the warranty does not cover: Acts of God, such as fire, flood, hurricanes and tornadoes. www.oster.com USA : 1.800.334.0759 Canada : 1.800.667.8623 This warranty is valid for the original retail purchaser from the date of initial retail purchase and is not transferable. Keep the original sales receipt. Proof of purchase is required to obtain warranty performance. Sunbeam dealers, service centers, or retail stores selling Sunbeam products do not have the right to alter, modify or any way change the terms and conditions of this warranty. For product questions contact: Sunbeam Consumer Service • No toque la superficie caliente. Use las asas o perillas del horno. Siempre colóquese guantes al manipular materiales calientes y deje que las partes de metal se enfríen antes de limpiarlas. Permita que la unidad se enfríe bien antes de poner o quitar piezas. warrants that for a period of one year from the date of purchase, this product will be free from defects in material and workmanship. Sunbeam, at its option, will repair or replace this product or any component of the product found to be defective during the warranty period. Replacement will be made with a new or remanufactured product or component. If the product is no longer available, replacement may be made with a similar product of equal or greater value. This is your exclusive warranty. Sunbeam Products, Inc., or if in Canada, Sunbeam Corporation (Canada) Limited (collectively “Sunbeam”) PRECAUCIONES IMPORTANTES One-Year Limited Warranty User Manual 1f. Botón de ajuste del tiempo y la temperatura – Permite conmutar entre el ajuste de temperatura y el temporizador. Mediante este botón, usted puede regular el tiempo y la temperatura deseada. Con el botón “▲”, usted puede aumentar la temperatura o el tiempo; para disminuirlos, use el botón “▼”. 6-Slice Toaster Oven Horno Tostador de 6 Rebanadas Grille-Pain Four de 6 Tranches 1e. Botón Parar – Le permite detener en cualquier momento las funciones de horneado, asado, tostado o mantener caliente. USO DOMÉSTICO SOLAMENTE – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – – – – – FOLD – – –
  • Page 1 1
  • Page 2 2
  • Page 3 3
  • Page 4 4
  • Page 5 5
  • Page 6 6
  • Page 7 7
  • Page 8 8
  • Page 9 9

Oster 6239 Manual de usuario

Oster
Marca
Oster
Modelo
6239
Categoría
Hornos
Tipo
Manual de usuario
Descargar PDF
informe

En otros idiomas

Documentos relacionados

Otros documentos